Escolar Documentos
Profissional Documentos
Cultura Documentos
Section Introduction
Page
Praxair StarGold Ar/CO2 Blends Praxair StarGold Ar/O2 Blends Praxair Stargon CS Ar/CO2/O2 Blends Praxair Stargon SS Ar/CO2/N2 Blends Praxair HeliStar Ar/He Blends Praxair HeliStar Ar/He/CO2 Blends
11 12 13 13 14 15 16 16 17 18 18 19 20 20
Praxair StarSolver Productivity Enhancement Program ProStar Premium Quality Products Robotics Applications Laser Applications Automated Cutting Solutions Dry Ice Blast Cleaning Praxair Surface Technologies, Materials for Advanced Coating Solutions Premium Quality Delivery Systems, StarDirect and AccuStar GT-Pac Natural Gas Pressure Booster System
1 2 3-4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Praxair HydroStar Ar/H2 Blends Praxair HydroStar Ar /H2/CO2 Blends Praxairs LaserStar - Gases and Blends
Praxairs LaserStar - Component Gases Praxairs LaserStar - Pre-Mixed Gases Praxairs RoboStar CS - Ar/CO2/O2 Blends
Safety Considerations Praxair 3-Step Welding Solutions Process Selecting A Shielding Gas Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW or MIG) Process Description and Improvements Flux-Cored Arc Welding (FCAW ) Process Description Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW or TIG) Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW ) Process Description Laser Beam Welding (LBW) - Process Description Oxy-Fuel Welding - Process Description Brazing and Soldering - Process Description
General Safety Information-Cylinders and Containers 1-2 Cylinder Colours Cylinder Size Chart Cryogenic Container Size Chart Praxair Microbulk Delivery System Cryogenic Tanks Trifecta High-Pressure Gas Supply System Membrane Generators 3-4 5-6 7 8-9 10-11 12 13-14
Pure Gases Overv i e w Safety Information for Gases Acetylene (C2H2) Air Argon (Ar) Carbon Dioxide (CO2) Dry Ice Praxair FG-2 Helium (He) Hydrogen (H2) Nitrogen (N2) Oxygen (O2) Propane (C3H8) Propylene (C3H6) Praxair Starblend Blending System
1 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 6 6 7 8 9 9 10
Metal-Working Cutting/Severing Pro c e s s e s Hand and Machine Cutting Operating Chart s Welding, Cutting and Heating Outfits Hand Cutting Torches Machine Cutting Torches Replacement Torch Tips Flash Arrestors/Check Valves Heating Nozzles Turbo TorchTM Kits Gas Pressure Regulators Gauges Gas Hoses Valves and Fittings
Table of Contents i
Section Section 5 Continues Flexible Metal Hoses Tip Cleaners, Strikers and Wrenches Cylinder Carts and Trucks Section 6 Welding and Cutting Machines and Accessories Precautions and Safe Practices for Welding and Cutting Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW or MIG) Solutions Flux-Cored Arc Welding (FCAW) Solutions GMAW (MIG) Guns Robotic Systems MIG/MAG High Speed Welding P a rt Positioner Fume Collection Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW or TIG) Solutions Water Coolers GTAW (TIG) Torches Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW or Stick) Solutions Plasma Arc Cutting (PAC) Solutions Automated Cutting GT-Pak Natural Gas Pressure Booster Systems Laser Solutions Laser Consumables Plasma and Air Carbon Arc Gouging Solutions Exothermic Process Section 7 Filler Metals GMAW (MIG) Solutions - Steel GMAW (MIG) Solutions - Steel - Robotic FCAW Solutions - Steel GTAW (TIG) Solutions - Tungsten Electrodes Tungsten Electrode Grinder SMAW (Stick) Solutions - Electro d e s Stainless Steel Wi re and Rods Aluminum Wire (GMAW and GTAW ) Brazing and Soldering Alloys and Fluxes Maintenance and Repair Electrodes Section 8 Safety Equipment Safety Goggles Safety Glasses Laser Eyewear Welding Helmets Lens Shade Selector Lenses (Passive) Face Shields Page Section Section 8 Continued 24-25 26 27-28
Page
1-3 4-17 4-17 18-23 24-25 26 26 27 28-31 32 33-35 36-39 40-46 47 48 49-53 54-55 56-57 58
Protective Caps Winter Liners Hearing Protection Respirators Gloves Leather Accessories Jackets, Sleeves, Capes and Aprons Welding Blankets Welding Curtains Welding Scre e n s
Section 9 Preparation and Finishing Power Tools Chop Saw Wheels and Blades Wi re Wheels and Bru s h e s Cutting, Grinding and Specialty Wheels Sanding Accessories Section 10 Accessories Locking Pliers and Locking Clamps Bar Clamps Angle Clamps and Magnetic Squares Ground Clamps and Electrode Holders Rod Ovens Anti-Spatter and Nozzle Dip Cable - Primary and Secondary Band Saw Blade and Saw Fluid Hacksaw Frames and Blades Utility Knives and Reciprocating Blades Hole Saws Step Drill Bits and Tubing Cutters Markers Soapstone and Holders Welding Gauges Temperature Indicators Hand Cleaners Welders Pliers Chipping Hammers Water Soluble Paper and Tape N o n - D e s t ructive Testing (NDT) Supplies
Section 11 Technical Data Conversion Factors Dew Point Physical Properties of Gases Glossary of Te rm s Associations Praxair Locations - USA and Canada
Introduction i 4
Line Card
3M
This list of vendors represents only some of the most popular lines that are supplied by our 350 stores.
J
Jackson
A
Aearo AGO Alcotec American Tool American Torch Tip Anthony Aquasol Arcair Atlas
L
Laser-Tec Lenox Lincoln Electric
M
Magnaflux MG Electrodes Markal Miller Electric MK Products
B
Bernard Bero Bessey Binzel
N
Nederman
C
CK Worldwide Cloos Concoa Contour Crews
O
OKI-Bering
P, Q, R
Panasonic Phoenix Praxair Praxair Surface Technologies ProStar
D
DeWalt
S
Sait Sandvik Scrubs Sector Technology Shurlite Slice Smith Equipment
E
EAR Elco Ergo-Turn Eureka ESAB
F
Flexible Components Fibre-Metal
T
Thermadyne Thermal Dynamics Tillman Tregaskiss TurboTorch Tweco
G
G-Tec General Cable Genesis Systems Group
H
H & M Pipe Beveling J.W. Harris Hobart Hypertherm
U
United Abrasives Uvex
V
Victor
I
Ibeda Irwin
W
Western Enterprises Wolverine Wypo
Introduction
Index
Item Section Item Section Item
Section
A
Abrasives, Bonded (Bench and Cup Wheels, etc.) Abrasives, Coated (Sanding Disc) AccuStar Overview Acetylene, Cylinder Sizes and Capacities Acetylene, Gas Acetylene, Gas Apparatus Adapter for Wire Wheel Adapter, Wire Brush Adjustable Clamp (C-Clamps) Air Carbon Arc Gouging Consumables Air Carbon Arc Gouging Solutions Air Dryer Air, Cylinder Sizes and Capacities Air, Gas Air/Acetylene Equipment Air/FG-2 Equipment Air/Gas Apparatus Alloys Alumina TIG Cup Aluminum MIG Wire Aluminum TIG Rod Aluminum Welding Tape Amperage Control Angle Grinder Angle Torch, TIG Anti-Spatter Aprons Arc Gouging Carbon Argon, Cylinder Sizes and Capacities Argon, Gas and Liquid Argon, Gas Apparatus Argon, Shielding Gas Arm, Welding Associations Autodarkening Helmets Automated Cutting Solutions Automated Cutting Solutions Overview 9 9 1 2 3 5 9 9 10 6 6 6 2 3 5 5 5 7 6 7 7 10 6 9 6 10 8 6 2 3 5 3 6 11 8 6 1
C
Cable Assembly, TIG Cable Connector Cable Cover Cable Lug Cable, Hardware (Electrode Holders, Ground Clamps, Connectors, etc.) Cable, Primary and Secondary Cadmium-free Silver Alloy Canada Locations Cap Mounts Carbon Arc Torch and Replacement Parts Carbon Dioxide, Cylinder Sizes and Capacities Carbon Dioxide, Gas and Liquid Carbon Dioxide, Gas Apparatus Carbon Dioxide, Shielding Gas Carbons Carts, Cryogenic Container Carts, Cylinder and Welding C-Clamp Ceramic Cup, TIG and Plasma Check Valves Chipping Hammer Chop Saw Clamp, Ground Clamp, Magnetic Ground Clothing, Flame Resistant Clothing, Leather Clothing, Protective CO2 (Carbon Dioxide) Coating Solutions Overview Collet and Collet Body Combination Torch Compressed Air Dryer Conversion Factors Coolant Fluid Cooler, Water Cover Lens Crimped, Wire Brush Cryogenic Cart Cryogenic Containers, Sizes and Capacities Cryogenic Hose Cryogenic Tanks, Sizes and Capacities Cup Wheel, Abrasive Cup, TIG Cup, Wire Brush Curtain Cut-Off Wheel Cutting Blanket Cutting Consumables, Laser Cutting Equipment, Oxy-Fuel Cutting Equipment, Plasma Cutting Equipment, Tips Cutting Equipment, Torch Cutting Machine, Plasma Cutting Outfits Cutting Solutions Cutting Tips, Oxy-Fuel (Hand and Mechanized) Cutting Torch, Plasma Cutting, Operating Chart 6 10 8 10 10 10 7 11 8 6 2 3 5 3 6 5 5 10 6 5 10 9 10 10 8 8 8 3 1 6 5 6 11 6 6 8 9 5 2 5 2 9 6 9 8 9 8 6 5 6 5 5 6 5 6 5 6 5
C, continued
Cylinder Carts Cylinder Colors Cylinder Trucks Cylinder Safe Handling and Storage Cylinder, Sizes and Capacities 5 2 5 2 2
D
Dew Points Drill Bits, Step Drill Type Tip Cleaner Drivers Gloves Dry Ice Dry Ice Blast Cleaning Overview Dye Penetrant 11 10 5 8 3 1 10
E
Ear Muffs and Plugs Electrode Electrode, Carbon Electrode, Holder Electrode, Low Hydrogen Electrode, M & R Electrode, Mild Steel Electrode, Plasma Electrode, Stainless Steel Electrode, Tungsten Electronic Lens Electronic Welding Helmet Equipment, Combination Torch Equipment, Power Supply Equipment, Regulator Equipment, Torch Eye Protection 8 7 7 10 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 5 6 5 6 8
F
Face Shields FCAW Machine FCAW Wire FG-2 Cylinder Sizes and Capacities FG-2 Gas FG-2 Gas Apparatus Filler Metals Fillet Weld Gauge Filter, Lens and Plates Fitting, Gas Flame Retardant Sleeves Flap Disc and Wheel Flashback Arrestor Flexible Metal Hose Flint Flint Lighter Flowmeter Flux-Cored Arc Welding (FCAW) Solutions Flux-Cored Wire (FCAW) Flux, Brazing Flux, Soldering Flux-Coated Bronze Flux-Coated Nickel Silver Fume Collectors 8 6 7 2 3 5 7 11 8 5 8 9 5 5 5 5 5 4 7 7 7 7 7 6
B
Backing Pad Ball Paint Marker Band Saw Blades Band Saw, Portable Bar Clamp Blades, Utility Blankets, Welding Bonded Abrasive Brass Fittings Brazing Alloys, Flux, Rod Brazing Solutions Brazing Tip Bronze Rod, Bare and Flux-Coated Bronze TIG Rod Brush, Cup Brush, Wire Brushes, Hand and Power Bump Caps Burrs 9 10 10 9 10 10 8 9 5 7 4 5 7 7 9 9 9 8 9
Introduction i
Item
6
Section
Index
Item Section Item Section
G
Gas Hose Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW or MIG) Solutions Gas Mixtures Gas Pressure Regulator Gas Saver Collet Bodies Gas Supply System, High Pressure Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW or TIG) Solutions Gas Welding Rod Gas, Pure Gas, Safe Handling and Storage Gas, Shielding Gauges Glass Lens and Plate Glasses, Safety Glossary Of Terms Gloves, Hand Pad Gloves, TIG Gloves, Welding Gloves, Work GMAW (MIG) Guns GMAW (MIG) Machine GMAW (MIG) Power Source GMAW (MIG) Wire Goggles Gold Lens Gouging Solutions Gouging Torch, Carbon Gouging, Exothermic Gouging Torch, Plasma Gouging, Electrode Graphic Caps Grinder, Portable Grinder, Tungsten Grinding Wheel Ground Clamp GTAW (TIG) Machine GTAW (TIG) Power Source GTAW (TIG) Rod GTAW (TIG) Torch 5 4 3 5 6 2 4 7 3 2 3 5 8 8 11 8 8 8 8 6 6 6 7 8 8 6 6 6 6 7 8 9 7 9 10 6 6 7 6
H, continued
Hose, Cryogenic Hose, Gas Hose, Metal Hose, Repair Kit Hydrogen, Cylinder Sizes and Capacities Hydrogen, Gas Hydrogen, Gas Apparatus Hydrogen, Shielding Gas HydroStar Gas Blends Inspection Gauge Jackets, Welding 5 5 5 5 2 3 5 3 3 10 8
M, continued
Metallic Helmets Microbulk Gas Supply System MIG (GMAW) Solutions MIG Consumables (Tips, Nozzles, Liners, etc.) MIG Pliers MIG Guns and Parts MIG Power Source MIG Torch MIG Wire Mild Steel Gas Rod Mild Steel TIG Rod Multi-Cutter Muffs and Plugs 8 2 4 6 10 6 6 6 7 7 7 9 8
I, J
K
Knee Pads Knives, Utility 8 10
N
Natural Gas Booster Nickel Silver Bare and Flux-Cored Nitrogen, Cylinder Sizes and Capacities Nitrogen, Gas and Liquid Nitrogen, Gas Apparatus Non-Destructive Testing (NDT) Products Nozzle Dip 1 7 2 3 5 10 10
L
Laser Application Overview Laser Beam Cutting (LBC) Laser Beam Welding (LBW) Laser Consumables Laser Eyewear Laser Gas Apparatus Laser Gases and Blends Laser Spectacles, Safety Glasses LaserStar 1530 Generator LaserStar Component Gases LaserStar Gas Blends LaserStar Pre-Mixed Gases LaserStar TN-600 Lead Tin Solder Leather Cable Cover Leather Clothing Leather Gloves Leather Rod Bag Leather Sleeves Leather Sweatband Lens Cleaner Lenses (Electronic and Passive) Lens Shade Selector Lever Clamp Lighter and Flint Locations, Praxair Locking Pliers and Clamps 1 6 4 6 8 6 3 8 2 3 3 3 2 7 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 10 5 11 10
O
Ovens, Rod Oxy/Acetylene Equipment Oxy/Acetylene, Gas Apparatus Oxy/FG-2 Equipment Oxy-Fuel Cutting Oxy-Fuel Equipment Oxy-Fuel Welding Process Oxy-Fuel, Gas Apparatus Oxygen, Gas and Liquid Oxygen, Cylinder Sizes and Capacities Oxygen, Gas Apparatus 10 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 3 2 5
P
Paint Marker Part Positioner Passive Welding Helmets and Lens Pencils Physical Properties of Gases Pipe Clamp Pipe Wrench Plasma Arc Cutting (PAC) Plasma Consumables Plasma Gouging Parts Plasma Power Source Plasma Torch Plasma Torch Parts Plates, Covers, Filter, Magnifier Pliers Polycarbonate Lens Portable Band Saw Power Tools Praxair Locations Primary Power Cable Propane Torch Propane, Cylinder Sizes and Capacities Propane, Gas 10 6 8 10 11 10 10 6 6 6 6 6 6 8 10 8 9 9 11 10 5 2 3
H
Hacksaw Frames and Blades Hammer, Chipping Hand Cleaner, Scrubs Hand Cutting Torches Hand Protection Head Protection Headgear Hearing Protection Heating Tip/Nozzle HeliStar Gas Blends Helium, Cylinder Sizes and Capacities Helium, Gas Helium, Gas Apparatus Helium, Shielding Gas Helmet Bib Helmet, Welding (Electronic and Passive) Hole Saws Hose Fittings 10 10 10 5 8 8 8 8 5 3 2 3 5 3 8 8 10 5
M
Machine Cutting Torches Machine Undercarriage Magnetic Ground Clamp Magnifying Plate Maintenance and Repair Electrode Markers Marker, Paint Marking Tool Membrane Generators Membrane, Nitrogen Supply System Metal-Cored Wire Metal Cutting Saw Metal Hose 5 6 10 8 7 10 10 10 2 2 7 9 5
Introduction
Index
Item Section Item Section Item
Section
P, continued
Propane, Gas Apparatus Propylene ProStar 24/7 Non-Stop Wire Feeding System ProStar Electrodes ProStar Flux-Cored Wire ProStar Helmets ProStar Metal-Cored Wire ProStar MIG Wire ProStar Products Overview ProStar Robotic MIG Wire Protective Caps Protective Clothing (Welding Jackets, Aprons, Gloves, etc. Protective Wear Pure Gas Purge Chamber 5 3 7 7 7 8 7 7 1 7 8 8 8 3 6
S, continued
Shielding Gases 3 Shielding Gases, Safe Practices 3 Silicon Bronze 7 Silver Brazing Alloys 7 Silver Brazing Flux 7 Silver Copper Phosphorous Alloys 7 Silver Solder Flux 7 Single Flint Lighter 5 Sleeves 8 Slice System 6 Slice Torch 6 SMAW, Electrode 7 SMAW, Welder 6 Soapstone and Holder 10 Soft Solder 7 Soldering Solutions 4 Spark Blanket 8 Spark Lighter 5 Special Visibility Caps 8 Specialty Clamps 10 Squares, Magnetic 10 Stainless Steel Electrodes 7 Stainless Steel Flux-Cored Wire 7 Stainless Steel Hose 5 Stainless Steel MIG Wire 7 Stainless Steel Solid Wire 7 Stainless Steel TIG Rod 7 Stainless Steel Tubular Wire 7 StarTM Gases 3 StarblendTM Gas Mixing System 3 StarDirect Overview 1 StarGold Gas Blends 3 Stargon Gas Blends 3 StarSolverTM Productivity Enhancement Program 1 Store Locations 11 Sun Shield/Sun Guard 8 Sweatbands 8
T, continued
Torch, Air Carbon Arc Torch, Air/Fuel Torch, Exothermic Torch, MIG Torch, Oxy-Fuel Torch, Plasma Torch, TIG Triple Flint Lighter Truck, Cylinder Tubing Cutter Tubular Wire Stainless Steel Tubular Wire Steel Tungsten Electrode Tungsten Grinder Tungsten Scriber Twin Hose 6 5 6 6 5 6 6 5 5 10 7 7 7 7 10 5
R
Reciprocating Blades Regulator/Flowmeter Regulator, Gas Pressure Remote Amperage Control Remote Hand and Foot Current Control Replacement Visor Respiratory Protection Products (Respirators, Dustmasks) RoboStarTM Gas Blends Robotic Cells Robotic Gases Robotic MIG Guns Robotic Peripherals Robotic Systems Robotic Wire Rod Bag, Leather Rod Holder Rod Oven Rotary Ground Clamp 10 5 5 6 6 8 8 3 1 3 6 6 6 7 8 10 10 10
U
Universal Plasma Torch USA Locations Utility Blades Utility Knives 6 11 10 10
V
Valve Wrench Visor 10 8
W
Water Cooler Water Soluble Paper and Tape Weld Fillet Gauge Welder's Fork Clamp Welder's Safety Kit Welding Arm Welding Blanket Welding Cable Welding Chemical (Anti-Spatter, Nozzle Dip) Welding Curtain Welding Gas Welding Gloves Welding Gauges Welding Helmet Welding Hose Welding Machines Welding Processes Welding Screen Welding Tape Welding, Cutting and Heating Outfits Wheels, Cutting Wheels, Grinding Wheels, Specialty Winter Liner Wire Brush Wire Wheels Wire, Spooled, MIG Work Gloves Wrench, Cylinder 6 10 10 10 8 6 8 10 10 8 3 8 5 8 5 6 4 8 10 5 9 9 9 8 9 9 7 8 10
S
Safety Clothing, Leathers Safety Glasses Safety Goggles Safety Products, Cap and Hat Safety Products, Eye and Face Sanding Discs Saw, Chop Saw, Metal Cutting Saw, Portable Band Sawing Fluids Scratch Brush Screens, Welding Scriber, Tungsten Secondary Cable Self-Igniting Torch Self-Shielded Tubular Wire Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW or Stick) Solutions 8 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 10 9 8 10 10 5 7 4
T
Tandem MIG Tank Wrench Temperature Indicator Temperature Stick TIG (GTAW) Solutions TIG Consumables TIG Gloves TIG Purge Chamber TIG Rod TIG Torch TIG Welder Tip Cleaners Tip Drill Kit Tips, Flame Cutting Tips, Laser Cutting Tips, MIG Contact Tips, Plasma Cutting and Gouging 6 10 10 10 4 6 8 6 7 6 6 5 5 5 6 6 6
Introduction i 8
Praxair At A Glance
More than Gases, Equipment, Consumables, Safety Products and Accessories We Offer Solutions Praxair offers more than just gases, equipment, consumables, safety products or accessories we offer ideas and innovation. Our broad range of solutions (combination of gases, equipment and consumables) aim to save you time and money providing a single source for every metal fabrication need even the most unique or demanding. Praxair offers total supply, total service and total capabilities. More than Products We offer Serv i c e s
Customers look to Praxair for not only a reliable supply of gases and related equipment, but also for cutting edge technological solutions that help them do business more profitably. Praxairs welding application consultants combine in-depth academic backgrounds with years of field expert i s e to deliver advanced analytical, diagnostic and implementation services.
Technological Expert i s e Productivity Improvement (e.g. Praxair StarSolver Program) Safety and Application Training Technical Seminars (e.g. Fume) D e l i v e ry Systems Configuration Inventory Management Customer-Friendly Purchasing and Billing Systems S t a rt-Up Systems Equipment Serv i c e Equipment Lease / Rental Gas Supply Optimization
More than Products and Services The Best-of-Class Praxair is committed to innovation and productivity in the Metal Fabrication industry. Thats why weve teamed with the best perf o rming companies in the industry. Our alliance with Genesis Systems, for example, offers you the best of both worlds: Praxairs highest purity shielding gases, welding equipment and applications expertise with leading-edge robotic welding workcells from Genesis. Our partnership with Panasonic and select vendors focused on fixturing allow us to provide a turnkey solution.
Introduction
Praxair At A Glance
Praxair Specialty Gases and Equipment A Full Spectrum Of Solutions Praxair Specialty Gases and Equipment offers a comprehensive, high-quality product line of ultra pure instrument and process gases, cryogens, supercritical extraction materials, and high accuracy traceable gaseous and liquid calibration mixtures. These products are complemented by an extensive range of gas handling options that include regulators, manifolds, blending systems, delivery systems and safety products supported by a broad range of related services. We serve a wide range of industries including petrochemical, environmental, utility, semiconductor, biotechnology and pharmaceutical, with an extensive array of high performance, application-based solutions. Our highly-trained team of field sales representatives, customer service, technical service personnel and production chemists can provide the guidance and support you need to help resolve regulatory, technical and safety issues.
Request a copy of Praxairs Specialty Gases & Equipment Reference Guide A Full Spectrum of Solutions at
www.praxair.com/specialty gases
Application Based Solutions For Every Industry Environmental Monitoring Environmental monitoring continues to be an important regulatory mandate affecting virtually every industry on the planet. Praxairs environmental product line addresses the needs of continuous emission monitoring (CEM), mobile emission monitoring and ambient monitoring. From EPA protocols to a wide variety of other NIST traceable grades, Praxair offers a full spectrum of products and services to help industry meet the demanding needs of environmental compliance. Analytical Instrumentation Analytical instruments are used within virtually every industry. Primary applications include key initiatives such as process control, QA/QC and environmental and safety monitoring. Gas purity is an essential element in the proper operation of instrumentation and plays a vital role in obtaining precise, accurate and repeatable results. Hydrocarbon Processing With many years of experience supplying the largest refining, petrochemical and natural gas companies in the industry, Praxair has a full line of gases and liquid hydrocarbon - pure and blend - to meet the needs of this demanding industry. Metal Fabrication Gas purity can play an influential role in a number of metal fabrication applications. Praxairs LaserStarTM gases are produced to meet or exceed the stringent requirements of the laser processing industry and help maximize the return on investment of very costly systems. Available as pure gases or as pre-blended mixtures of helium, nitrogen and carbon dioxide, LaserStarTM gases help assure optimum laser performance, maximum operating duty cycle, and minimum maintenance costs. Industrial Hygiene Praxairs complete line of pure gases and mixtures in transportable refillable and non-refillable containers are available for all industrial hygiene applications. Praxair also features a complete line of Draeger fixed and portable monitoring equipment for all industrial hygiene applications. Food Praxair offers gases for freezing, chilling, carbonation and preservation. After extensive shelf life testing, gas mixtures were developed to increase the shelf life of some foods. Praxairs Extendapak line of controlled atmosphere packaging (CAP) and modified atmosphere packaging (MAP) gases are available to help add value to your food products. Laboratories/Research/Healthcare The wide variety of applications for specialty gases in these markets makes Praxair an excellent choice to meet the needs of busy research scientists and laboratory technicians. Our experience with major universities, research laboratories and hospitals throughout North America provides valuable insight into the specific needs of these important fields.
Introduction i 10
Praxair At A Glance
Praxair Every w h e re Praxair Every w h e re is a mobile on-site supply management solution for major construction projects including power plants. The purpose is to offer a convenient and complete customer solution that will improve their productivity, reduce costs and improve their bottom line. The customer will benefit from reduced number of off-site trips, reduced down time, and improved material selection - type and quantity. Praxair offers a selection of core products and services necessary in the process that is unparalleled in the industry. Praxair Everywhere can be stocked with supplies that match the customers needs throughout the constru c t i o n phase of the project. The mobile unit will be located on the customers site (trailer size will vary according to their specific need), allowing access whenever they are working night shifts, 24/7, etc.
Customer Applications Support (e.g. Parameter Optimization) Customers look to Praxair for not only a reliable supply of gases and related equipment but also for innovative technological solutions that help them do business more profitably. Praxairs welding application consultants, in conjunction with P r a x a i rs welding applications laboratory personnel in Tonawanda, NY, combine in-depth academic backgrounds with years of field expertise to deliver customized analytical, diagnostic and implementation systems. Where productivity improvement is a major customer focus, Praxairs laboratory can play an important role in the development of the best welding process/consumables selection and also in the optimization of welding parameters for a specific application.
National Accounts Capability In todays competitive marketplace, improved productivity and reduced costs are key business goals. Meeting them requires a total capabilities resource that can provide customized solutions for gases, equipment and supply options, as well as advanced technology and related services. Praxair, North Americas largest industrial gas supplier, has the ability to offer not only local and N o rth American coverage, but also international reach. As your single source supplier, Praxair can help reduce your total cost of ownership as well as simplify your purchasing operation, improve productivity, provide competitive pricing and deliver supply reliability.
Leasing Program In collaboration with leasing companies in Canada and the United States, Praxair offers leasing programs to facilitate your purchases and accommodate your budget. Contact your local Praxair re p resentative for more inform a t i o n .
Introduction
Praxair At A Glance
We are Easy to do Business with Todays Metal Fabrication leaders favor suppliers that keep pace with technology and employ flexible, forw a rd-thinking business practices. Praxair has the presence, products and industry-leading expertise to be your prime supplier along with e-commerce capabilities that make it easy for you to do business with us. Call 1-800-225-8247 and our friendly customer service representatives will help you select from a wide range of equipment and supplies. Visit one of our more than 350 Stores. P r a x a i r facilis ties, strategically located throughout the United States and Canada, help guarantee that the products and services you need will be there when and where you need them. Please check your nearest location in the back of this guide.
11
Browse our web site at www.praxair.com and we will introduce you to a new world of quality, reliability and technical expert i s e . Purchase Online, anytime, from anywhere.
Praxair Express Extranet System Your private and secure web site to do business with Praxair. It is customized to you, your company and your interests. Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) Enjoy Praxairs expanded EDI capabilities to improve ease of business, and help to ensure transaction accuracy. Crazy Daves Clearance Center Take advantage of our overstocked, discontinued and clearance inventory at drastically reduced prices. This list is updated monthly and contains the products you might use every day. Simply click on the Crazy Dave link at weldzone.praxair.com. or call Crazy Dave at 1-800-762-6412, or e-mail crazy_dave@praxair.com
Or an Independent Distributor When you order industrial or specialty gases from one of Praxairs independent distributors, you can be confident of receiving the same high quality products and services youve come to expect from Praxair. In addition to extensive geographic coverage, Praxairs independent distributors deliver outstanding local and centralized service inherent in a family-owned and operated business. When you combine this local service with the global technology and technical support of Praxair, you really have a winning combination.
Training Gain your competitive edge: Labor and overhead are responsible for approximately 85 percent of the cost of depositing weld metal. You can increase your welders productivity and improve your bottom line by taking advantage of one or more of Praxairs welding training programs. Heres a sample of whats available. Welding Courses: Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW or MIG) Flux-Cored Arc Welding (FCAW ) Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW or TIG) Understand Welding, Levels 1, 2, 3 and Customized Weld Cost Analysis The course demonstrates how selecting the right shielding gas, wire electrode and welding parameters can reduce overall welding costs and increase productivity. Seminars The seminar series reviews a variety of themes related to welding, productivity and environmental issues. Programs include: understanding shielding gases, fumes, gas conserv ation, train the trainer, weld cost analysis and gas distribution systems.
Introduction i 12
Praxair At A Glance
Praxair ExpressTM: Your Online Window To Business Opportunity One-stop shopping takes on new meaning at Praxair ExpressSM, the new web site designed exclusively for customers of Praxair Distribution, Inc. More than just placing orders, here you can also check your order status, search our inventory even create custom templates that make reordering a snap. Not sure what to order? Our online catalog lets you browse over 100,000 products, so youre sure to find whatever you need. Increase Your Productivity Easy to use designed to make you and your business more productive Praxair Express is the perfect online business tool for keeping pace with todays demanding marketplace. Once you log on, Praxair Express lets you:
The Praxair Express Difference Register Online As a Praxair customer, just log on and provide the information requested. Then put Praxair Express to work for you. Search Our Inventory Want to see if the item you need is in stock? Need to check quantities? Answers to inventory questions are just a click away. Access The Praxair eCatalog Our catalog is your connection to over 100,000 products. Place Orders Our simplified ordering process is convenient, quick and easy. Check Your Order Status Inquire by your purchase order number or by our order number, all designed to enhance your productivity and efficiency. Custom Orders Making frequent repeat orders? Our custom order feature lets you create templates and reduce ordering time. Search Your Purchase History Need to see what youve ordered in the past? This easy-to-use feature lets you access any previously ordered item to make reordering a snap. Check Your Balances Check your account and cylinder balances online, so youll always know what you have in-house and whats outstanding.
Before You Start If youre a Praxair customer with Internet access and youre interested in increasing your productivity, then Praxair Express is for you. To start, you need:
Windows 95/98/NT with Internet Explorer 4.01 or newer, or Netscape Navigator 4.5 or newer Adobe Acrobat Reader (free download online) To register online at http://express.praxair.com/login
Order securely using Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) technology Obtain comprehensive online help anytime you need it Review a comprehensive demo within the site Find the Praxair Distribution location nearest you
Available Product Lines Product lines available through Praxair Express include:
All this as well as Praxairs vast distribution network and experienced, professional support staff help ensure youll log onto Praxair Express again and again.
Industrial, Medical and Specialty Gases and Blends Gas Apparatus and Accessories Welding and Cutting Machines Filler Metals Power Tools and Abrasives Safety Equipment Accessories ...And the list goes on
Contact Us Today Find the products you need quickly and easily at Praxair Express. Put over 400 retail stores, depots, warehouses and distribution centers across North America on your desktop. Register online today at http://express.praxair.com/login. If you have any questions, e-mail us at express_support@praxair.com or call 1-800-773-4877. A window of opportunity awaits you at Praxair ExpressTM.
Introduction
Praxair Publications
Call 1-800-225-8247 to order copies of Praxair publications. Be sure to specify the literature code number (P-XXXX), as well as its title. You can also download directly from our web site at www.praxair.com.
13
E-Business P-8746 P-8677B EFT and EDI: The Simple Way to Conduct Business Praxair Express: Your Online Window to Business Opportunity
G-TEC Pressure Booster Systems P-8610 P-8661 P-8662 GT-Pak Natural Gas Pressure Booster System Natural Gas Offers Advantages for Brazing (The Welding Design and Fabrication - August 2001) G-TEC Natural Gas Pressure Booster System (The Welding Journal - August 2001)
Praxair Microbulk P-8393A P-8642B Step Up to Microbulk The Cylinder Alternative Microbulk - The On-Site Gas Supply Alternativ e
Praxair StarSolver Productivity Enhancement Program P-8308B Praxair StarSolverTM Productivity Enhancement Program
Robotic Applications P-8467 P-8724 Services P-8675 General P-8701 P-8764 P-8821 P-15-073 Praxair Line Card Introducing StarDirect AccuStar System Safety Precautions for Carbon Dioxide Analytical Services and Training Programs: Gain Your Competitive Edge Praxair-Genesis Alliance Praxair-Panasonic-New Age Alliance in Canada
Introduction i 14
Praxair Publications
3011 P-8142 P-8143C P-8144C P-8388A P-8397A ProStar Solutions For TIG Welding ProStar Premium Quality Replacement Torch Tips ProStar Premium Quality MIG Welding Wire ProStar Premium Quality Twist-Free Robotic Welding Wi re ProStar Premium Quality Stainless Steel MIG Welding Wi re, TIG Welding Rod ProStar Premium Quality Welding and Cutting Outfits ProStar: The Metal Fabricators Choice for High Quality, Premium Products ProStar Select Premium Quality MIG Welding Wire ProStar Premium Quality Tubular Welding Wi res ProStar Select Premium Quality 7018-1 Electrodes ProStar Premium Quality Anti-Spatter ProStar Premium Quality Brazing Alloys and Fluxes ProStar Super TIG Tip ProStar MIG Welding Wire 1200 lb PAC Leading Technology For The Metal Fabrication Industry Praxairs StarblendTM Mixing System Praxair StarTM Gases Praxair StarGoldTM Gases Praxair StargonTM Blend Praxairs StargonTM SS Blend Praxair Mig Mix GoldTM Blend Praxair HeliStarTM Gases Praxairs HeliStarTM GV Praxair HydroStarTM Gases Praxair RoboStarTM Blends Shielding Gas Cross Reference Chart
P-8412B P-8463 P-8469A P-8483 P-8590 P-8495 P-8693 P-8729 Praxair Shielding Gases P-8306A P-8307A P-8310A P-8311 P-8312 P-8785 P-8313 P-8314 P-8862 P-8315 P-8567 P-8603
Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) have been prepared in accordance with either US or Canadian directives and are specific to countries of applicability. Since the use of this information and the conditions of the use of the product are not within Praxairs control, it is the users obligation to determine the conditions of safe use of the product. For customers using Praxairs multi-component gas mixtures, we offer customized gas mixture material safety data sheets. Please contact Praxair or download from our web site at www.praxair.com/MSDS. MSDS sheets are available in English, French or Spanish.
Introduction
Praxair Publications
Praxair Shielding Gases Technical Data Sheets P-8351 Praxairs StarGold O-1, O-2 and O-5 Argon/Oxygen Blends for GMAW (MIG/MAG Welding) Praxairs StarGold C-5 and C-10 Argon/Carbon Dioxide Blends for Conventional and Pulsed Spray GMAW (MIG/MAG Welding) Praxairs StarGold C-10 and C-20 Argon/Carbon Dioxide Blends for Conventional Spray GMAW (MIG/MAG Welding) Praxairs StarGold C-20 and C-25 Ar/Carbon Dioxide Blends for Short - C i rcuiting GMAW (MIG/MAG Welding) And FCAW (Flux-Cored Wi re Welding) Praxairs Starg o n Argon/Carbon Dioxide/Oxygen Blend for All Forms of GMAW (MIG/MAG Welding) Praxairs HeliStar SS Argon/Helium/Carbon Dioxide Blend for All Forms of GMAW (MIG/MAG Welding) of Stainless Steel Praxairs HeliStar CS Argon/Helium/Carbon Dioxide Blend For All Forms of GMAW (MIG/MAG Welding) of Carbon Steel Praxairs Star Gases Argon and Helium; Praxairs HeliStar A-25, A-50 and A-75 Argon/Helium Blends; for GMAW (MIG/MAG Welding) and GTAW (TIG Welding) of Aluminum Praxairs Mig Mix Gold Argon/Carbon Dioxide Blend for All Forms of GMAW (MIG/MAG Welding) of Carbon Steel Praxairs StarGold O-1 Argon/Oxygen Blend; StarGold C-2 and C-5 Argon/Carbon Dioxide Blends; HeliStar SS and A-1025 Ar/He/CO2 Blends; for All Forms of GMAW (MIG/MAG Welding) of Stainless Steel Praxairs Star Gases Argon; HeliStar A-25, A-50, A-75 Argon/Helium Blends; HydroStar H-5 Ar/H2 Blend for GTAW (TIG Welding) of Carbon Steel, Stainless Steel, Aluminum and Other N o n - F e rrous Materials
15
P-8352
P-8353
P-8354
P-8355
P-8356
P-8357
P-8358
P-8359
P-8360
P-8361
Introduction i 16
Praxair Publications
P-8107B P-8137A P-8201A Gas Metal Arc Welding of Carbon Steel Gas Metal Arc Welding of Stainless Steel Shielding Gases Selection Manual
i
A rticle Reprints P-8258 P-8264 P-8342 Argon Proves Wo rth As A Welding Shielding Gas (CryoGas magazine Mar. 98) How To Cut Gas Costs (Canadian Machinery and Metalworking Mar. 98) Equipment and Procedures for Welding Aluminum (Practical Welding Today Jan./Feb. 99) What to Consider when Welding Stainless Steel (The Fabricator Nov. 99) Using Flux-Cored and Metal-Cored Wire (The Practical Welding Today Jan./Feb. 2000) Gas-Assisted Laser Cutting (Industrial Laser Solutions for Manufacturing - Dec. 2000) Maintaining Gas Mixture Integrity In High Pressure Cylinders (Gases & Welding Distributors - Nov./Dec. 2000) Natural Gas Offers Advantages for Brazing (Welding Design and Fabrication - Aug. 2001) Argon-CO2 Blends Fast Becoming the Industry Standard Are You Using An Argon-Oxygen Liquid Pre-Blend? Optimizing Consumable Selection Increases Productivity, Decreases Fumes (Gases & Welding Distributor - Mar./Apr. 2004) Making CO2 Lasers More Efficient (Gases & Welding Distributor - May/June 2004) Selecting a Shielding Gas for Joining Stainless Steel (The Fabricator - June 2004) A Great Combination (Sculpture Story) (Practical Welding Today - Sept./Oct. 2004) Simplifying Shielding Gas Selection (Practical Welding Today - Jan./Feb. 2005)
P-8661 P-8105 P-8106 P-8126 P-8173 Metal Cored Wires: Where do they Fit in your Future? (The Welding Journal Oct. 96) Choose the Gas Thats Right For The Cutting Operation (The Welding Journal Dec. 95) The Basics of Gas Metal Arc Welding (The Fabricator Nov. 95) Choosing the Right Consumables to Reduce Welding Cost (Practical Welding Today Sept./Oct. 97) Understanding Ozone in Gas-Shielded Arc Welding Selecting the Proper Fuel Gas for Cost-Effective Oxyfuel Cutting (The Welding Journal Jul. 97) Choosing a Plasma Arc Cutting Process (The Fabricator Jan. 97) P-8770 P-8771 P-8886
P-8174 P-8177
P-8236
Productivity Solutions
Productivity Solutions
Praxair StarSolver Productivity Enhancement Program ProStar Premium Quality Products Robotics Applications Laser Applications Automated Cutting Solutions Dry Ice Blast Cleaning Praxair Surface Technologies, Materials for Advanced Coating Solutions Premium Quality Delivery Systems, StarDirect and AccuStar GT-Pac Natural Gas Pressure Booster System
1 2 3-4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Productivity Solutions
Praxair StarSolver Productivity Enhancement Program
Praxairs StarSolver program provides solutions to your welding and related productivity questions. StarSolver is a productivity enhancement program offered exclusively by Praxair that will help you to improve your throughput faster and at a lower overall cost. Using the StarSolver solution approach, Praxair will review your current welding practices, analyze the data collected and recommend high-quality, low cost solutions. Unlike many consultant-based recommendations, Praxair stays with you every step of the way. Praxair will be there to help with the hands-on implementation and will also schedule follow up audits to make sure that the cost saving recommendations are still producing results. The StarSolver productivity enhancement program from Praxair is truly a service-based solution that has a proven track record with proven results.
1 1
The program focuses on labor and overhead costs, which in N o rth America and Europe typically represent over 85% of your operational costs. We assess all your welding operation variables such as wire feed speed, current, voltage, fit-up, gas delivery systems, consumable selection and more. Praxair then can accurately and systematically assess your welding operation. With almost 100 years of experience bringing leading edge technology to the metal fabrication industry, working with other companies with similar operations, we can offer you cost savings and environmental improvements. Lower Production Costs Based on our experience, we can help you increase your productivity by 20 to 40% with little or no capital investment. We can target which areas are most important to your operation so that you can assess potential time and money savings, as well as improved productivity and quality. Better Environment With the continuing concern regarding the welding enviro nment and the changing regulations pertaining to it, we can also help you evaluate which options can lower the amount of fumes and control welder exposure generated by your welding operations. Improved Quality At the same time, we will help you improve product quality and reduce your welding costs. Using the StarSolver program, Praxair can help your company face the challenges of the new millennium and effectively compete in a global metal fabrication market.
Productivity Solutions 1 2
ProStar: The Metal Fabricators Choice For High-Quality, Premium Products Metal fabricators who require high-quality, premium products look to the ProStar Brand. They know they can rely on ProStar products to deliver the value they demand. Quality... Reliability... Value... Theyre all synonymous with ProStar metal fabrication products by top-name manufacturers carefully selected by Praxair. So, you can choose with confidence knowing that whatever you select will equal or surpass the rigorous requirements you face each day.
A Broad Range Of Products Behind each ProStar product is the same industry-leading experience and commitment to innovative leadership that enable Praxair to produce a complete line of advanced, highquality shielding gases. This expertise and commitment to leadership are your assurance that the ProStar items we offer are made to meet our high standards of excellence. Choose from a wide range of products from the industry s top manufacturers, including:
Filler metals Welding consumables Gas apparatus Safety supplies and equipment Welding accessories
ProStar products not only reflect the highest quality, they also provide high value.
With our in-depth inventory and North American warehouse capabilities, your order is filled directly from our shelves.
Visit or call your local Praxair store or depot Call 1-800-225-8247 for customer serv i c e Visit our Web site at weldzone.praxair.com
ProStar flux-cored and metal core d - w i res re p resent the latest in tubular wire design and performance.
Productivity Solutions
Robotic Applications
1 3
The Praxair-Genesis Alliance in the US Typically, an overall productivity improvement for a metal fabrication operation is fragmented because customers must deal with multiple suppliers. Ve ry often, these vendors have separate and sometimes conflicting approaches, and the robotic investment is not optimized. By combining their strengths, Praxair and Genesis two proven leaders in the metal fabrication industry in the US offer a new solution. Its the Praxair-Genesis alliance, a total resource for all your metal fabrication needs. By relying on this alliance, metal fabricators in the US have access to unlimited capability and unsurpassed quality. Praxair offers the highest-purity shielding gases, welding equipment, filler metals and application technology. Genesis provides leading-edge robotic welding workcells. As recognized industry leaders, both are sensitive to the critical variables required to reduce robotic cell payback times. Both are known for their innovative solutions, providing a level of experience, ongoing technical support and service thats unsurpassed in the industry. From simple lower cost systems to fully engineered solutions, Praxair and Genesis offer you a menu of options to choose from.
In the US, Genesis provides a broad range of project involvement, from component supplier to an extension of your engineering department or any point in between.
Genesis Versa-Systems configurations include options on robot model, power source, tooling lengths and weight capacities. ProStar Tw i s t - F reeRobotic Welding Wi re minimizes burnbacks and birdnesting, helps eliminate arc wander, and reduces overwelding.
Productivity Solutions 1 4
Robotic Applications
The Praxair-PanasonicNew Age Robotics Alliance in Canada Canadas metal fabricators no longer need to search for s e parate companies to provide robotic arms, system integration, shielding gases and consumable selection. Now, they can turn to one total-capabilities resource the PraxairPanasonic-New Age Robotics Alliance. More than simply saving time, this unique alliance of industry leaders can help make your business more efficient and productive, while lowering your operating costs. Thats because of:
Praxairs proprietary StarSolver productivity enhancement program for service-based solutions that have significant impact on lowering total production costs; Praxairs RoboStar family of shielding gas blends for high-speed robotic welding (see Section 3); and Praxairs exclusive ProStar twist-free robotic welding wire (see Section 7); Panasonic Factory Automations leading-edge, fully-integrated, robotic welding workcell packages; New Age Robotics system integration and refurbished robot installations.
Praxairs RoboStar Gas Blends are specifically designed for the all-position, high-speed robotic welding of carbon steels, aluminum and stainless steels.
By selecting Praxair as your robotic supplier your metal fabrication operation will benefit from:
The industrys most reliable supply source for shielding gases and consumables Robotics designed specifically for welding The most advanced integrated system In-depth service and support, product upgrades and extensive warranties for proven robotic performance Programming support to optimize system performance
As industry leaders focused on customer satisfaction, Praxair, Panasonic and New Age Robotics are recognized for their innovative experience. Together, the Praxair-Panasonic-New Age Robotics Alliance creates a competitive edge for your company by delivering robotics, integration and gases as well as critical, ongoing technical support where and when you need them most.
Productivity Solutions
Laser Applications
Laser Supply Systems The purchase of laser cutting or welding systems represents a substantial financial commitment by a metal fabricator. To help maximize the return on investment, special consideration must be given when selecting the resonator gases (He, N2 and CO2), the assist gases (N2 and O2), and the high integrity gas supply system. Essential factors to be considered include the selection of gas type (gas purity and mixture accuracy see Section 3), supply mode (flow capacity, delivery pressure requirements, etc.), and design of the gas regulation and distribution equipment (see Section 6 for details). Praxairs LaserStar Gases and Blends For Optimum Laser Perf o rmance Praxairs LaserStar gases are produced to meet the stringent requirements of the laser processing industry. Available as pure gases or as pre-blended mixtures of helium, nitrogen, carbon dioxide, and occasionally, carbon monoxide, Praxairs LaserStar gases are used to optimize the laser beam quality in a wide variety of CO2 lasers. Carbon dioxide lasers must be protected from the problems created by contaminants such as moisture, hydrocarbons, and other impurities which can be introduced into the resonator chamber. These impurities can reduce laser power, create unstable operating characteristics, damage expensive optics, and cause costly downtime. When combined with a properly designed gas delivery system, the use of LaserStar gases helps assure optimum laser perf o rmance, maximum operating duty cycle, and minimum maintenance costs. In laser gases, carbon dioxide is the component of the gas blend that is directly involved in producing the laser light.
1 5
Nitrogen makes it easier to excite the CO2 molecule to the higher energy levels necessary to produce laser light. Heliums high thermal conductivity acts to cool the laser by conducting heat away from the electrical discharge area to the walls of the discharge tube; helium also stabilizes this electric discharge and improves laser perf o rm a n c e . Supply Modes From resonator gases to assist gases, welding and cutting operations can be optimized when proper care is exercised in the design and selection of the gas supply system. Praxair offers a variety of supply modes that will meet your specific needs:
High Pressure Cylinders (component or pre-mixed gases) High Pressure Cylinder Clusters (6, 12 or 18 cylinders) Bulk Tanks (nitrogen and oxygen) Bulk Tanks with Cryogenic Booster On-Site Nitrogen Generation and Air Drying
Gas Regulation and Distribution System Design To further enhance laser equipment perf o rmance, high quality regulation and distribution equipment systems is re commended. These specially designed systems offer the following advantages:
Help to maintain gas purity and gas mixture integrity (to the use point) Contribute to precise pressure and flow control Provide uninterrupted gas supply Make the operation safe and easy to use Decrease the frequency of periodic laser maintenance Lower power levels Improved beam quality
Please refer to Sections 2, 3 and 6 for details on gas purity level, mixture composition, supply modes and gas regulation and distribution systems.
Productivity Solutions 1 6
Automated Cutting Solutions
Praxair offers a wide range of automated cutting solutions and support for oxy-fuel, plasma or laser.
Oxy Fuel Cutting Carbon steel up to thicknesses of 14 Multi-torch Acetylene FG2 Propylene Propane Natural gas pressure boosting (G-Tec) Tips, torches and safety supplies
Plasma Cutting Carbon steel, stainless steel and aluminum Manual and automated systems Plasma gases Membrane nitrogen generators Air dryers Conventional and high definition systems Moisture traps Extended life consumables High speed consumables
Laser Cutting Extremely accurate Excellent edge quality Carbon steel up to 1 and stainless steel up to 5/8 Less base metal distort i o n Beam purge gases High purity resonator gases High purity gas handling systems Automatic change over systems Precision mixers
Praxair can provide optimum solutions and support for virt u a l l y every automated cutting application regardless of base metal thickness and composition. Please refer to Sections 2, 3, and 6 for details on gases, mixtures and more automated cutting.
Productivity Solutions
Dry Ice Blast Cleaning
Blast cleaning with carbon dioxide dry ice is an environmentally safe way to prepare surfaces or remove coatings, saving time and money for an ever-growing list of businesses. Developed by the aircraft industry to clean everything from electrical components to petroleum waste, blast cleaning uses compressed air to propel dry ice particles that create an impact flushing action. These particles expand on contact and sublimate into vapor CO 2, leaving behind a clean, dry, undamaged surface. Its Safe Dry ice blast cleaning protects surface integrity and avoids grit entrapment, making it an effective alternative to abrasive grit blasting. Theres also no residue or secondary waste to clean, so you can use it with food processing equipment. Eliminating toxic chemicals and harmful emissions makes dry ice blast cleaning environmentally safe, and it reduces employee health risks. Its also:
1 7
Its Economical Not only is dry ice readily available, the blast cleaning process:
Eliminates cleanup costs resulting from toxic chemicals or gritty cleaning Reduces the labor costs of manual cleaning Slashes or eliminates waste disposal costs Lets you bring cleaning equipment on-site, further reducing your costs
Where Its Used F rom cleaning sensitive electrical wiring and electro n i c components to removing adhesives, lubricants, paints and other substances on assembly line equipment, blast cleaning with dry ice is showing its versatility in a wide range of applications, such as:
It Improves Productivity Turning to dry ice blast cleaning instead of using harsh chemicals or gritty abrasives:
Extends equipment life Increases equipment operating availability Eliminates equipment disassembly and masking before cleaning Reduces cleaning timewhich also lowers costs
Aerospace Automotive Electronics Food Processing Foundries Mold Restoration Packaging Plastics Tire Manufacturing Fire Restoration General Maintenance Petrochemical Printing Transportation Utilities
Productivity Solutions 1 8
Praxair Surface Technologies Materials for Advanced Coating Solutions
CRC-410 70% CrC - 30%NiCr 35% CrC - 65%NiCr 60% CrC - 40%NiCr W-36Cr-20Co-4C W-48Cr-12Co-4C W-45Cr-18Ni-4C
Deposited by HVOF, Plasma or Flame spray, APT Tungsten Carbide coatings are dense, homogeneous and extremely wear resistant and corrosion resistant.
Features
Fine Carbide dispersion in a metallic matrix (fully alloyed) Dense spherical particles for unsurpassed consistency and flow Designed as a superior alternative to traditional WC and CrC Alloys and for applications like the replacement of hard chrome plate
1
Cored Wires
Wi re Name 35MXC Material I ron-based High Carbon Alloy
73MXC
95MXC
106MXC
Cored Wired Advantages Praxair and TAFA are the thermal spray leaders in the development and manufacture of cored wires for electric arc spray. Advanced materials engineering allows compositions that cannot be drawn as solid wires to be produced by enclosing powders in a metallic sheath. Application of cored wire technology has resulted in arc spray coatings replacing flame spray and plasma coating for industrial wear applications due to the high buildup rates, ease of machining and superior wear characteristics of the coatings.
Productivity Solutions
Premium Quality Delivery Systems
1 9
StarDire ct, Praxairs world class welding products distribution system offers unsurpassed customer service.
Over 30,000 standard stocking items from 200 of the best manufacturers in the business. 25 strategically-located distribution centers in North America. Orders placed by 4:00 p.m. are shipped the same day from the largest inventory of welding equipment, filler metal, gas apparatus and safety products. Direct purchasing, order tracking and access to account history available through password-protected www.express.praxair.com Information, demonstrations and advice on innovative solutions using the latest welding technologies available at your fingertips. Shipping options are automatically screened to ensure on-time delivery at the best value.
The handheld AccuStar computer ensures faster cylinder transaction processing, on-site invoicing and reduced paperw o r k .
Electronic data flow improves billing accuracy through the elimination of manual entry of part numbers, descriptions or quantities. The customer signs the handheld computer screen and receives a legible printout of his delivery document. Invoices can be printed and paid on-site via credit card or cash, thereby reducing paperwork and administrative costs. The customer can take delivery and place his next order at the same time. A just-in-time delivery option is easily arranged. Computerized data helps us more accurately forecast the customer demands and manage cylinder inventory to s ensure an ongoing supply of product. Computers plot the customers hours of operation and time window for delivery of product deliveries are received when it is most convenient.
Productivity Solutions 1 10
GT-Pak Natural Gas Pressure Booster Systems
Now, Praxair enables metal fabricators to take advantage of the many benefits of natural gas for torch cutting, brazing, soldering and heating applications. From savings and performance to convenience and safety, natural gas is an alternative to acetylene, propane and other fuel gases. And the GT-Pak systems from G-TEC Natural Gas Systems give you the state-of-the-art technology that makes it all possible. The GT-Pak system elevates the pressure of utility natural gas service to levels required for efficient operation of cutting and brazing torches - right from the gas line servicing your building. Plus, the refuelers allow you to fill your own portable natural gas cylinders for hand truck and off-site use. Proven for a Variety of Applications
Thousands of metal fabricators around the world are using the innovative GT-Pak systems for a wide variety of torch applications including:
Save as Much as 90% on Fuel Costs The most significant benefit of using natural gas as a torch fuel is its lower cost. Natural gas provides an average 20-to-1 price advantage over acetylene and a 5-to-1 advantage over propane. Never Run Out of Fuel Gas Customers tell us that having a self-sufficient fuel gas supply is a major benefit of GT-Pak systems. They operate on a simple connection to the standard low-pressure natural gas line service commonly used to operate building space heaters and hot water tanks.
Count on Excellent Performance Natural gas offers excellent performance for torch cutting, heating, brazing and soldering. Advantages of using the GT-Pak system and natural gas include:
Cutting speeds comparable to acetylene and propane. Can cut steel from 1/8 to 18. Clean, narrow kerfs with less of a tendency to form slag or harden the cut edge. Smoother, less porous brazing. No smoke generated by torches and no carbon soot, for cleaner work.
Safety Safety is another inherent advantage of natural gas and the GT-Pak system. Natural gas:
Is stable, non-shock sensitive and non-toxic. Is lighter than air, so it quickly dissipates rather than accumulating in low areas like other heavier fuel gases. Has the highest ignition temperature and the narrowest band of combustibility when compared to other fuel gases.
Safety Approved in the United States and Canada GT-Pak torch boosters and refuelers have received the Certificate of Compliance from CSA International, signifying that they have passed rigorous tests and meet industry standards for construction, performance and safety. GT-Pak cylinders are approved by both the U.S. Department of Transportation and Transport Canada.
General Safety Information-Cylinders and Containers 1-2 Cylinder Colours Cylinder Size Chart Cryogenic Container Size Chart Praxair Microbulk Delivery System Cryogenic Tanks Trifecta High-Pressure Gas Supply System Membrane Generators 3-4 5-6 7 8-9 10-11 12 13-14
2 1
Opening and Closing Valves Observing a few simple rules when opening and closing valves can prevent damage to valves and equipment and add years of useful service life to the valves. The proper way to open any cylinder valve is to first crack the valve, then open it slowly by turning the handle or stem counterclockwise (see Figure 1). This allows equipment to gradually adjust to full pressure. Stop turning as soon as there is any resistance. Turning the valve handle or stem too far in the open position can jam the stem causing damage and leaks and preventing later closure. Likewise, overtightening when closing a valve can damage or perm anently distort the seat and result in leakage.
Always use carts or hand trucks designed for this purpose. Never drop cylinders or allow them to strike each other violently. Never lift cylinders by the cap or with a lifting magnet.
Moving Cylinders and Containers Cylinders and containers must always be moved carefully. Mishandling that results in a damaged valve or ru p t u re d cylinder can expose personnel to the hazards associated with these gases. In addition, most gas cylinders are heavy and bulky. A cylinder striking someone or pinching a finger, toe, or other extremity is a common cause of injury. For these reasons, all cylinder handlers must always wear certain minimum personal protective equipment prescribed by OSHA.
After moving a cylinder to its point of use, secure the cylinder in place. Use cylinder stands, clamps, or other securing devices recommended by your supplier. Storing Cylinders and Containers Storage of compressed gas cylinders and cryogenic liquid cylinders is governed by codes of the National Fire P rotection Association (NFPA). Local codes may also apply. Know and obey codes governing storage at your location. Safe Practices In general, store cylinders so they cant be easily toppled over. Remember, danger exists not only from accidental release of gas by cylinders damaged in a fall but also from their striking someone and causing injury. Store cylinders upright in compact groups, interlocking them so that each cylinder physically contacts those around it. Do not stand cylinders loosely or in a haphazard manner. A single cylinder that topples over can create a domino effect causing other cylinders to fall. Single cylinders should be secured in place or on a cylinder cart so they cant be easily knocked over. Keep stored cylinders out of high traffic areas. Do not store them near the edges of platforms. Avoid storage in areas where there are activities that could damage or contaminate the cylinders. Electric arc welding can destroy the integrity of cylinder metal if a welder carelessly strikes an arc on a cylinder. Overhead hoists can drip oil or grease on cylinders, contaminating them. Never store cylinders with flammable materials.
F i g u re1
Gloves to protect hands against common pinching injuries. Safety glasses to protect eyes against injuries associated with pressure release. Safety shoes with metatarsal supports to protect against foot injuries from falling cylinders.
Open counterclockwise
Before moving the cylinder to the storage area or point of use or before re t u rning the cylinder to the supplier, ensure the following: The outlet valve is fully closed. The outlet valve dust plug or pressure cap is on tight for cylinders equipped with these protection devices (where supplied) . The valve protection cap is properly secured in place on cylinders with neck threads (where supplied). Note: Valve caps must always be in place while moving or transporting cylinders or when they are in storage.
Close clockwise
Typical closing torques are as follows: Packed Stem Valve Diaphragm Seal Valve Pressure Seal Valve Pin-Indexed Valve 30 to 40 ft-lb 85 to 96 in-lb 60 to 85 in-lb 20 to 25 in-lb
Personnel responsible for receiving cylinders should perf o rm an external inspection on all packages before moving them to the point of use or to the storage area. Basic guidelines for performing this inspection are as follows:
Read the cylinder labels to be sure that the gas is what you ordered and that you understand the hazards associated with the product. Remember, the label is the only means of identifying the product in the cylinder. Never identify the product by the color of the cylinder. A secondary check of contents may be made by using the CGA connection on the valve (see Table 1). Check the TC/DOT cylinder markings to be sure you understand the pressures contained in the cylinders. Thoroughly inspect the cylinders for any obvious damage. The cylinder s u rface should be clean and free from defects such as cuts, gouges, b u rns and obvious dents. Such damage could weaken the cylinder metal, creating a danger of failure, or it could make the cylinder unstable and more likely to tip over. Make sure the cylinder stands steady on its base and does not wobble. Cylinders with neck threads should have a cap in place over the valve. Remove the cap by hand. Never use a screwdriver, crowbar, or other leverage device to remove the cap. Never oil or lubricate a tight fitting cap. You could accidentally open the valve or damage it.
Acetylene (approximately 10 ft3) Acetylene (between 35 and 75 ft3) Acetylene (over 50 ft3) Air, Breathing Grade Air, Industrial Grade Air, Breathing Grade (greater than 3,000 psig) Argon (less than 3,000 psig) Argon (greater than 3,000 psig) Argon, Cryogenic Liquid Carbon Dioxide Carbon Dioxide, Refrigerated Liquid Praxairs FG-2 Helium (less than 3,000 psig) Helium (greater than 3,000 psig) Hydrogen Nitrogen (less than 3,000 psig) Nitrogen (greater than 3,000 psig) Nitrogen, Cryogenic Liquid Oxygen (less than 3,000 psig) Oxygen (greater than 3,000 psig) Oxygen, Cryogenic Liquid Propane Propylene
Check the cylinder valve to be sure it is not bent or damaged. A damaged valve could leak or fail, or it might not make a tight connection when the cylinder is placed into use. Make sure the valve is free from dirt and oil, which could contaminate the gas. Dirt particles propelled in a high velocity gas stream could cause a spark, igniting a flammable gas. Oil and grease can react with oxygen and other oxidizers, causing an explosion. If any cylinder is received with missing or unreadable labels and markings; visible damage; an unstable base; a missing cap; or a bent, damaged, or dirty valve, do not use the cylinder. Contact your supplier and ask for instructions.
Testing for Leaks After completing the external inspection, proceed as follows:
Test the cylinder valve for leaks using the leak test method approved by your employer. If you detect leakage, follow the employers procedures for handling leaking cylinders.
Note: It is normal for cryogenic liquid cylinders to vent through their relief valves to relieve excess pressure build up due to heat leak. This venting is not a leak.
If no leak is detected, secure the cylinder valve cap in place before moving the cylinder to the point of use or to the storage are a .
2 3
Acetylene (C2H2)
Argon (Ar)
Praxairs FG-2
Nitrogen (N2)
Oxygen (O2)
Propane (C3H8)
Propylene (C3H6)
Acetylene (C2H2)
Argon (Ar)
Praxairs FG-2
Hydrogen (H2)
HydroStar Blends
N i t rogen (N2)
Oxygen (O2)
Propane (C3H8)
Propylene (C3H6)
2 5
High-Pressure Cylinders
Steel 4K Height in (cm) Diameter in (cm) Average Weight lb (kg) Water Capacity lb (kg) 51 (130) 9.25 (24) 145 (66) 100 (46) T 55 (140) 9.25 (24) 143 (65) 108 (49) K 51 (130) 9.0 (23) 133 (60) 97 (44) S 46 (117) 7.4 (19) 76 (35) 60 (27) Q 31 (79) 7.0 (18) 65 (30) 32 (15) G 20 (51) 6.0 (15) 29 (13) 16 (7) R 14 (36) 5.1 (13) 14 (6.4) 8.1 (3.7) Aluminum AT 54 (137) 10 (25) 90 (41) 106 (48) AS 48 (122) 8 (20) 48 (22) 65 (29) AQ 33 (84) 7.3 (18) 30 (13) 34 (16)
4K
AT
AS
AQ
Acetylene Cylinders
W-Line WTL Height in (cm) Diameter in (cm) Average Weight lb (kg) Maximum Gas Capacity ft3 (m3) 44 (112) 12.1 (31) 187 (84) 390 (11) WK 39.5 (100) 12.4 (31) 220 (100) 304 (8.6) WS/WSL 35.6 (90) 8.4 (21) 68 (30.4) 130 (3.7) WC 33.1 (84) 8.3 (21) 87 (39) 111 (3.1) WQ 22.5 (57) 6.9 (18) 34 (16) 60 (1.7) B 19.5 (49) 6.1 (16) 22 (10) 40 (1.1) MC 13.2 (34) 3.9 (10) 7 (3.2) 10 (0.3) A-Line 5 51 (130) 12 (30) 189 (86) 350 (9.9) 4 39 (99) 8 (20) 78 (35) 145 (4) 3 30 (76) 7 (18) 41 (19) 75 (2.1)
WTL
WK
WS/WSL
WC
WQ
MC
Propane Cylinders
Cylinder Style FX Height in (cm) Diameter in (cm) Average Weight lb (kg) Maximum Gas Capacity lb (kg) 45 (114) 15 (38) 75 (34) 100 (45.5) FC 47 (119) 10 (25.4) 55 (25) 50 (22.7) F33 28 (71) 12.5 (32) 55 (25) 33 (15)
2 7
High Pressure Tough, durable stainless steel construction with high perf o rmance super insulation.
Size MAWP psi/bar Height in (cm) Diameter in (cm) TARE Weight (cyl + frame) Water Capacity (liters) DOT/CTC Rating 450 Liter 350/24 62 (158) 30 (76) 1275/580 428 liters 4L292 600 Liter 350/24 63 (159) 42 (107) 1700 (773) 600 liters ASME Sec 8/Div 1 800 Liter 350/24 67 (171) 42(107) 2500 (1136) 800 liters ASME Sec 8/Div 1 1000 Liter 350/24 76 (191) 42 (107) 2650 (1205) 950 liters ASME Sec 8/Div 1
Dimensions and capacities are approximate and may vary slightly. Weights are approximate and may vary with pallet design.
Uninterrupted supply Praxair supply management telemetry No cylinder handling and changeouts Reduced inventory management
Eliminates downtime from cylinder changeouts No residual re t u rned to supplier More efficient accounting and ordering Minimum inventory maintenance Productive use of labor force Efficient use of production space Lower maintenance costs
A locked, tamper- resistant fill box wall-mounted outside lets Praxair deliver the gas you need around the clock.
Praxairs unique telemetry system links directly to Praxairs monitoring center, preventing on-site run out.
High Quality
Improved Safety
Eliminates cylinder handling No worries about cylinder leaks High-pressure cylinders replaced by low-pressure tanks
A variety of CO2 storage tanks are available to meet your specific needs.
Praxairs truck fleet, designed exclusively for cryogenic gases services, delivers from diverse distribution locations for maximum customer eff i c i e n c y.
2 9
Carbon Dioxide
Model Liquid Storage Capacity lb (kg) Net Volume gal (ltr) MAWP psig (bar) Evaporation Rate lb/day (kg/day) CO2 D e l i v e ryRate lb/h (kg/hr) Diameter in (cm) Height in (cm) Empty Weight lb (kg) Design Specification 300 306 (139) 32 (123) 300 (20.7) 2.0 (.91) 1.0 (.5) 20 (50.8) 57 (145) 216 (98) ASME 450 453 (205) 48 (182) 300 (20.7) 2.5 (1.1) 5.5 (2.5) 20 (50.8) 65.8 (167) 273 (124) ASME 750 771 (350) 82 (310) 300 (20.7) 3.0 (1.4) 15.0 (6.8) 26 (66) 68 (173) 430 (195) ASME
Liquid oxygen, liquid nitrogen and liquid argon are cryogenic liquids. Their boiling temperatures are: Liquid Oxygen Liquid Nitrogen Liquid Argon Sublimation Point Liquid CO2 -109.3 oF (-78.5 oC) -297.3 oF (-183 oC) -320.4 oF (-195.8 oC) -302.6 oF (-185.9 oC)
To minimize heat transfer and sustain very low temperatures, the storage vessel must be specially designed. Storage vessels for liquid oxygen, liquid nitrogen and liquid argon are commercially available in various capacities from 350 to 13,000 U.S. gallons (1,325 to 49,210 liters) water capacity. The storage vessels may be either vertical, spherical, or horizontal depending on the site and consumption requirements. Cryogenic liquids storage vessels have three basic components: 1. Inner Pressure Vessel A vessel usually made of stainless steel or other materials that have favorable strength characteristics when exposed to cryogenic temperatures. 2. Outer Vessel A vessel made of carbon steel or stainless steel. Under normal operating conditions, this vessel retains the insulation around the inner pressure vessel, and can also maintain a vacuum around the inner vessel. Typically, the outer vessel is not exposed to cryogenic temperatures. 3. Insulation The space between the inner and outer vessel, containing several inches of insulating material maintained in a vacuum. The vacuum and insulating material help to reduce heat transfer and thereby reduce the boil-off of the liquid oxygen, liquid nitrogen or liquid argon stored within the vessel.
Do not store liquid oxygen, liquid nitrogen or liquid argon in confined spaces or poorly ventilated areas. Ensure that cryogenic liquids are handled only by persons instructed in the pro p e rties of the material and in the proper pro c e d u re for handling it. s Ensure that all piping in which cryogenic liquids could be trapped between two valves and receptacles is equipped with pressure relief valves that are piped to properly designed vents. Do not smoke or create sparks near liquid oxygen equipment and tanks. Do not approach liquid oxygen tanks with an open flame.
Note 1: Please refer to Section 11 Technical Data for more information on Gas Properties.
2 11
TM-500
TM-900
TM-1500
TM-3000
TM-6000
TM-9000
TM-11,000
6 Ton
14 Ton
34 Ton
12 Ton
26 Ton
54 Ton
14 Ton
30 Ton
50 Ton
Trifecta 5K Up to 5,000 scfh (131 Nm3/h) at 450 psig (31 bar) ( p a rt MVE11553840) # Trifecta 10K Up to 10,000 scfh (263 Nm3/h) at 450 psig (31 bar) ( p a rt MVE11033182) # Trifecta 15K Up to 15,000 scfh (394 Nm3/h) at 450 psig (31 bar) ( p a rt MVE11862511) # Complete field-ready system package for simple on-site installation Maintains continuous flow even when bulk tank is being filled Eliminates the necessity for custom-built, high-pressure bulk storage tanks Eliminates high-pressure pumps, compressors and surge tanks Compact space saving design, eliminating bulky on-site tube trailers
Automatic fill and continuous pressure monitoring with exclusive control center
System Requirements
15 amp, 110 VAC power, dedicated circuit Bulk storage tank with 50 psig minimum pressure E x t e rnal vaporizer sized for maximum flow rate High flow pressure regulation Two piping connections to bulk storage tank
4
Dimensions (Models 5K, 10K and 15K)
Height 96 in (2.4 m) Length 47 in (1.2 m) W dth i 55 in (1.4 m) Weight (5K) 1,700 lbs (770 kg) Weight (10K) 1,750 lbs (795 kg) Weight (15K) 1,800 lbs (815 kg)
2 13
Plasma cutting systems Food packaging/blanketing C o rrosive Liquid transfer Vessel and equipment blanketing Point-of-use nitrogen applications
Specifications Nitrogen Purity Water Content CO2 Content 95%-99.9% < 10 ppm < 0.1 ppm
Praxair offers in-plant nitrogen generator systems in a variety of sizes, capable to produce nitrogen at purity and flow rates to suit most volume needs.
Part Number OESIB300-G5 Flow Rate with 110 psig feed air 95.0% - 99.9% 95% - 671 scfh 98% - 372 scfh 99% - 266 scfh 99.9% - 104 scfh OESIB500-G5 95% - 1340 scfh 98% - 742 scfh 99% - 532 scfh 99.9% - 208 scfh OESIB750-G5 95% - 2015 scfh 98% - 1115 scfh 99% - 800 scfh 99.9% - 312 scfh Flow Rate with 165 psig feed air 95.0% - 99.9% 95% - 1137 scfh 98% - 633 scfh 99% - 456 scfh 99.9% - 184 scfh 95% - 2279 scfh 98% - 1269 scfh 99% - 914 scfh 99.9% - 369 scfh 95% - 3419 scfh 98% - 1904 scfh 99% - 1372 scfh 99.9% - 554 scfh 32 x 72 x 66 (81 x 183 x 168) 1150 (522) 36 x 18 x 66 (91 x 46 x 168) 225 (102) Dimensions WxDxH in (cm) 36 x 18 x 66 (91 x 46 x 168) W ight e lb (kg) 200 (90)
Reliable, On-Site Supply Praxairs nitrogen systems offer reliable on-site supply alternatives to customers who use high-pressure cylinders, liquid containers or small bulk installations. Compared to cylinder gas supply, Praxairs systems:
Reduce nitrogen costs up to 40% to 60% Reduce labor costs and increase productivity by eliminating most cylinder handling Eliminate delivery
Nitrogen Generation Module Generation module connects to air piping system to provide 95.0 to 99.5% nitrogen purity, eliminating the need for high pressure and liquid nitrogen cylinders.
Low operating cost, no electricity needed No floor space required No moving parts or motors, silent operation Simple installation, mounting brackets included Dual coalescing filters included
Do you polish the edge after cutting with oxygen? Do you weld the edge or part after cutting? Does the cut edge need to be free of oxides to allow for improved powder coating adhesion properties? Does all your stainless steel cutting require clean cut quality? Do you cut aluminum alloys less than 0.200 in thickness? Is lower nitrogen assist gas cost important to you? Does your laser operate on more than one shift per day? Are you adding a second laser where you can dedicate stainless steel jobs that do not require clean cut perf o rm a n c e ? Do you frequently cut material that is less than 1/4 in thickness? Have you ever run out of nitrogen assist gas due to a missed delivery?
If the answer to any of these questions is yes, then contact a Praxair representative to discuss the LaserStar 1530 membrane technology for laser assist gases.
P r a x a i rs LaserStarTM TN-600 Nitrogen Generator Benefits Expanded flow capacity VS first generation systems - 350 cfh @ 95% purity Capable of producing higher purity at a slight reduction of flow capacity -250 cfh @ 97% purity Ideal for beam purge applications Cost savings when compared with the use of cryogenic nitrogen Improved perf o rmance (less downtime) when compared with the use of air Ideal for high power lasers (>3.5 kW) Dew point of 400 F Please note For optimized system operation, feed air quality is critical, so please consult with your Praxair sales representative.
Pure Gases Overv i e w Safety Information for Gases Acetylene (C2H2) Air A rgon (Ar) Carbon Dioxide (CO2) Dry Ice Praxair FG-2 Helium (He) Hydrogen (H2) Nitrogen (N2) Oxygen (O2) Propane (C3H8) Propylene (C3H6) Praxair Starblend Blending System Praxair StarGold Ar/CO2 Blends
1 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 6 6 7 8 9 9 10 11 12 13 13 14 15 16 16 17 18 18 19 20 20
Praxair StarGold Ar/O2 Blends Praxair Stargon CS Ar/CO2/O2 Blends Praxair Stargon SS Ar/CO2/N2 Blends Praxair HeliStar Ar/He Blends Praxair HeliStar Ar/He/CO2 Blends Praxair HydroStar Ar/H2 Blends Praxair HydroStar Ar /H2/CO2 Blends Praxairs LaserStar - Gases and Blends Praxairs LaserStar - Component Gases
Praxairs LaserStar - Pre-Mixed Gases Praxairs RoboStar CS - Ar/CO2/O2 Blends Praxairs RoboStar SS - Ar/He/CO2 Blends
3 1
Product Specifications The following pages provide basic descriptions of the properties and potential benefits of many of Praxairs industrial gas products. Actual products produced and delivered may meet other descriptions or specifications. Use these guidelines to provide your Praxair Sales Professional with details about your specific operations to help find the solution thats right for you.
Increased productivity Lower fume levels Improved product quality Optimized gas utilization Reduced rework Lower bottom line production costs
Precautions and Safe Practices for Shielding Gases To handle compressed gases safely, you must have a thorough knowledge of the characteristics of the gases you use, including the hazards. This section includes information about the major hazards of compressed gases. Read and understand Praxairs Safety Precautions for Gases (P-3499) and Condensed Safety Information, Compressed Gases and Cryogenic Liquids (P-12-237). Nitrogen, Argon, Helium and Carbon Dioxide Warning Nitrogen, argon, helium, and carbon dioxide can all cause rapid asphyxiation and death if released in confined, poorly ventilated areas. Particular attention must be paid with gases that have a higher specific gravity than air as they can collect in confined spaces (displacing oxygen). For detailed information, please consult your Praxair Sales Representative on the availability of nitrogen, argon, helium, carbon dioxide or other gas sensors.
Nitrogen, argon, and helium as cryogenic liquids or cold gases, and carbon dioxide as a cold gas may cause severe frostbite to the skin or eyes. Do not touch frosted pipes or valves with bare skin. Use a properly designed pressurereducing regulator when withdrawing gaseous nitrogen, argon, helium, or carbon dioxide from a cylinder or other high-pressure source. Praxair does not recommend the use of cylinder adapters. A properly designed regulator should be utilized with each gas in question. Hydrogen Danger Hydrogen is a flammable gas. A mixture of hydrogen with oxygen or air in a confined area will explode if ignited by a spark, flame, or other source of ignition. A hydrogen flame is virtually invisible in welllighted areas. Hydrogen as a liquid or cold gas may cause severe frostbite to the eyes or skin. Do not touch frosted pipes or valves. Always use a pressure-reducing regulator when withdrawing gaseous hydrogen from a cylinder or other high-pressure source. Never open a hydrogen cylinder without a regulator attached as it may cause spontaneous combustion. For detailed information, please consult the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) on hydrogen. With areas of concern, please consult your Praxair Sales Representative on the availability of hydrogen or other gas sensors. Take every precaution to prevent hydrogen leaks. Escaping hydrogen cannot be detected by sight, smell, or taste. Because of its lightness, it has a tendency to accumulate beneath roofs and in the upper portions of other confined areas.
3 3
MSDS CAS Number UN Number US DOT Name US DOT Label US DOT Class
Cylinder Style 3 4 5
** Acetylene cylinders are filled by weight, not volume. The volume and pressure data shown is only illustrative and is subject to change from region to region, and may vary with changes in atmospheric temperature and pressure.
Air Air is a colorless, odorless, nonflammable gas. Industrial air is used in air carbon arc gouging and in plasma arc cutting (PAC) processes. Industrial air should not be used as a substitute for breathing air.
N/A N/A 346 (Breathing Grade) 347 (Breathing Grade, greater than 3,000 psig) 590 (Industrial Grade) P-4560 132259-10-0 1002 Air, Compressed Nonflammable Gas 2.2 Nonflammable Gas
MSDS CAS Number UN Number US DOT Name US DOT Label US DOT Class
Cylinder Style T K Q Volume (ft3/m3) 310/8.06 232/6.44 78/2.16
Ar 99.995% 580 690 (greater than 3,000 psig) P-4563 7440-37-1 1006 Argon, Compressed Nonflammable Gas 2.2 Nonflammable Gas
Pressure at 70 oF (21 oC) (psig/kPa) 2,640/18,202 2,200/15,168 Part Number AR T AR K
Chemical Formula Minimum Purity Normal Boiling Point Liquid Cylinder Outlet CGA MSDS CAS Number UN Number US DOT Name US DOT Label US DOT Class
Cylinder Style 160 Liter 200 Liter 230 Liter 250 Liter 450 Liter Microbulk 1000 Liter Microbulk 1500 Liter Microbulk Volume (ft3) 4,460 4,961 5,290 6,080 12,478 28,225 42,950
Ar 99.997% -302 oF (-185 oC) 295 (Liquid) P-4564 7440-37-1 (R) 1951 Argon, Refrigerated Liquid Nonflammable Gas 2.2 Nonflammable Gas
Pressure (psig) 230 230 230 230 350 350 350 Part Number AR LC160-230 AR LC200-230 AR LC230-230 AR LC250-230 AR LC450-350 AR LC1000-350 AR LC1500-350
3 5
Chemical Formula Minimum Purity Sublimation Point Cylinder CGA Outlet MSDS CAS Number UN Number US DOT Name US DOT Label US DOT Class
Cylinder Style 170 Liter 200 Liter 275 Liter *1 lb = 8.76 cubic feet
CO2 99.5% -109.3 oF (-78.5 oC) 622 (Liquid) P-4573 124-38-9 (R) 2187 Carbon Dioxide, Refrigerated Liquid Nonflammable Gas 2.2 Nonflammable Gas
Chemical Formula Minimum Purity Sublimation Point MSDS CAS Number UN Number US DOT Name US DOT Label US DOT Class Shapes and Sizes Nuggets Rice pellets Blocks
CO2 99.5% -109.3 oF (-78.5 oC) P-4575-C 124-38-9 1845 Carbon Dioxide, solid (dry ice) None 9
3/8, 1/2 or 3/4 in diameter by 1/4 to 1-1/2 long 2.9 mm 5 lb, 10 lb, 25 lb and 50 lb / or customer cut
Praxairs FG-2 has high BTU content in its primary and secondary flames. The primary flame cone is similar to that of acetylene. The BTU capacity of the outer flame is greater than acetylene, making it ideal for cutting and heating of steel alloys greater than 1/2 inch in thickness. Praxairs FG-2 combines the desirable qualities of an acetylene flame with the secondary heating capacity of propane. This fuel gas burns hotter than propane and natural gas. Cutting speed should be compared on a case-by-case basis prior to choosing fuel gas for your application. When making a conversion from acetylene to FG2, it is necessary to replace the fuel gas supply hose (grade T) as well as the cutting tip. Depending on the thickness of the material being cut, it may be necessary to replace the mixer in the oxy/acetylene cutting torch due to the different oxygen/fuel gas
Cylinder Cylinder Style Capacity (lb)* 100 # 100 60 # 60 25 # 25 5# 5 *1 lb = 9.06 cubic feet
3
Helium Helium (He) is the second lightest process gas next to hydrogen. Colorless, odorless, tasteless, nontoxic and chemically inert, helium is nonflammable and, when compared with argon, has a high thermal conductivity. Helium-enhanced mixtures are utilized to create an inert gas shield and prevent oxidation during open arc welding of metals such as aluminum, stainless steel, copper and magnesium alloys. The addition of helium generally increases weld pool fluidity and travel speed. Penetration properties will be broader and travel speed is typically increased with the addition of helium to the shielding gas mixture. Use of helium-enhanced mixtures will also lessen the formation of welding ozone when welding on aluminum alloys. Hydrogen Hydrogen (H2) is the lightest of all gases. Colorless, odorless, tasteless and nontoxic, hydrogen exists as a gas at atmospheric temperatures and pressures. In metal fabrication, hydrogen serves as a protective atmosphere in high temperature operations such as stainless steel manufacturing. Hydrogen is commonly mixed with argon for increased travel speed, improved color match and enhanced weld metal fluidity during welding of austenitic grades of stainless steel (300 series). Hydrogen is used as an addition to argon mixtures to improve performance during plasma welding, gouging and cutting operations.
combustion ratio required with this combination. When compared with acetylene, FG2 offers greater safety as it can be utilized up to a full tank pressure. It is well suited to being used at cold temperatures as it has a greater vapor pressure than propane. Chemical Formula Minimum Purity Cylinder CGA Outlet MSDS CAS Number UN Number US DOT Name US DOT Label US DOT Class
Cylinder Style T K Volume (ft3/m3) 286/7.94 213/5.91
He 99.995 % 580 680 (greater than 3,000 psig) P-4602 7440-59-7 1046 Helium, Compressed Nonflammable Gas 2.2 Nonflammable Gas
Pressure at 70 oF (21 oC) (psig/kPa) 2640/18202 2200/15168 Part Number HE T HE K
Chemical Formula Minimum Purity Cylinder CGA Outlet MSDS CAS Number UN Number US DOT Name US DOT Label US DOT Class
Cylinder Style T K Volume (ft3/m3) 261/7.24 196/5.44
H2 99.95 % 350 P-4604 1333-74-0 1049 Hydrogen, Compressed Flammable Gas 2.1 Flammable Gas
Pressure at 70 oF (21 oC) (psig/kPa) 2400/16547 2000/13790 Part Number HY T HY K
3 7
N2 99.995 % 580 680 (greater than 3,000 psig) P-4631 7727-37-9 1066 Nitrogen, Compressed Nonflammable Gas 2.2 Nonflammable Gas
Pressure at 70 oF (21 oC) (psig/kPa) 2,640/18,202 2,200/15,168 4,500/31,050 Part Number NI T NI K NI 4K
Chemical Formula Minimum Purity Normal Boiling Point Cylinder CGA Outlet MSDS CAS Number UN Number US DOT Name US DOT Label US DOT Class
Cylinder Style 160 Liter 200 Liter 230 Liter 250 Liter 160 Liter 200 Liter 230 Liter 250 Liter 160 Liter 200 Liter 230 Liter 250 Liter 450 Liter Microbulk 450 Liter Microbulk 450 Liter Microbulk 1000 Liter Microbulk 1000 Liter Microbulk 1500 Liter Microbulk 1500 Liter Microbulk
N2 99.998 % -320 oF (-196 oC) 295 (Liquid) P-4630 7727-37-9 (R) 1977 Nitrogen, Refrigerated Liquid Nonflammable Gas 2.2 Nonflammable Gas
Volume (ft3) 3,930 4,580 5,380 5,610 3,690 4,110 4,380 5,030 3,470 3,870 4,120 4,740 10,332 10,332 10,332 23,370 23,370 35,550 35,550 Pressure (psig) 22 22 22 22 230 230 230 230 350 350 350 350 250 350 500 350 500 350 500 Part Number NI LC160-22 NI LC200-22 NI LC230-22 NI LC250-22 NI LC160-230 NI LC200-230 NI LC230-230 NI LC250-230 NI LC160-350 NI LC200-350 NI LC230-350 NI LC250-350 NI LC450-250 NI LC450-350 NI LC450-500 NI LC1000-350 NI LC1000-500 NI LC1500-350 NI LC1500-500
O2 99.5% 540 701 (greater than 3,000 psig) P-4638 7782-44-7 1072 Oxygen, Compressed Nonflammable Gas, Oxidizer 2.2 Nonflammable Gas
Pressure at 70 oF (21 oC) (psig/kPa) 2640/18202 2200/15168 Part Number OX T OX K
Chemical Formula Minimum Purity Normal Boiling Point Cylinder CGA Outlet MSDS CAS Number UN Number US DOT Name US DOT Label US DOT Class
Cylinder Style 160 Liter 200 Liter 230 Liter 250 Liter 450 Liter Microbulk 1000 Liter Microbulk 1500 Liter Microbulk
O2 99.5% -297 oF (-183 oC) 440 (Liquid) P-4637 7782-44-7 (R) 1073 Oxygen, Refrigerated Liquid Nonflammable Gas, Oxidizer 2.2 Nonflammable Gas
Volume (ft3) 4,580 5,110 5,440 6,250 12,760 28,861 43,900 Pressure (psig) 230 230 230 230 350 350 350 Part Number OX LC160-230 OX LC200-230 OX LC230-230 OX LC250-230 OX LC450-350 OX LC1000-350 OX LC1500-350
3 9
C3H8 80% - 99.0% 510 P-4646 74-98-6 1978 Propane Flammable Gas 2.1 Flammable Gas
Propylene Propylene (C3H6) is a colorless, flammable, liquefied gas with a faintly sweet odor. When compared with acetylene, it has moderate BTU capacity in its primary and high BTU capacity in its secondary flames. The heat release in the primary flame cone is slightly less than that of acetylene. The BTU capacity of the outer flame is superior to that of acetylene. Propylene combines the qualities of an acetylene flame with the secondary heating capacity of propane. This fuel gas burns hotter than propane. Cutting speed should be compared on a case-by-case basis before choosing a fuel gas for your application. When making a conversion from acetylene to propylene, it is necessary to replace the fuel gas supply hose (grade T) as well as the cutting tip. Depending on the thickness of the material being cut, it may be necessary to replace the mixer in the oxy/acetylene cutting torch due to the different oxygen/fuel gas combustion ratio
Chemical Formula Minimum Purity MSDS Cylinder CGA Outlet CAS Number UN Number US DOT Name US DOT Label US DOT Class
Cylinder Style 100 # 60 # 25 # 5# Cylinder Capacity (lb)** 100 60 25 5
C3H6 94.0% P-4648 510 115-07-1 1077 Propylene Flammable Gas 2.1 Flammable Gas
Pressure at 70oF (21 oC) (psig/kPa) 137/995 137/995 137/995 137/995 Part Number FG 100 FG 60 FG 25 FG 5
required with this combination. When compared with acetylene, propylene offers greater safety as it can be utilized up to full tank pressure. It is well suited to being used at cold temperatures as it has a greater vapor pressure when compared with propane.
Gas Blends
Lowers residual cylinder losses Ends premature cylinder changeouts Helps eliminate costly rework
Maintaining Mixture Integrity Because of the difference in the specific gravity (weight) of the gases, stratification can occur with an argon/carbon dioxide cylinder filled by conventional methods. Carbon dioxide is heavier than argon and settles at the bottom of the cylinder. Inconsistent mixing in the cylinder is a common result. The Praxair Starblend mixing system was developed specifically for argon/ carbon dioxide mixtures. It consists of a specially designed eductor or dip tube with strategically placed openings along its length. This creates turbulence in the cylinder during filling and promotes superior gas mixing, while producing a homogeneous blend without the need to roll the cylinder. In addition to providing uniform mixing, the patented eductor tube design permits withdrawal of the mixture from various locations within the cylinder. This Praxair design feature ensures a consistent mix from the time the valve is initially opened to cylinder change-out.
The cylinder is evacuated and a vacuum is pulled before filling. The cylinder is partially filled with CO2. The cylinder is partially filled with Argon. Filling turbulence ends, resulting in a perfect gas blend. Praxair patented eductor tube helps ensure shielding gas blends are thoroughly mixed. Results obtained with Ar/CO2 mixtures: Conventional cylinder versus Praxairs patented eductor tube
3 11
StarGold C-10
90
10
T K
StarGold C-15
85
15
T K
StarGold C-20
80
20
T K
StarGold C-25
75
25
T K
StarGold C-40
60
40
T K
StarGold C-50
50
50
T K
>90
<10
T K
Industrial Mixtures
CGA MSDS
Mixture StarGold O-1
580 P-4718
Composition % Ar O2 >97 <3 Cylinder Style T K Volume (ft3) 331 247 331 247 331 247 Pressure (psig) 2,640 2,200 2,640 2,200 2,640 2,200 Part Number AR STAR1-T AR STAR1-K AR STAR2-T AR STAR2-K AR STAR4-T AR STAR4-K
StarGold O-2
>95
<5
T K
StarGold O-5
>90
<10
T K
3 13
580 P-4788
Composition % Ar CO2 O2 >85 <10 <5 Cylinder Style T K Volume (ft3) 344 255 Pressure (psig) 2,640 2,200 Part Number AR STAR29-T AR STAR29-K
3
CGA MSDS
Mixture Stargon SS
Argon/CO2/Nitrogen Praxairs Stargon SS Blend Praxairs Stargon SS blend is precisely formulated for top-quality welding and is designed to meet the demands of your specific stainless steel Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW) application. Since the Stargon SS blend can be used for short circuiting, globular, spray or pulsed spray transfer welding, it is especially suited to customers who weld a wide variety of base metal thicknesses in all welding positions. Principal Applications Praxairs Stargon SS is used for the fabrication of transportation equipment (e.g. dump truck bodies, recreational vehicles, boats, railcars, etc.), food service equipment, appliances, cabinets, and duplex stainless steel pipe and other stainless steel pipe alloys commonly used in the chemicals industry.
580 P-4788
Composition % Ar CO2 N2 >90 <10 <10 Cylinder Style T K Volume (ft3) 335 249 Pressure (psig) 2,640 2,200 Part Number AR STAR77-T AR STAR77-K
Industrial Mixtures
CGA MSDS MSDS
Mixture HeliStar A-25
HeliStar A-50
<60
>40
T K
HeliStar A-75
<80
>20
T K
Principal Applications Praxair HeliStar blends are used for TIG welding of light gauge steel, stainless steel, and aluminum applications such as bicycle frames, food service equipment and recreational boats. For joining heavier aluminum and copper section materials found in tanks and electrical equipment, the MIG process and HeliStar gas mixture are recommended.
3 15
580 P-4713 (HeliStarTM A1025) P-4710 (HeliStarTM CS and SS) P-4788-H (Stargon SS) P-6299 (HeliStar GV)
Cylinder Style T K
Volume (ft3) 278 211 309 232 298 224 342 249
Pressure (psig) 2,640 2,200 2,640 2,200 2,640 2,200 2,640 2,200
Part Number HE STAR37-T HE STAR37-K AR STAR40-T AR STAR40-K AR STAR41-T AR STAR41-K AR STAR80-T AR STAR80-K
HeliStar CS
TM
>61 <30
<10
T K
Praxair HeliStarTM A1025 blend is widely used for GMAW (MIG) of light gauge stainless steel. Its high helium content provides increased puddle fluidity for good bead shape and faster travel speeds. Praxair HeliStarTM CS gas blend is specially formulated for the high deposition GMAW (MIG) welding of carbon steel. It can be used to join any thicknesses of carbon or low alloy steel in any welding position. The increased heat input associated with its helium component provides higher travel speeds and greater tolerance for base plate contamination. Praxair HeliStarTM GV blend is used for its optimized short-circuiting and pulsed transfer with coated steel welding (galvanized and galvalume). Its controlled helium content provides increased puddle fluidity, reduced spatter, less welding fume, reduced weld metal porosity and faster travel speeds when compared with argon/CO2 and argon/oxygen blends.
HeliStar SS
TM
>61 <35
<5
T K
HeliStar GV
TM
>76 <15
<10
T K
3
Principal Applications HeliStar Blends Praxair HeliStarTM SS and A1025 are ideal for GMAW (MIG) of stainless steel tanks and components for the chemical and food service industries. The HeliStarTM CS is used for heavy single pass GMAW (MIG) fillets in structural components as well as longitudinal seam welds in tanks. HeliStarTM CS is an ideal selection for robotics welding on a variety of carbon and low alloy steels. It is also used in fabrication of stamped automotive parts and transformer cases and other applications where light oil contamination can adversely affect weld quality.
Industrial Mixtures
CGA MSDS MSDS 350 P-4860 (HydroStar H-2) P-4861 (HydroStar H-5, H-10, H-35)
Composition % Ar H2 >95 <5 Cylinder Style T K HydroStar H-5
Volume (ft3) 300 223 297 221 293 218 276 207
Pressure (psig) 2,400 2,000 2,400 2,000 2,400 2,000 2,400 2,000
Part Number AR STAR43-T AR STAR43-K AR STAR5-T AR STAR5-K AR STAR57-T AR STAR57-K AR STAR56-T AR STAR56-K
>90
<10
T K
Principal Applications Additions of 2-5% are generally used for manual TIG welding of stainless steel food service equipment, railings, and aerospace components. Hydrogen additions of 10-15% are generally used in the mechanized welding of austenitic stainless steel tubing. Plasma gouging will typically use up to 40% hydrogen mixed with argon. Argon/CO2/Hydrogen Praxairs HydroStarTM Blend The Praxair HydroStar PBSS gas blend is designed for the all-position welding of austenitic stainless steels (300 series) using pulsed, short arc and spray arc transfer. Optimum weld quality and cleanliness are achieved at high levels of productivity. Principal Applications All-position welding of stainless steel components for the chemical and food service industries and all applications where weld metal surface appearance is critical. This mixture is not recommended when joining stainless to carbon steel.
HydroStar H-10
>85
<15
T K
HydroStar H-35
>60
<40
T K
CGA MSDS
Cylinder Style T K
3 17
Total Hydrocarbons < 1 ppm < 0.5 ppm < 1 ppm Part Number HE 4.7LS-T HE 4.7LS-K NI 5.0LS-T NI 5.0LS-K CD 4.5LS-K
Offered in steel cylinders. Certificate of Analysis (COA) can be requested at the time the order is placed. The concentration of each minor component of the mixture in each cylinder will be analyzed and confirmed to be within +/- 5% of the requested concentration. Mixtures are prepared using component gases with minimum specifications as listed to the right.
CO 4%
272 ft3
Industrial Mixtures
Specifications Praxairs LaserStar 5.0 Component and Pre-Mixed Gases
Purity Helium Nitrogen Carbon Dioxide 99.999% 99.999% 99.999% Trace Oxygen < 1 ppm < 1 ppm < 5 ppm Cylinder Style T K LaserStar 5.0 Nitrogen T K LaserStar 5.0 CO2 Pre-mixed Gases CO2 N2 He 5.0% 3.4% 1.7% 55.0% 15.6% 23.4% 13.5% 60.0% 40.0% 81.0% 74.9% 82.0% 28.0% CO 4% K Cylinder Style T T T T T Moisture < 2 ppm < 3 ppm < 3 ppm Content 291 ft3 218 ft
3
Total Hydrocarbons < 0.5 ppm < 0.5 ppm < 1 ppm Part Number HE 5.0LS-T HE 5.0LS-K NI 5.0LS-T NI 5.0LS-K CD 5.0LS-K
Pre-Mixed Gases
Praxairs LaserStar 5.0 Pre-Mixed Gases Sold in steel cylinders. Mixtures are prepared using 5.0 grade (99.999% purity) source gases having the maximum allowable impurity level specified. Each cylinder is analyzed for Moisture and Total Hydrocarbons. Batch analsis is performed for Oxygen. The concentration of each minor component in each cylinder will be analyzed and will conform +/-5% of the requested concentration. A Certificate of Analysis (COA) is not typically pro vided with this product but is available on request (at extra cost) at time of order.
4.5% 8.0%
272 ft3
Component Gases LaserStar 5.5 Helium LaserStar 5.5 Nitrogen LaserStar 5.5 CO2 Pre-mixed Gases CO2 N2 He 5.0% 3.4% 1.7% 4.5% 8.0% 55.0% 15.6% 23.4% 13.5% 60.0% 40.0% 81.0% 74.9% 82.0% 28.0% CO 4%
Content 239 ft3 250 ft3 70 lb Content 240 ft3 232 ft3 232 ft
3
Praxairs LaserStar 5.5 Pre-Mixed Gases Sold in aluminum cylinders combined with a positive pressure valve to ensure cylinder integrity. Mixtures are prepared using 5.5 grade (99.995% purity) raw materials having the maximum impurity level specified. Each cylinder is analyzed for Moisture and Total Hydrocarbons. Batch analysis is performed for Oxygen and Total Halocarbons. The concentration of each minor component in each cylinder will be analyzed and confirmed to be within +/-2% of the requested concentration. A Certificate of Analysis (COA) is not typically provided with this product but is available on request (at extra cost) at time of order.
Nitrogen (Cryogenic Supply) Purity Flow Pressure 99.998% Up to 10,000 scfh Up to 460 psig (using MVE Trifecta Pressure Booster)
Oxygen (Cryogenic Supply) Purity Flow Pressure 99.5% Up to 10,000 scfh 180 psig
3 19
Industrial Mixtures
CGA MSDS
Mixture RoboStar SS
Argon/Helium Praxairs RoboStar AL Blend Praxairs RoboStar AL is a blend of gases designed for the all-position welding of aluminum using 4000 and 5000 Series filler metals. The argon and helium components are precisely balanced to produce optimum penetration and bead shape while retaining good arc starting and stability. RoboStar AL can be used with both conventional or pulsed spray transfer and CV or CC power. This mixture is also suitable for use with mechanized GTAW and for manual GTAW on base metals greater than 1/2 in thickness.
CGA MSDS
Mixture RoboStar AL
Principal Applications RoboStar AL is used in fabrication of boats, automotive panels/frames, light poles, tanks, dump truck bodies, truck trailers or in applications where robotics or fixed automation are used.
Safety Considerations Praxair 3-Step Welding Solutions Process Selecting A Shielding Gas Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW or MIG) Process Description and Improvements Flux-Cored Arc Welding (FCAW ) Process Description Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW or TIG) Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW) Process Description Laser Beam Welding (LBW) - Process Description Oxy-Fuel Welding - Process Description Brazing and Soldering - Process Descriptioon
4 1
Nitrogen Dioxide Some test results show that high concentrations of nitrogen dioxide are only found within 6 inches (15.24 cm) of the arc. With normal natural ventilation, these concentrations are quickly reduced to safe levels in the welders breathing zone. Carbon Monoxide Shielding gases containing carbon dioxide CO2 are commonly used with the Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW) and Flux-Cored Arc Welding (FCAW ) processes. CO2 disassociates from the heat of the arc (12,0000 F), forming carbon monoxide. Only a small amount of carbon monoxide molecules combines with free oxygen to form CO2. Concentrations of carbon monoxide become insignificant at distances of more than 3 or 4 inches (7.62 or 10.16 cm) from the arc. The inert nature of argon based shielding gas helps to lower carbon monoxide formation at the arc. Welders must work in close proximity to the arc. Hot gases created by the arc rise toward their breathing zone. It is recommended that the welders head is kept out of the fume plume. Metal Fumes Welding fumes generated by the arc can be controlled by general ventilation, local exhaust ventilation, or by respiratory protective equipment as described in ANSI Z49.1. The method of ventilation, required to keep the level of potentially hazardous substances within the welders breathing zone below the recommended safe threshold concentrations, is directly dependent on these factors:
Composition of the material being welded Size of the work area Composition of the filler metal selected Shielding gas selection Operating parameters Welding process selection Degree of confinement or obstruction to normal air movement where the welding is being done
Special precautions must be taken to protect the operator from breathing fumes produced when welding with filler metals that contain high levels of manganese such as Hadfield manganese (12% Mn.). Welding stainless steel and surf a c i n g with chromium-rich alloys present the problem of chromiumcontaining fumes. Each operation should be evaluated on an individual basis to determine what options are available to lower total fume production. Radiant Energy The total radiant energy produced by arc welding processes will vary by process depending on the energy density developed, the masking influence of welding fume, and the degree of arc exposure. Generally, the highest ultraviolet radiant energy intensities are produced when using argon shielding gases or when welding aluminum alloys.
The suggested filter glass shades for arc welding processes are presented in ANSI Z49.1. To select the best shade for an application, begin with a very dark shade (#13 for welding, #6 for brazing). If it is difficult to see the operation properly, select successively lighter shades (no less than #10 for welding, #5 for brazing) until the operation is sufficiently visible for good control. The welder must not wear shades below the lowest recommended number. Some processes demand use of a darker shade lens. For example, with Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW), the brighter arc will demand the use of a darker shade lens than low current Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW). Dark leather or wool clothing is recommended when arc welding. The intensity of ultraviolet radiation causes rapid disintegration of cotton clothing. Reference Literature Welding Handbook, 8th Ed., Vol. 2, Miami, FL: American Welding Society Laser Beam Welding and Cutting Misuse of laser equipment may result in permanent damage to the eyes and skin of both the operator and nearby personnel. Specific precautionary measures are required to avoid other potential hazards associated with using lasers. These include dangers related to servicing high-voltage power sources, as well as harmful fumes that can be released when laser processing certain materials. These dangers can be more significant than the beam-related hazards which are typically considered to be the greatest hazard. Detailed laser safety information can be accessed in ANSI Z-136.1 and the Federal Perf o rmance Standard for Laser Products: FDA-Title 21, CFR, Section 1040. Reference to these documents is strongly recommended. The standard used in the United States to design a laser facility is ANSI Z136.1, Safe Use of Lasers. Laser users located outside of the US would benefit from referencing this standard. It details the criteria to be met for safe facility constru ction and defines common term i n o l o g y. Although new facilities should have no difficulty meeting these requirements, modifications to existing facilities should comply with the standard in order to maximize safety. ANSI Z136.1 also defines the hazard classifications for lasers. Proper warning signs or signal lights should be posted in the laser vicinity. Some form of opaque enclosure must surround areas where laser beams are exposed to the atmosphere. It should be noted that a high-power, collimated or unfocused beam is more dangerous over large distances than focused beams which diverge much more rapidly. Some lasers may be extremely noisy during operation, especially if used in enclosed spaces. A hearing protection specialist should be consulted to recommend the proper methods to guard against operator exposure to excessive noise. High-Voltage Power Supplies Since high voltages, as well as large-capacity storage devices, are associated with lasers, a lethal electric shock is always possible. All re p o rt e d laser-related deaths have been associated with exposure to
4 3
There are a variety of welding machines, shielding gas blends, and wire combinations that can be chosen for an application. How can you select from this group and find the solution that works best for your job? Praxair put together a 3-Step Solution Process that will help you make an informed selection on the best options for welding equipment, shielding gas blends, and wire combinations for your work. Flux-Cored Arc Welding (FCAW)
1
Understand some of the differences and advantages of each of the major welding process. Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW or MIG)
Welds most commercial metals and alloys Welding can be done in all positions Welding speeds and weld metal deposition rates are higher than those obtained with shielded metal arc welding (SMAW) Long welds can be deposited without frequent stops and start s Spray-type transfer allows increased penetration compared to shielded metal arc welding Minimal post-weld cleaning is required Ideal for multi-pass welding (with proper filler metal selection) Less operator skill is re q u i red compared to SMAW Operating duty cycles are improved compared to SMAW and FCAW Little or no post-weld cleaning is re q u i red Fume rates are at very low levels compared to SMAW and FCAW A wide selection of filler metal compositions and diameters are available to weld thick or thin material This process is ideal for mechanized welding Improved electrode deposition efficiency compared to GMAW and FCAW X-ray quality welds can be pro d u c e d
Weld metal deposit is high quality Weld appearance is excellent smooth, uniform welds Excellent bead profile for horizontal and vertical up welds Allows many carbon and stainless steels to be welded over a wide thickness range Greater operating factor (improved duty cycle) compared to SMAW This process is ideal for mechanized welding Offers a higher deposition rate compared to SMAW and GMAW Improved electrode deposition efficiency compared to SMAW Greater tolerance to controlled amounts of base metal contamination compared to GMAW Ideal for dissimilar joining of carbon to stainless steel Available in gas-shielded and gasless f o rm ulations (ideal for working outside) Increased penetration compared to SMAW and GMAW - ideal for welding thick materials Offers multi-pass capability (interpass flux cleaning is re q u i red) Improved gap bridging ability compared to GMAW and SMAW
Provides precise control of the welding variables The process is suitable for welding most metals Ideal for joining dissimilar metals Ideal for welding very thin base materials Ideal for welding in all positions Provides the operator with excellent visibility of the weld joint Ideal for multi-pass welding Requires little or no post-weld cleaning Provides X-ray quality weldments
Equipment is relatively simple, inexpensive and portable The covered electrode provides a shielded atmosphere that protects the weld deposit from harmful oxidation Auxiliary gas shielding or granular flux is not required (ideal for welding outside) The process is less sensitive to wind and drafts than the GMAW or FCAW processes It can be used in areas where access is limited With proper filler metal selection, this process will support all-position welding Provides X-ray quality joints on carbon and stainless steels Suitable for joining steel to stainless steel Suitable for joining thick and thin base metals There is a large variety of filler metal chemistry available Some electrode types offer good deposition rates Can be used with AC or DC power supplies (with correct filler metal selection)
Material Type
FCAW
GTAW (TIG)
SMAW (Stick)
2
D e t e rm ine the type of process/metal transfer you plan to utilize based on the material type and skills.
Steel Stainless Steel Aluminum Copper Alloys Nickel Alloys Skill Level = Recommended
Low
High
Moderate
3
Steel
Metal Recommended Thickness Machine Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW or MIG) 24 gauge to 14 gauge Lincoln SP-135 Plus Miller Millermatic 135 24 gauge to 10 gauge Lincoln SP-175 Plus Miller Millermatic 175 22 gauge to 7 gauge Lincoln Power MIG 215 Miller Millermatic 210 24 gauge to 1/4 inch Lincoln Power MIG 255C Miller Millermatic 251 24 gauge to 5/16 inch Panasonic Gunslinger 261 Lincoln Power MIG 350MP Miller Millermatic 350P Flux-Cored Arc Welding (FCAW) 18 gauge to 14 gauge Lincoln SP-135 Plus Miller Millermatic 135 18 gauge to 10 gauge Lincoln SP-175 Plus Miller Millermatic 175 18 gauge to 7 gauge Lincoln Power MIG 215 Miller Millermatic 210 18 gauge to 1/4 inch Lincoln Power MIG 255C Miller Millermatic 251 18 gauge to 5/16 inch Panasonic Gunslinger 261 Lincoln Power MIG 350P Miller Millermatic 350P Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW or TIG) 28 gauge to 12 gauge Lincoln Precision TIG 185 Miller Syncrowave 180 SD 30 gauge to 10 gauge Lincoln Precision TIG 275 Miller Syncrowave 250 DX 30 gauge to 7 gauge Lincoln Precision TIG 375 Miller Syncrowave 350 LX Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW or Stick) 15 gauge to 12 gauge Lincoln AC/DC 225/125 Miller Thunderbolt XL 225/150
Recommended Shielding Gas Praxair StarGold C-25 Praxair StarGold C-25 Praxair Stargon Praxair Stargon Praxair Stargon
Recommended Wire Type ProStar E70S-6 ProStar E70S-6 ProStar E70S-6 ProStar E70S-6 ProStar E70S-6
Praxair StarGold C-25 Praxair StarGold C-25 Praxair StarGold C-25 Praxair StarGold C-25 Praxair StarGold C-25
ProStar E71T-1 ProStar E70C-6 ProStar E71T-1 ProStar E70C-6 ProStar E71T-1 ProStar E70C-6 ProStar E71T-1 ProStar E70C-6 ProStar E71T-1 ProStar E70C-6
None
None
18 gauge to 12 gauge
None
18 gauge to 10 gauge
None
ProStar 6011 ProStar 6013 ProStar 7014 ProStar 7018 ProStar 6011 ProStar 6013 ProStar 7014 ProStar 7018 ProStar 6011 ProStar 6013 ProStar 7014 ProStar 7018 ProStar 6011 ProStar 6013 ProStar 7014 ProStar 7018
3/32"-1/8"
6/36
3/32-5/32
6/37
3/32"-5/32"
6/38
3/32"-5/32"
6/39
4 5
Based on the material type and thickness, and the process that youve selected, consult Praxairs Solutions Chart below to determine the recommended combination of welding equipment, gas blend, wire type and diameter that provides the best perf o rmance in these areas. For more details on these recommendations, refer to the page listed in the last column of the chart .
Stainless Steel
Metal Recommended Thickness Machine Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW or MIG) 22 gauge to 3/16 inch Lincoln Invertec STT II 16 gauge to 1/4 inch Lincoln CV-400 Miller Deltaweld 452 Panasonic KF350 and KF500 24 gauge to 3/8 inch Lincoln Power Wave 455/STT Miller Axcess 450 18 gauge to 3/16 inch Lincoln Invertec V350-PRO Miller XMT 350 Flux Cored Arc Welding (FCAW) 14 gauge to 3/8 inch Lincoln CV-400 Miller Deltaweld 452 Panasonic KF350 and KF500 18 gauge to 3/8 inch Lincoln Power Wave 455/STT Miller Axcess 450 18 gauge to 1/4 inch Lincoln Invertec V350-PRO Miller XMT 350 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW or TIG) 18 gauge to 12 gauge Panasonic Gunslinger 261 28 gauge to 12 gauge Lincoln Precision TIG 185 Miller Syncrowave 180 SD 30 gauge to 10 gauge Lincoln Precision TIG 275 Miller Syncrowave 250 DX 30 gauge to 7 gauge Lincoln Precision TIG 375 Miller Syncrowave 350 LX
* See page 7/19 for alloy selection
Recommended Wire Type 308LHS, 309LHS, 316LHS 308LHS, 309LHS, 316LHS 308LHS, 309LHS, 316LHS 308LHS, 309LHS, 316LHS 308LT1-4, 309LT1-4, 316LT1-4 308LT1-4, 309LT1-4, 316LT1-4 308LT1-4, 309LT1-4, 316LT1-4 * * * *
0.030"-0.045" 0.030"-0.045"
Praxair StarGold C-25 Praxair Carbon Dioxide Praxair StarGold C-25 Praxair Carbon Dioxide Praxair StarGold C-25 Praxair Carbon Dioxide Praxair Argon Praxair Argon Praxair Argon Praxair Argon
0.035"-1/16"
6/12 - 6/14
0.035"-1/16" 0.035"-1/16"
Use 95% Argon 5% Hydrogen to weld faster and cleaner on stainless steel only Use 75% Argon 25% Helium for mechanized applications on steel and stainless steel
Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW or Stick) 15 gauge to 12 gauge Lincoln AC/DC 225/125 Miller Thunderbolt XL 225/150 10 gauge to 1/2 inch Lincoln Inverter V275-S Miller CST 280 18 gauge to 12 gauge Lincoln Ranger 250 Miller Bobcat 250 18 gauge to 10 gauge Lincoln Ranger 305G Miller Trailblazer 302
308L-16, 309L-16, 316L-16 308L-16, 309L-16, 316L-16 308L-16, 309L-16, 316L-16 308L-16, 309L-16, 316L-16
3
Aluminum
Metal Thickness
Recommended Machine
Reference Section/Page
Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW) 24 gauge to 3/8 inch 18 gauge to 3/16 inch Lincoln Power Wave 455/STT Miller Axcess 450 Lincoln Invertec V350-PRO Miller XMT 350 Praxair Argon Praxair HeliStar A-25 Praxair Argon Praxair HeliStar A-25 ProStar 4043 ProStar 5356 ProStar 4043 ProStar 5356 0.035"-1/16" 0.030"-1/16" 6/16 - 6/17 6/15
Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW or TIG) 18 gauge to 12 gauge 18 gauge to 10 gauge 18 gauge to 7 gauge Lincoln Precision TIG 185 Miller Syncrowave 180 SD Lincoln Precision TIG 275 Miller Syncrowave 250 DX Lincoln Precision TIG 375 Miller Syncrowave 350 LX Praxair Argon Praxair HeliStar A-25 Praxair Argon Praxair HeliStar A-25 Praxair Argon Praxair HeliStar A-25 ProStar 4043 ProStar 5356 ProStar 4043 ProStar 5356 ProStar 4043 ProStar 5356 1/16"-3/32" 1/16"-1/8" 1/16"-3/16" 6/29 6/30 6/31
4 7
1
Consider the material type carbon steel, stainless steel, aluminum, nickel alloys, copper alloys or other non-ferrous materials.
2
Know the base material thickness and understand its condition clean, oily, scaled, etc.
3
Determine the welding position as this will impact the type of process/metal transfer you plan to utilize. Process selection may be further impacted by the availability of equipment, operator skills and desired productivity.
4
Review the requirements of the job. Consult the selection chart to determ i n e the gas blend that provides the best perf o rmance for the application at hand. Simple, isnt it? This selection process should help you make a good first attempt at matching the best shielding gas to your application. Refinement may be needed depending on the specific equipment and skills available. Other needs may have to be identified as work progresses. For further information on Praxairs Star family of shielding gases, please consult your local Praxair representative.
22 to 10 ga (0.9-2.5 mm)
E E G
clean
minor scale/oil
spray
clean
pulsed
spray & pulsed over 1/2" (12.7 mm) clean spray & pulsed
E E
G G
F G
E E
E E
E G E
E G E
E G F
G F E
G P F
Stainless Steel
clean
short-circuit
HeliStar A-1025 HeliStar SS HeliStar SS StarGold C-2 to C-5 StarGold O-2 HeliStar SS
clean
spray
spray & pulsed 16 ga-1/2" (1.6-12.7 mm) Low Alloy Steel 16 ga-1/2" (1.6-12.7 mm) clean pulsed
E G
F E
F G
G E
G G
clean
short-circuit
Stargon, Mig Mix Gold Stargon, Mig Mix Gold StarGold C-5 to C-10 StarGold O-5 Argon Argon, HeliStar A-25, A-50, A-75 Argon HeliStar A-25, A-50 HeliStar A-25, A-50, SS
G G E
G G E
F F E
E E G
E G F
clean
G E E
F G E
F G G
G G G
E G G
clean
4 9
clean
some oxide
globular
clean
globular
G E
G E
G E
E F
F E
P E
some oxide
globular
E G E
G F E
G G G
G E F
G F E
G P E
clean
globular
G G G
G F E
E G E
G E F
G F E
G P E
some oxide
globular
F F F
F F E
G F G
G E F
F F E
F P G
* Welding fume varies with wire chemistry selected. ** Metal-cored wire recommended.
Note: Thickness foil to 1/8. Base metal thickness greater than 1/8 can be more effectively joined with MIG.
Electrode composition, diameter and packaging Shielding Gas type (composition), purity and flow rate Process Variables current, voltage, mode of metal transfer and travel speed Equipment power source, welding gun and wire feeder
It is a high-productivity, low-cost welding process It can be used to weld all types of commercially available metals and alloys Welding can be done in all positions with proper selection of equipment and parameters Using a continuously-fed electrode maintains a high operator duty cycle and minimizes the occurrence of defects on starts and stops Deep weld penetration can be obtained which permits the use of small weld sizes for equivalent weld strengths in certain applications Minimal post-weld clean-up is required due to the absence of a covering slag on the weld bead Welding speeds and weld metal deposition rates are higher than those obtained with shielded metal arc welding (SMAW) Ideal for multi-pass welding (with proper filler metal selection) Less operator skill is required compared to SMAW Fume rates are at very low levels compared to SMAW and FCAW A wide selection of filler metal compositions and diameters are available to weld thick or thin material This process is ideal for mechanized welding This process offers improved electrode deposition efficiency compared to GMAW and FCAW X-ray quality welds can be produced
Limitations
Welding equipment is more complex, more costly and less p o rtable than that for stick electrode (shielded metal arc) welding The required welding torch makes reaching into constricted areas difficult, and the need for good gas shielding necessitates the torch being relatively close to the weld area The welding arc with its gas shield must be protected from drafts that might cause the shielding to be blown away from the arc. This limits the use of the process outdoors unless protective shields are placed around the work area Relatively high levels of radiated heat and light may cause operator discomfort and initial resistance to the process Burn-through is a common issue when welding extremely thin materials (<1/16) With conventional transfer when welding out of position, weld metal deposition rates are less than those achieved with FCAW This process does not perf o rm well where base metal contamination is a problem. The base metal must be clean and rust fre e Lack of fusion defects may result where process parameters are incorrectly set. This is especially critical when welding base metals thicker than 1/4
4 11
With cylinder gas supply, use a high integrity gas delivery system in place of a standard rubber diaphragm regulator flowmeter. Use a large gas nozzle if possible (3/4" or greater). Depending on the welding position and current setting, use gas flow rates in the 35-45 cfh range. Ascertain raw material is clean before welding. Use a larger filler metal diameter when possible (0.035 or greater) as this will enhance wire feedability. Use a larger filler metal diameter when possible (0.045 or greater) as this will enhance wire feedability. Small diameter wires may only be used with spool guns or push/pull feeders. Use a larger filler metal diameter when possible (0.045 or greater) as this will enhance deposition rates and wire feedability. For out-of-position welding, select an .045 or .052 diameter wire. Use a high integrity gas supply line from the flowmeter to the gas solenoid on the welder. Conventional rubber hoses may leak. If a central gas supply or distribution pipeline is utilized, use a high flow moisture trap and an oxygen trap. To control splatter, use an argon-based gas mixture. Options include Argon/CO2, Argon/Oxygen/CO2, and Argon/CO2/helium Use ultra-high purity argon when possible (Grade 5.0 or better), 99.999% purity. Use a three-part gas mixture for stainless welding. Options include helium/argon/CO2, argon/nitrogen/CO2, and argon/CO2/hydrogen. Hydrogen or nitrogen-enhanced shielding gases should not be used when welding stainless to carbon steel. Hydrogen-enhanced shielding gases will offer an improved color match and should be selected when surface appearance is critical. For a gas-shielded wire, match filler metal to shielding gas. Always consult filler metal manufacturer's recommendations. Failure to do so could result in loss of weld metal ductility and cracking. Use pure CO2 or argon/CO2 gas mixtures. Note, some wires are designed to operate with 100% CO2 only. Use a two-part gas mixture - argon/CO2. Pure CO2 can be utilized with some stainless flux-cored wires but it can contribute to additional welding fumes and increase distortion rates. On thicker materials (> 1/8"), consider the use of an argon/helium shielding gas mixture (<90% He). As base metal thickness increases, helium content should also increase. With materials greater than 1/8", consider use of spray or pulsed spray transfer for improved penetration. When pulse arc transfer is selected, move up to the next larger wire diameter. Use post and pre-flow when possible (1-2 seconds for pre-flow and 1 second for every 50 amps of welding current for post-flow). Keep torch in the weld zone until gas has stopped flowing. Use post and pre-flow when possible (1-2 seconds for pre-flow and 1 second for every 10 amps of welding current for post-flow). Keep torch in the weld zone until gas has stopped flowing. Perform inter-pass cleaning with a 300 series stainless steel brush. Perform inter-pass cleaning with a steel brush to reduce the incidence of subsurface porosity. Remove surface contamination when possible (rust and mill scale). Remove surface oxide in the weld zone using a clean stainless steel brush prior to welding. Be sure to use a SS brush that has not been used on carbon steel. Match filler metal to base metal - consult AWS or CWB guidelines. Match filler metal to the application at hand. Follow recommendations of wire manufacturer. Use a water-cooled Mig torch when welding thicker material (>1/8") to prevent wire feed problems. Use an enclosed feeder when possible to prevent contamination of the filler metal. If the feeder is exposed to the atmosphere, remove the spool when welding is complete and place it back into the shipping box or clean storage area.
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X X X X X X
X X
X X X X X
X X X X
X X
X X
X X
Use a V-groove drive roll that is adjusted properly to prevent the wire from being deformed or crushed, and for improving wire feeding. Polish drive roll with a stainless steel brush prior to use. Use a U-groove drive roll that is adjusted properly to prevent the wire from being deformed or crushed, and for improving wire feeding. Polish drive roll with a stainless steel brush prior to use. Use Direct Current Reverse Polarity (DCRP) electrode positive when possible. Gasless wires may operate on DCSP (Direct Current Straight Polarity). Consult filler metal manufacturer's recommendations. Heat input should be minimized and tacking intervals should be every 4 inches due to the thermal expansion rates of stainless steel. This will also improve corrosion resistance by preventing carbide precipitation. Heat input should be minimized and tacking intervals should be every 8 inches due to the thermal expansion rates of steel. Use fume extraction systems. Consult MSDS of the electrode manufacturer. The use of pulsed transfer combined with argon-enhanted shielding gases will help to lower the fume rate. In stainless welding, air-born chromium may be breathed by operator. A respirator is highly recommended. To minimize surface discoloration, maintain close nozzle-to-work distances (maximum 1/2" from work piece). To minimize surface porosity, maintain close nozzle-to-work distances (maximum 3/4" from work piece). To limit weld spatter, use spray or pulsed spray transfer when possible. To limit weld spatter, consider the use of metal-cored wires which facilitate the use of spray or pulsed spray transfer. For flat or horizontal welding, this family of wires offers improved deposition rates, as well as reduced post-weld clean up. GMAW is not recommended for cladding applications. Use FCAW or SAW. FCAW is recommended for cladding applications. Be sure to remove the residual slag deposit off the surface of the weld metal prior to multi-pass welding. Aluminum and copper alloys have high thermal conductivity. Preheating may be required on thick sections. Use a teflon liner to improve wire feedability. If the weld needs to be anodized, use a 5000 series filler metal. Use a contact tip that is slightly larger than the wire diameter selected. Do not use tools that have been utilized on carbon steel structures. Grinding sparks from steel must not touch aluminum or stainless steel structures. Use a shorter Mig gun (8 ft) or a push/pull system to improve wire feedability. Circulate wire stock and do not open shipping package until ready to use the wire. Wires stored for extended periods of time must be oven baked to remove excess moisture.
X X X X X X X
X X X
X X X X X
X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X
4 13
High-quality weld deposit with excellent appearance Can be used to join many types of metals over a wide thickness range Relatively high electrode efficiency and process duty cycle Excellent weld penetration simplifies joint design The arc is visible and easy to use Because of its greater tolerance for base plate contamination, FCAW requires less pre-cleaning than GMAW Deposition rate is up to four times greater than SMAW The use of self-shielded electrodes eliminates the need for flux handling or gas apparatus, and is more tolerant of windy conditions present in outdoor construction than gas-shielded processes
Limitations Presently limited to welding ferrous metals and nickel-based alloys Process produces a slag covering that must be removed FCAW electrode wire is more expensive on a weight basis than solid electrode wires, except for some high alloy steels Equipment is more expensive and complex than required for SMAW; however, increased productivity usually compensates for this In general, more fume is generated than with GMAW
Basic FCAW System A B C D E F G Power Supply Workpiece Welding To rc h Wi re Feed Motor Wi re Reel Welding Control Shielding Gas
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Power Cable (negative) To Primary Power 230/460/575 V 115 VAC In Welding Contactor Contro l Wi re Conduit To rch Switch Power Cable (positive) Shielding Gas from Cylinder or Bulk Supply Cooling Water In Cooling Water to To rch (optional) Cooling Water from Torch (optional) Cooling Water Out (optional)
Can be used to join almost all metals, with superior weld quality, generally free of defects Free from spatter that occurs with other arc welding processes Can be used with or without filler metal as required for the specific application Provides excellent control of root pass weld penetration Can be used to produce inexpensive autogenous (fusion) welds with good penetration Provides for separate control over the heat input and filler metal additions
Limitations
Travel speeds and deposition rates are relatively low, increasing weld cost A high degree of operator skill is required to produce quality welds Process is not easily automated
With cylinder gas supply, use a high integrity gas delivery system in place of a standard rubber diaphragm regulator/flowmeter. Use a gas lens in the Tig torch to support a lamellar gas flow. Use gas flow rates in the 15-20 cfh range. Ascertain both raw material and filler metals are clean before welding. Use a high integrity Tig torch as it utilizes a high integrity gas delivery line which is not permeable to atmospheric gases. The gas line is also separate from the power cable, further enhancing gas purity. Use a high integrity gas supply line from the flowmeter to the gas solenoid on the welder. Conventional rubber hoses may leak. If a central gas supply or distribution pipeline is utilized, use a high flow moisture trap and consider use of an oxygen trap. Use ultra-high purity argon when possible (Grade 5.0 or better), 99.999% purity. With materials greater than 1/8", consider use of an argon/helium shielding gas blend for improved penetration. Consider adding controlled amounts of hydrogen to the argon-based shielding gas (<10% H2). A CGA 350 regulator will be required when this gas is selected. The CGA 580 used with pure argon will not fit this cylinder. This mixture is not recommended for joining stainless to carbon steel. It is ideal for stainless-to-stainless joining. Use post and pre-flow when possible (1 second for each 10 amps of welding current). Use a trailing shielding gas if possible. Use a high integrity regulator/flowmeter with a stainless steel diaphragm. Perform inter-pass cleaning with a 300 series stainless steel brush. This will remove surface oxides for improved results. Remove surface oxide in the weld zone using a clean stainless steel brush prior to welding. On thicker material, set balance control to maximum penetration when possible. Match filler metal to base metal - consult AWS or CWB guidelines. For stainless to steel, use an E309 filler metal. For dissimilar alloy joining, consider silver bearing filler metal. Service temperatures must be below the melting point of the alloy selected (typically < 900O F). If the weld needs to be anodized, use a 5000 series filler metal. Use an AC square wave power supply when possible.
X X X
X X X
X X X X
X X X X
X X X
X X
X X X X
X X X X X X
X X X X X X
X X
4 15
X X X
X X X X X X X X X X
X X X
4
Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW) Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW or covered electrode or stick), the most widely used of the various arc welding processes, utilizes a fixed length electrode and an electric power source to join a variety of different metals. The core of the covered electrode consists of a solid metal rod that is surrounded by a covering of mineral compounds and metal powders mixed with a binding agent to help them adhere to the s u rface of the electrode. The core rod conducts electric current to the arc and provides filler metal for the joint. The sizes and types of electrodes for SMAW define the arc voltage requirements (within the overall range of 16 to 40 volts) and the amperage requirements (within the overall range of 20 to 550 amp). The current may be either alternating or direct depending on the electrode used, but the power source must be able to control the level of current within a reasonable range to respond to the complex variables of the welding process itself. The primary functions of the electrode covering are to provide arc stability and to shield molten metal from the atmosphere with gases created as the coating decomposes from the heat of the arc. This shielding controls the mechanical properties, chemical composition, and metallurgical stru c t u re of the weld metal, as well as the arc characteristics of the electrode. The composition of the electrode covering varies according to the type of electrode. Why Use SMAW?
SMAW is an extremely versatile process with respect to location and environment of the operation. Welding can be done inside, outside, on a production line, a ship, a bridge, an oil refinery, a cross-country pipeline, or similar types of locations. Gas and water hoses are not needed, and welding cables extend significantly beyond the power source. In remote areas, gasoline or diesel-powered units can be used Equipment is relatively simple, inexpensive and port a b l e Auxiliary gas shielding or granular flux are not required The process is less sensitive to wind and draft than gas-shielded arc welding processes It can be used in areas where access is limited The process is suitable for most of the commonly-used metals and alloys
Limitations
Operator duty cycles are low compared with semi-automatic and automatic processes; this makes the cost per pound of deposited weld metal high with SMAW Deposition rates are generally lower than for other welding processes The process is considered to be manual as it is not easily mechanized SMAW is not suitable for reactive metals such as titanium, zirconium, tantalum, and columbium because the shielding does not prevent oxygen contamination of the weld
Heat input is close to the minimum required to fuse the weld metal, thus minimizing work piece distortion and heat-affected zone property changes Laser beams are readily focused, aligned and directed by optical elements so the laser can be located at a distance from the work piece and redirected around tooling and obstacles to the work piece. This permits welding in areas not easily accessible to other processes The work piece can be located and hermetically welded in an enclosure that is evacuated or contains a controlled atmosphere The laser beam is focused on a small area, permitting the joining of small, closely-spaced components with tiny welds A wide variety of metals can be welded, including various combinations of different type of material Laser welds are not influenced by the presence of magnetic fields as are arc and electron beam welds; they also tend to follow the weld joint through to the root of the work piece even when the beam and joint are not perfectly aligned Beam can be transmitted to more than one workstation, using beam-switching optics, thus allowing beam time-sharing
Limitations
System cost is very high compared with many other automated processes Fit-up is critical as joints must be accurately positioned laterally under the beam and at a controlled position with respect to the beam focal point The maximum joint thickness that can be laser beam welded is somewhat limited. Weld penetrations much greater than 0.75 in (1.9 cm) are not considered practical production for LBW applications The high reflectivity and high thermal conductivity of some materials, such as aluminum and copper alloys, can limit welding with lasers Lasers have fairly low energy conversion efficiency, generally less than 10 percent As a consequence of the rapid solidification characteristic of LBW, weld porosity and brittleness can be present in some welds
4 17
OFW is ideally suited for repair welding and for welding thin sheets, tubes and small diameter pipes Welder can exercise precise control over heat input and temperature, independent of the addition of filler metal Minimal dilution with the base material makes OFW suitable for surfacing applications Use of a reducing flame can assist in carburization of the surface to be welded
Limitations
Process deposition rates are low Welding thick sections, except for repair work, is not economical when compared to the many available arc welding processes Weld pro p e rties are generally not as good as those of arc weld deposits
Brazing filler metal is then melted onto the edge of the joint. C a p i l l a ry attraction between the base metal and the filler metal is much higher than that between the base metal and the flux, which is displaced by the filler metal. The joint, when cooled to room temperature, will fill with solid filler metal, and the solid flux will be found on the joint periphery. Why Braze?
Base metal pro p e rties are minimally affected due to the low process heat input Low joining temperatures require little energy input, allowing precise control of the process A wide range of heating methods can be used, allowing flexibility in design and manufacturing procedures M o d e rn automation produces large numbers of joints in electrical and electronic circuits High joint reliability is obtained with carefully controlled procedures Soldered joints that are damaged are easily repaired
Limitations
It is economical for complex assemblies It is a simple way to connect large joint areas It aff o rds excellent stress and heat distribution Joints require little or no finishing If necessary, brazed joints can be taken apart later Coating and claddings can be preserved It allows dissimilar and non-metals to be joined to metals Precision parts can be joined Batch processing allows many parts to be brazed simultaneously
Joint strengths are limited and can be used in certain applications only P a rts must be cleaned properly for good wetting action Flux residue must be removed upon completion of the soldering operation Manual processes are labor intensive and increase overall process costs
Limitations
Joint strengths are limited and only suitable in specific applications Operator skill requirements are high for manual processes Filler metals and labor can be costly, making total expenses high
Metal-Working Cutting/Severing Processes Hand and Machine Cutting Operating Charts Welding, Cutting and Heating Outfits Hand Cutting Torches Machine Cutting Torches Replacement Torch Tips Flash Arrestors/Check Valves Heating Nozzles Turbo TorchTM Kits Gas Pressure Regulators Gauges Gas Hoses Valves and Fittings Flexible Metal Hoses Tip Cleaners, Strikers and Wrenches Cylinder Carts and Trucks
5 1
Steels can generally be cut faster when compared to mechanical means Basic manual equipment is low cost, very portable, versatile and safe to use Thick and thin plates can be cut rapidly with mechanized systems An economical method of plate edge preparation for bevel operations Can be used to easily cut rusty and scaled plate Only moderate skill is required to produce acceptable results
Limitations
Dimensional tolerances are not as precise when compared with other cutting processes Limited to cutting carbon and cast steels Care must be taken to minimize fire and burn hazards resulting from the process Hardenable and other specialty alloy materials may require preheat, post-heat or both upon completion of the cutting process For optimum perf o rmance, cutting tips must be closely matched to the base material thickness being cut
00 0 0 1 2 2 3 3 4 5
Prostar Gas Outfits Harris Style Part Number Victor Style Part Number
Light-Duty
Medium-Duty
Heavy-Duty
PRS21004
PRS21002
PRS21000
PRS21504
PRS21505
PRS21506
The ProStar Welding and Cutting Outfits come with the following components: Oxygen Regulator Acetylene Regulator Welding Handle Cutting Attachment Welding Nozzle Twin Hose Goggles Lighter Flashback Arrestors and Check Valves Cutting Ti p
Light-Duty Designed to meet home and shop welding and cutting requirements for light-duty applications. Cuts up to 1/2 (13 mm) as equipped. Can cut up to 4 (102 mm) with optional larger capacity cutting tip. Welds up to 5/64 (2 mm) as equipped. Can weld up to 1 (25 mm) with optional larger capacity welding nozzle.
Higher capacities can be achieved with larger welding nozzles, cutting tips or heating heads.
Heavy-Duty Designed for heavy-duty welding and cutting applications, this outfit provides heavy-duty perf o rmance in industrial and construction environments. Cuts up to 3/4 (19 mm) as equipped. Can cut up to 8 (203 mm) with optional larger capacity cutting tip. Welds up to 1/8 (3 mm) as equipped. Can weld up to 3 (77 mm) with optional larger capacity cutting tip.
5 6
Medium-Duty Designed to meet medium-duty welding and cutting applications in industry, home and trade environments, this outfit contains the basic components needed for general welding and cutting. Cuts up to 1/2 (13 mm) as equipped. Can cut up to 5 (128 mm) with optional larger capacity cutting tip. Welds up to 5/64 (2 mm) as equipped. Can weld up to 1-1/4 (32 mm) with optional larger capacity welding nozzle.
Handle* Cutting Attachment Welding Nozzle Welding Capacity** Cutting Tip Cutting Capacity** Heating Head Heating Capacity** Regulators
Gas Hose***
5 6
The Vi c t o r VanGuard 100FC and 315FC Torch Handles have built-in check valves and flashback arrestors for extra safety. ** Welding, cutting and heating capacities are based on the equipment described. Higher capacities can be achieved with larger welding nozzles, cutting tips or heating heads. *** All Victor outfits include twin hose, goggles and lighter.
5 5
CA1350
100FC
5
CA2460 315FC
6
HD310C
Praxair Tip When cutting more than 6 in. (15 mm), always use flash arrestor with a gas volume capacity greater than the gas volume required for a clean cut. In this situation, use a regulator-mounted flash arrestor. Use external high flow IBEDA Check Valves and Flash Arrestors, page 5/11.
Length 17 in (43 cm) 17 in (43 cm) 21 in (53 cm) 21 in (53 cm) 36 in (91 cm) 36 in (91 cm) 48 in (122 cm) 48 in (122 cm)
Cutting Capacity 6 in (15 cm) 6 in (15 cm) 6 in (15 cm) 6 in (15 cm) 6 in (15 cm) 6 in (15 cm) 6 in (15 cm) 6 in (15 cm)
90o 75
o
90o 75
o
90o 75o
Length 17 in (43 cm) 17 in (43 cm) 21 in (53 cm) 21 in (53 cm) 36 in (91 cm) 36 in (91 cm) 48 in (122 cm) 48 in (122 cm)
Cutting Capacity 6 in (15 cm) 6 in (15 cm) 6 in (15 cm) 6 in (15 cm) 6 in (15 cm) 6 in (15 cm) 6 in (15 cm) 6 in (15 cm)
75o 90
o
5 6
VIC0381-1647 VIC0381-1648
75o
Length 17 in (43 cm) 17 in (43 cm) 21 in (53 cm) 21 in (53 cm) 21 in (53 cm) 36 in (91 cm) 36 in (91 cm) 36 in (91 cm) 48 in (122 cm) 48 in (122 cm) 48 in (122 cm) 72 in (184 cm) 72 in (184 cm) 72 in (184 cm)
Cutting Capacity* 12 in (30 cm) 12 in (30 cm) 12 in (30 cm) 12 in (30 cm) 12 in (30 cm) 12 in (30 cm) 12 in (30 cm) 12 in (30 cm) 12 in (30 cm) 12 in (30 cm) 12 in (30 cm) 12 in (30 cm) 12 in (30 cm) 12 in (30 cm)
75o 180
o
90o 75
o
180o 90 75
o o
180o 90
o
75o 180
o
* Cutting capacity up to 12 inches (30 cm) with 3/8 inch (10 mm) ID hose These torches come with built-in flashback arrestors and reverse flow check valves.
22 1/2 in (585 mm) 14 in (355 mm) 18 in (460 mm) 15 in (375 mm) 12 in (305 mm) Acetylene or Fuel 5 psig and up 10 in (252 mm) 7 in (176 mm) 12 in (305 mm) Any Fuel Except Acetylene
Victor MT 300 3 Hose To rch Use 3/8" Hose for cutting with oxygen
5 6
Accessories Part Number VIC0319-0054 VIC0319-0055 VIC0383-0012 Flash arrestors. See Page 5/11 Description 10" rack kit 32 Pitch 18" rack kit 32 Pitch Bevel Cutting Attachment
Airco Style
Tip Series Gas Selection Tip Size 0 1 2 3 4 164 Acetylene Part Number PRS164-0 PRS164-1 PRS164-2 PRS164-3 PRS164-4 209F LP & Nat. Gas Part Number PRS209F-0 PRS209F-1 PRS209F-2 PRS209F-3 PRS209F-4 Plate Thickness in (mm) 1/8-1/4 (3.2-6.0) 1/2-3/4 (12.7-19.1) 1-2 (25.4-50.8) 3 (76.4) 4-6 (101.6-150.4)
Harris Style
A i rc o Style Actual Size Tip Series Gas Selection Tip Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 6290 Acetylene Part Number PRS6290-00 PRS6290-0 PRS6290-1 PRS6290-2 PRS6290-3 PRS6290-4 6290NFF LP & Nat. Gas Part Number PRS6290NFF-0 PRS6290NFF-1 PRS6290NFF-2 PRS6290NFF-3 PRS6290NFF-4 Plate Thickness in (mm) 1/8-1/4 (3.2-6.0) 1/2 (12.7) 3/4 (19.1) 1-2 (25.4-50.8) 3 (76.4) 4-6 (101.6-150.4)
5 6
Oxweld Style
Tip Series Gas Selection Tip Size 2 3 4 6 8 10 Harris Style Actual Size 1502 Acetylene Part Number PRS1502-2 PRS1502-3 PRS1502-4 PRS1502-6 PRS1502-8 PRS1502-10 Plate Thickness in (mm) 1/8 (3.2) 1/4 (6.0) 1/2-3/4 (12.7-19.1) 1-2 (25.4-50.8) 3-4 (76.4-101.6) 6 (150.4)
Victor Style
Tip Series Gas Selection Tip Size 00 0 1 2 3 3-101 Acetylene Part Number PRS00-3-101 PRS0-3-101 PRS1-3-101 PRS2-3-101 PRS3-3-101 3-GPP FG-2 Part Number PRS0-3-GPN PRS1-3-GPN PRS2-3-GPN PRS3-3-GPN PLATE Thickness in (mm) 1/8-1/4 (3.2-6.0) 1/2 (12.7) 3/4 (19.1) 1-2 (25.4-50.8) 3 (76.4)
Victor Style
Tip Series Gas Selection Tip Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 1-101 Acetylene Part Number PRS00-1-101 PRS0-1-101 PRS1-1-101 PRS2-1-101 PRS3-1-101 PRS4-1-101 GPP FG-2 Part Number PRS00-1-GPN PRS0-1-GPN PRS1-1-GPN PRS2-1-GPN PRS3-1-GPN PRS4-1-GPN GPN LP & Nat Gas Part Number PRSO-1-GPP PRS1-1-GPP PRS2-1-GPP PRS3-1-GPP PRS4-1-GPP Plate Thickness in (mm) 1/8-1/4 (3.2-6.0) 1/2 (12.7) 3/4 (19.1) 1-2 (25.4-50.8) 3 (76.4) 4 (101.6)
5 6
Purox Style
Tip Series Gas Selection Tip Size 2 3 4 5 7 9 P u ro x Style Actual Size 4202 Acetylene Part Number PRS4202-2 PRS4202-3 PRS4202-4 PRS4202-5 PRS4202-7 PRS4202-9 Plate Thickness in (mm) 1/8 (3.2) 1/4 (6.0) 1/2-3/4 (12.7-19.1) 1-2 (25.4-50.8) 3 (76.4) 4 (101.6)
Smith Style
Tip Series Gas Selection Tip Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 MC-12 Acetylene Part Number PRSMC12-00 PRSMC12-0 PRSMC12-1 PRSMC12-2 PRSMC12-3 PRSMC12-4 Plate Thickness in(mm) 1/8 (3.2) 1/4 (6.0) 1/2-3/4 (12.7-19.1) 1-2 (25.4-50.8) 3 (76.4) 4-6 (101.6-150.4)
Smith Style
Tip Series Gas Selection Tip Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 SC-12 Acetylene Part Number PRSSC12-00 PRSSC12-0 PRSSC12-1 PRSSC12-2 PRSSC12-3 PRSSC12-4 SC-50 FG2 Part Number SC-60 LP & Nat. Gas Part Number Plate Thickness in(mm) 1/8 (3.2) 1/4 (6.0) 1/2-3/4 (12.7-19.1) 1-2 (25.4-50.8) 3 (76.4) 4-6 (101.6-150.4)
Victor
5 6
Smith Style SC Series Actual Size
3-101 Acetylene Part Number VIC0331-0002 VIC0331-0009 VIC0331-0013 VIC0331-0014 VIC0331-0015 VIC0331-0016 VIC0331-0017 VIC0331-0018 VIC0331-0019
3-GPN LP & Nat. Gas Part Number VIC0387-0182 VIC0333-0399 VIC0333-0400 VIC0333-0401 VIC0333-0402
Plate Thickness 1/8 in (3.2 mm) 1/4 in (6.0 mm) 1/2 in (12.7 mm) 3/4 in (19.1 mm) 1 in (25.4 mm) 2 in (50.8 mm) 3 in (76.4 mm) 4 in (101.6 mm) 6 in (152.4 mm)
Victor
Tip Series Gas Selection Tip Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Victor 1 Series Actual Size 1-101 Acetylene Part Number VIC0330-0004 VIC0330-0012 VIC0330-0005 VIC0330-0006 VIC0330-0002 VIC0330-0007 VIC0330-0008 VIC0330-0009 GPP FG-2 Part Number VIC0333-0261 VIC0333-0262 VIC0333-0263 VIC0333-0264 VIC0333-0265 VIC0333-0266 VIC0333-0267 VIC0333-0268 GPN LP & Nat. Gas Part Number VIC0333-0301 VIC0333-0302 VIC0333-0303 VIC0333-0304 VIC0333-0305 VIC0333-0306 VIC0333-0307 VIC0333-0308 Plate Thickness 1/8-1/4 (3.2-6.0mm) 1/2 in (12.7 mm) 3/4 in (19.1 mm) 1 in (25.4 mm) 2 in (50.8 mm) 3 in (76.4 mm) 4 in (101.6 mm) 6 in (152.4 mm)
5 11
FlameBuster To rch Oxygen (Oxy) Flash Arre s t o r FlameBuster To rch Fuel Gas (Fuel) Flash Arrestor FlameBuster Regulator Oxygen (Oxy) Flash Arre s t o r FlameBuster Regulator Fuel Gas (Fuel) Flash Arrestor FlameBuster To rch Pair Pack FlameBuster Regulator Pair Pack
Model
Part Number
Description
Gas
5 6
DGN IBE0701-0449N Regulator mounted B-RH DGN IBE0701-0443N Regulator mounted B-LH DG91N IBE0701-1163N Regulator mounted B-RH DG91N IBE0701-1153N Regulator mounted B-LH GG IBE0701-2070 To rch Mounted B-RH GG IBE0701-2064 To rch Mounted B-LH DG91UA IBE0701-3022 To rch Mounted B-RH DG91UA IBE0701-3021 To rch Mounted B-LH Mini-GG IBE0701-3201 To rch Mounted A-RH Mini-GG IBE0701-3200 To rch Mounted A-LH ESFN IBE0701-0461ON Manifold Mounted B-RH ESFN IBE0701-0461FN Manifold Mounted B-LH Simax 5N IBE0701-3175ON Manifold Mounted B-RH Simax 5N IBE0701-3175FN Manifold Mounted B-LH Simax 8N IBE0701-3178ON Manifold Mounted B-RH Simax 8N IBE0701-3178FN Manifold Mounted B-LH Part numbers or model numbers ending with the letter N are
Oxygen 134 (3.80) 255 (7.22) 371 (10.5) Fuel Gas 113 (3.20) 214 (6.06) 312 (8.84) Oxygen 219 (6.20) 442 (12.5) 689 (19.5) Fuel Gas 185 (5.24) 372 (10.5) 580 (16.4) Oxygen 134 (3.80) 255 (7.22) 371 (10.5) Fuel Gas 113 (3.20) 214 (6.06) 312 (8.84) Oxygen 219 (6.20) 442 (12.5) 689 (19.5) Fuel Gas 185 (5.24) 372 (10.5) 580 (16.4) Oxygen 39 (1.10) 92 (2.61) 144 (4.09) Fuel Gas 33 (0.94) 78 (2.21) 122 (3.46) Oxygen 399 (11.3) 637 (18.0) 1007 (28.5) Fuel Gas 336 (9.52) 536 (15.2) 848 (24.0) Oxygen 1007 (28.5) 2014 (57.0) 3022 (85.6) Fuel Gas 848 (24.0) 1696 (48.0) 2544 (72.0) Oxygen 1701 (48.2) 3402 (96.0) 5103 (144.0) Fuel Gas 1432 (40.6) 2865 (81.1) 4297 (121.7) equipped with a thermal shut off for your additional safety.
DG91N
GG
ESFN
Simax 5N
DGN
DG91UA
Praxair Ti p Warning: OSHA requires the use of Check Valves and Flash Arrestors when manifolding cylinders or torches. Prostar Heating Nozzle 2290H Heating Tips for Alternate Fuel
Nozzle Size 2 PRS2290H-2 15 5 141,000 220 55 3/8 3 PRS2290H-3 20 7 218,000 340 85 3/8 4 PRS2290H-4 50 7 5 PRS2290H-5 60 8
Part Number Pressure - Oxygen psig Pressure - Propane psig Heat Output BTU/h Flow Rate - Oxygen cfh Flow Rate - Propane cfh Minimum Hose ID
5
Victor Heavy Duty Heating Nozzles For Use with Victor 300 Series Torch Handles Type MFA - For Acetylene Only
Nozzle Size 4 Part Number Pre s s u re Oxygen psig (kPa) Pre s s u re Acetylene psig (kPa) Heat Output BTU/h Flow Rate Oxygen cfh (Nm3/h) VIC0323-0250 8-12 psig (55-83 kPa) 6-10 psig (41-69 kPa) 29,400 7-22 (0.2-0.6) 6 VIC0323-0251 10-15 psig (69-103 kPa) 8-12 psig (55-83 kPa) 58,800 15-44 (0.43-1.25) 14-40 (0.23-0.75) 1/4 in (6.0 mm)
3
8 VIC0323-0252 20-30 psig (138-207 kPa) 10-15 psig (69-103 kPa) 117,600 33-88 (0.94-2.50) 30-80 (0.28-1.00) 5/16 in (8.0 mm)
3
10 VIC0323-0260 30-40 psig (207-276 kPa) 12-15 psig (83-103 kPa) 147,000 44-110 (1.25-2.83) 40-100 (0.57-2.27) 3/8 in (9.5 mm) 3 x WK or 900 ft
3
12* VIC0323-0261 50-60 psig (345-414 kPa) 12-15 psig (83-103 kPa) 220,500 66-165 (1.87-4.67) 60-150 (0.85-4.53) 3/8 in (9.5 mm) 4 x WK or 1200 ft
3
15* VIC0323-0262 50-60 psig (345-414 kPa) 12-15 psig (83-103 kPa) 323,400 99-244 (2.80-6.91) 90-220 (1.42-5.66) 3/8 in (9.5 mm) 5 x WK or 1500 ft3
Flow Rate Acetylene 6-20 (0.117-0.57) cfh (Nm3/h) Minimum Hose ID Minimum Acetylene Cylinder Requirement 1/4 in (6.0 mm) 1 x WK or 300 ft
1 x WK or 300 ft
2 x WK or 600 ft
* Use Torch Handle model 310 HD (Part Number VIC0382-0015) with these Heating Nozzles. See page 5/5
5 13
Flow Rate Fuel Gas 10-35 (0.28-1.00) cfh (Nm3/h) Minimum Hose ID 1/4 in (6.0 mm)
* Use Torch Handle model 310 HD (Part Number VIC0382-0015) with these Heating Nozzles. See page 5/5.
Victor Multi-Flame Duty Heating Nozzles For Use with Victor 300 Series HD 310 Torch Handle
5 6
Praxair Tip Warning: OSHA requires the use of Check Valves and Flash Arrestors when manifolding cylinders or torches.
Flow Rate Oxygen cfh (Nm3/h) Flow Rate Fuel Gas cfh (Nm3/h) Minimum Hose ID Minimum FG-2 Cylinder Require m e n t
* Use Torch Handle model 310 HD (Part Number VIC0382-0015) with these Heating Nozzles. See page 5/5.
TurboTorch Kits
Part Number TUR0386-0006 Components R-LP Adjustable Regulator, CGA 510 (Adjust your regulator to 42 psig for use with Praxair FG-2) H-4 Handle, H-12 Hose, T-4 Tip Tip Size T-2 T-3 T-4 T-5 T-6 Part Number TUR0386-0150 TUR0386-0151 TUR0386-0152 TUR0386-0153 TUR0386-0154 Flame Diameter 5/16" (8.0 mm) 7/16" (11 mm) 1/2" (13 mm) 3/4" (19 mm) 1" (25 mm) Diameter of Copper Soft Solder Below 800o 1/8" to 1/2" Tubing 3/8" to 1-1/2" Tubing 3/8" to 2-1/2" Tubing 1" to 4" Tubing 1-1/2" to 6" Tubing
Diameter of Copper Silver Braze 800o and Hotter 1/8" to 3/8" Tubing 1/4" to 5/8" Tubing 1/4" to 1-3/8" Tubing 5/8" to 2-1/8" Tubing 7/8" to 4" Tubing Self Lighting Tips 1/4" to 1/2" Tubing 1/4" to 1-1/4" Tubing 1/2" to 2" Tubing
Components AR-B Regulator, CGA 520 (Adjust your regulator to 14 psig for Acetylene only) G-4 Handle, AH-12 Hose, A-5 Tip Flame Diameter 3/16" (5.0 mm) 1/4" (6.4 mm) 5/16" (8.0 mm) 3/8" (9.5 mm) 7/16" (11 mm) 1/2" (13 mm) 3/4" (19 mm) Diameter of Copper Soft Solder Below 800o 1/8" to 5/8" Tubing 1/4" to 1" Tubing 3/4" to 1-1/2" Tubing 1" to 2" Tubing 1-1/2" to 3" Tubing 2" to 3-5/8" Tubing 4" Tubing and over
5 6
Diameter of Copper Tip Part Silver Braze 800o Size Number and Hotter 1/8" to 3/8" Tubing A-2 TUR0386-0100 1/8" to 1/2" Tubing A-3 TUR0386-0101 3/8" to 7/8" Tubing A-5 TUR0386-0102 5/8" to 1-1/8" Tubing A-8 TUR0386-0103 7/8" to 1-5/8" Tubing A-11 TUR0386-0104 1-5/8" to 2-1/8" Tubing A-14 TUR0386-0105 2" to 4-1/8" Tubing A-32* TUR0386-0106 * Requires a cylinder larger than 300 ft3 capacity
HVAC Nitrogen Purging Regulator TurboTorch offers a nitrogen regulator with easy-to-read 2" (51 mm) gauges. Constructed of forged brass, designed for testing and purging brazed joints. This regulator is recommended by many air conditioning code organizations for joint testing at commercial job sites.
Model Number Part Number 245-03P TUR0386-0814 37 degrees Outlet Flare for copper tubing Gas Nitrogen Nitrogen Nitrogen FG-2 Acetylene Acetylene Acetylene Acetylene Oxygen Oxygen Oxygen Volume 19 ft3 (0.53 m3) 39 ft3 (1.08 m3) 76 ft3 (2.11 m3) 5 lb (2.3 kg) 10 ft3 (0.28 m3) 40 ft3 (1.1 m3) 60 ft3 (1.66 m3) 130 ft3 (3.6 m3) 21 ft3 (0.58 m3) 42 ft3 (1.16 m3) 83 ft3 (2.30 m3)
Cylinder Style R 40 Q 5 lb MC B WQ WS R 40 Q
Fitting (CGA) 580 580 580 510 200 520 510 510 540 540 540
Praxair Ti p If your acetylene cylinder was laying on its side you need to stand it up for 2-12 hours prior to use for maximum output. Acetylene cylinders work the best when they are at 70 oF (21 oC).
5 6
Victor Heavy/Medium Duty Pressure Regulators SR 350 Series/Single Stage D e l i v e ry flow rates up to 5,000 scfh (140 m3/h)
Outlet Pre s s u re psig (kPa) 5-125 (34-860) 5-125 (34-860) 2-15 (14-103) Part Number VIC0781-2341 VIC0781-2281 VIC0781-2401 Outlet Fitting CGA022 CGA032 CGA023
Victor Medium Duty Pressure Regulators SR 250 Series/Single Stage D e l i v e ry flow rates up to 5,000 scfh (140 m3/h)
Outlet Pre s s u re psig (kPa) 4-80 (28-550) 5-125 (34-860) 4-80 (28-550) 5-125 (34-860) 4-80 (28-550) 4-80 (28-550) 4-80 (28-550) 5-125 (34-860) 2-15 (14-103) 4-80 (28-550) 5-125 (34-860) Part Number VIC0781-0027 VIC0781-0043 VIC0781-0028 VIC0781-0044 VIC0781-0029 VIC0781-0065 VIC0781-0077 VIC0781-0079 VIC0781-0087 VIC0781-0098 VIC0781-0104 Outlet Fitting CGA022 CGA022 CGA032 CGA032 CGA033 CGA023 CGA032 CGA032 CGA023 CGA023 CGA023
Gas Service Oxygen Oxygen Inert Gas Inert Gas Industrial Air Hydrogen Carbon Dioxide Carbon Dioxide Acetylene FG-2 FG-2
Model SR250C-540 SR250D-540 SR250C-580 SR250D-580 SR250C-590 SR252C-350 SR253C-320 SR253D-320 SR260A-510 SR261C-510 SR261D-510
Victor High Pressure Piston Regulators SR 4 Series/Single Stage D e l i v e ry pressures up to 4,500 psig (31,050 kPa) on some models
Gas Serv i c e Oxygen Oxygen Inert Gas Inert Gas Inert Gas Inert Gas Carbon Dioxide
Outlet Pre s s u re psig (kPa) 100-1,500 (690-10,300) 200-3,000 (1,380-20,600) 100-1,500 (690-10,300) 200-3,000 (1,380-20,600) 300-4,500 (2,070-31,000) 300-4,500 (2,070-31,000) 50-750 (345-5,150)
Outlet Fitting 1/4" Swagelok SS 1/4" Swagelok SS 1/4" Swagelok SS 1/4" Swagelok SS 1/4" Swagelok SS 1/4" Swagelok SS 1/4" Swagelok SS
Victor High Pressure Regulators SR 600 Series/Single Stage D e l i v e ry pressures up to 550 psig (3,800 kPa) on some models
Outlet Pre s s u re psig (kPa) 5-550 (34-3,800) 5-350 (34-2,400) 5-350 (34-2,400) 5-550 (34-3,800) Part Number VIC0781-1611 VIC0781-1604 VIC0781-1605 VIC0781-1610 Outlet Fitting 1/4" Swagelok Brass 1/4" Swagelok Brass 1/4" Swagelok Brass 1/4" Swagelok Brass
5 17
VIC0781-2442 VIC0781-2443
5
Victor Carbon Dioxide (CO2) Pressure Regulator SR 310 Series D e l i v e ry flow rates up to 100 scfh (2.8 m3/h)
Outlet Pre s s u re psig (kPa) 10-150 (69-1035)
Model SR310
Victor High Flow Carbon Dioxide (CO2) Flowmeter/Flowgauge SR 311 and SR 312 Series
Gas Service Carbon Dioxide Carbon Dioxide Model SR311 Flowmeter SR312 Flowgauge Outlet Flow scfh (m3/h) 25-100 (0.7-2.8) 0-100 (0-2.8) Part Number VIC0781-0353 VIC0781-0354 Outlet Inlet Fitting Fitting CGA032 CGA320 CGA032 CGA320
Argon Helium
Gauges
2 inch Diameter
Part Number PRS20001 Description 0-30 psig Red Line @ 15 psig 0-100 psig 0-200 psig 0-400 psig 0-4000 psig 2 Gauge Cover Lens 2" Actual Size
5 6
Gas Hoses
1/4" Twin Hose Maximum Working Pressure: 250 psig Grade R Oxygen/Acetylene PRS29016 PRS29017 PRS29018 Fittings B-B B-B B-B Length 25 feet 50 feet 100 feet Grade T Oxygen/Fuel Gas PRS29032 PRS29033 PRS29034
3/8" Twin Hose Maximum Working Pressure: 250 psig Grade R Oxygen/Acetylene PRS29022 PRS29023 Fittings B-B B-B B-B Length 25 feet 50 feet 100 feet Grade T Oxygen/Fuel Gas PRS29037 PRS29038 PRS29039
5/16" Twin Hose Maximum Working Pressure: 250 psig Grade R Oxygen/Acetylene PRS29043 PRS29020 PRS29021 Fittings B-B B-B B-B Length 25 feet 50 feet 100 feet PRS29035 PRS29036 Grade T Oxygen/Fuel Gas
PRS29024
Single Hose - Bulk Grade T Maximum Working Pressure: 250 psig Fuel Gas (Red) OKITH-3217 OKITH-3617 Hose ID 1/4" 3/8" Hose OD 17/32" 21/32"
5
Hose Repair Kit Part Number WESCK-5 WESCK-6 WESCK-24 WESCK-26 Description C-5 Crimp tool for 3/16, 1/4 ID hose C-6 Crimp tool for 5/16, 3/8 ID hose C-5 Crimp tool for 3/16, 1/4 ID hose C-5 Crimp tool for 1/4 ID hose, B-size fittings only
Brass Pigtails and Tees Part Number WESP-CO-3 WEST-CO-2 WEST-CO-5 WESP-92 WEST-92 Description CO2 Pigtail CO2 Tee CO2 Washer Inert Gas Pigtail Inert Gas Tee
Use pigtails and Tees with check valves (CV) to protect against backfilling of the cylinder. Review NFPA standards for gas volume storage limits.
Use flash arrestors if the fuel gas is to be used with O2. OSHA requires CV and flash arrestors when manifolding O2 and/or fuel gas at the s o u rce or point of use.
5 21
Brass Body Valve (For Non-Corrosive Gases) Pressures up to 200 psig (1,380 kPa)
Part Number WES205 WES206 WES215-AR WES211 WES217 WES218-D Gas Serv i c e Oxygen Fuel Gas Inert All All All Inlet Side 1/4" MNPT 1/4" MNPT 1/4" MNPT 1/4" MNPT 1/4" MNPT 1/4" FNPT Outlet Side CGA022 Male CGA023 Male CGA032 Female 1/4" MNPT 1/4" FNPT 1/4" FNPT
5 6
Brass Regulator Outlet Bushing (Adapter) Pressures up to 200 psig (1,380 kPa)
Part Number WES32 WES33 WES134 WES135 WESAW-15 WESAW-15A WESAW-427 WESAW-428 Male 1/4" NPT to CGA Hose 1/4" MNPT x CGA022M 1/4" MNPT x CGA023M 1/4" MNPT x CGA022 1/4" MNPT x CGA023 1/4" MNPT x CGA033 1/4" MNPT x CGA032 CGA032 x 1/4" MNPT CGA033 x 1/4" MNPT Part Number WESAW-403 WESAW-405 WES230 WES231 WES30 WES31 WES130 WES131 Brass Inert Gas Hose Adapters CGA032 x CGA022 Male CGA032 x CGA022 Female CGA020 x CGA022 CGA021 x CGA023 CGA022 x CGA022 CGA023 x CGA023 CGA020 x CGA020 CGA021 x CGA021
320 (up to 1000 psig ) Description Fiber Flat Washer Nylon Snap-in Washer Teflon Flat Washer
320 (up to 1000 psig) Description Nut Thread .830 -14 NGO Int Nipple 1/4" MNPT x 2" Nipple 1/4" MNPT x 2-1/2"
O2 CGA 540 (up to 3000 psig) Part Number Description WES62 Nut Thread .908-14 NGO Int WES66-SF Nipple 1/4" MNPT x 2-1/2" WES69-SF Nipple 1/4" MNPT x 3"
Ar, He, N2 CGA 580 (up to 3000 psig) Part Number Description WES92 Nut Thread .960-14 NGO Ext WES15-3SF Nipple 1/4" MNPT x 3" WES15-4SF Nipple 1/4" MNPT x 3-1/2"
Industrial Air CGA 590 (up to 3000 psig) Part Number Description WES93 Nut Thread .960-14 NGO Ext WES15-3SF Nipple 1/4" MNPT x 3" WES15-4SF Nipple 1/4" MNPT x 3-1/2"
Ar, He, N2 CGA 680 (up to 5000 psig) Part Number Description WES680-2 Nut Thread 1.040" 14 NGO RH Ext WES680-3SF Nipple 1/4" MNPT x 3" WES680-4SF Nipple 1/4" MNPT x 3-1/2"
5 6
Fuel Gas CGA 510 (up to 500 psig) Part Number Description WES15-2 Nut Thread .880-14 NGO Ext WES15-3SF Nipple 1/4" MNPT x 3" WES15-4SF Nipple 1/4" MNPT x 3-1/2" H2 CGA 350 (up to 3000 psig) Part Number Description WES82 T h read .830-14 NGO Int WES83-SF Nipple 1/4" MNPT x 2-1/2"
Liquid Nitrogen or Argon CGA 295 Part Number Description WESF-30 Nut Thread .750-16 UNF-2B Int WESF-31 Outlet Adapter CGA-295 x 1/4" MNPT WESF-32 Outlet Adapter CGA-295 x 3/8" MNPT
Liquid Oxygen CGA 440 Part Number Description WESF-40 Nut Thread .875-14 UNF-2B Int WESF-41 Outlet Adapter CGA-440 x 1/4" MNPT WESF-42 Outlet Adapter CGA-440 x 3/8" MNPT
5 23
Hex Nipple Male to Male Pressure up to 3000 psi Part Number Description WESB-2HP 1/8" MNPT x 1/8" MNPT WESB-4HP 1/4" MNPT x 1/4" MNPT WESB-6HP 3/8" MNPT x 3/8" MNPT WESB-8HP 1/2" MNPT x 1/2" MNPT
Reducer Bushing Male to Male Pressure up to 3000 psi Part Number Description WESB-4-2HP 1/4" MNPT x 1/8" MNPT WESB-6-2HP 3/8" MNPT x 1/8" MNPT WESB-6-4HP 3/8" MNPT x 1/4" MNPT WESB-8-4HP 1/2" MNPT x 1/4" MNPT WESB-8-6HP 1/2" MNPT x 3/8" MNPT
Coupling Female to Female Pressure up to 3000 psi Part Number Description WESBF-2HP 1/8" FNPT x 1/8" FNPT WESBF-4HP 1/4" FNPT x 1/4" FNPT WESBF-6HP 3/8" FNPT x 3/8" FNPT WESBF-8HP 1/2" FNPT x 1/2" FNPT WESBF-12HP 3/4" FNPT x 3/4" FNPT
Bushing Female to Male Part Number Description WESBB-2-4HP 1/8" FNPT x 1/4" MNPT WESBB-2-6HP 1/8" FNPT x 3/8" MNPT WESBB-4-6HP 1/4" FNPT x 3/8" MNPT WESBB-4-8HP 1/4" FNPT x 1/2" MNPT WESBB-6-8HP 3/8" FNPT x 1/2" MNPT WESBB-4-12HP 1/4" FNPT x 3/4" MNPT WESBB-8-12HP 1/2" FNPT x 3/4" MNPT
Description 1/4" MNPT x 1 1/2" 1/4" MNPT x 2" 1/4" MNPT x 3" 1/4" MNPT x 3 1/2"
Description 1/8" MNPT Plug 1/4" MNPT Plug 3/8" MNPT Plug 1/2" MNPT Plug 1/4" FNPT Cap
5 6
90o Pipe Elbow Female to Female Part Number Description WESBEL-4HP 1/4" FNPT x 1/4" FNPT WESBEL-6HP 3/8" FNPT x 3/8" FNPT WESBEL-8HP 1/2" FNPT x 1/2" FNPT
90o Pipe Elbow Female to Male Part Number Description WESBL-2HP 1/8" FNPT x 1/8" MNPT WESBL-4HP 1/4" FNPT x 1/4" MNPT WESBL-6HP 3/8" FNPT x 3/8" MNPT WESBL-8HP 1/2" FNPT x 1/2" MNPT
Reducer Bushing Female to Male Part Number Description WESBA-4-2HP 1/4" FNPT x 1/8" MNPT WESBA-4HP 1/4" FNPT x 1/4" MNPT WESBA-6-4HP 3/8" FNPT x 1/4" MNPT WESBA-8-4HP 1/2" FNPT x 1/4" MNPT WESBA-8-6HP 1/2" FNPT x 3/8" MNPT
Coupling Female to Female Part Number Description WESBF-4-2HP 1/4" FNPT x 1/8" FNPT WESBF-6-4HP 3/8" FNPT x 1/4" FNPT WESBF-8-4HP 1/2" FNPT x 1/4" FNPT WESBF-12-8HP 3/4" FNPT x 1/2" FNPT
Tee Pipe Female Part Number Description WESBFT-2HP 1/8" FNPT WESBFT-4HP 1/4" FNPT WESBFT-6HP 3/8" FNPT WESBFT-8HP 1/2" FNPT
All-Stainless Steel Transfer Hoses Offering Outstanding Flexibility, Perf o rmance, Safety and Service Life Liquid transfer hoses are designed to be highly flexible in cryogenic applications. Constructed with close pitch stainless steel corrugated bore, specially woven stainless steel braid and exterior floppy armor casing. ISO10380 certified for bend cycle life. Available with machined stainless steel tube ends and flares for CGA 295 inert applications and CGA 440 oxygen applications. Options include 3/8 MPT one end. Features Type 321 stainless steel - 4.8 inch dynamic bend radius 1,160 psi working pressure - 6,104 psi burst pressure T-321 stainless steel core Special stainless steel braid Stainless steel armor casing for safety Stainless steel flare or NPT ends Cleaned and bagged to CGA standard s Standard lengths are 36 and 72. Custom lengths available upon request
P a rt Number
Description I n e rt Service, 3 ft - CGA 295 each end I n e rt Service, 3 ft - 3/8 MPT one end I n e rt Service, 6 ft - CGA 295 each end I n e rt Service, 6 ft - 3/8 MPT one end Oxygen Service, 3 ft - CGA 440 each end Oxygen Service, 3 ft - 3/8 MPT one end Oxygen Service, 6 ft - CGA 440 each end Oxygen Service, 3 ft - 3/8 MPT one end
SS Cryogenic Elbows 1/2 Tube CGA295 M x F ends 6 SS Cryogenic Elbows 5/8 Tube CGA440 M x F ends 6
5 25
High Pressure Flexible Hoses 316 SS high pressure flexible metal hoses are designed for strong, safe and flexible operation in demanding environments. Zero permeation characteristics do not allow gas or atmosphere to pass through its wall in either pressure or vacuum applications. Ideal for flammable, toxic, high purity and small molecule gases.
1/4 Style S (shown with SS Male NPT and Armor Casing) 316L SS corrugated inner core. Ve ry close pitch for extreme flexability, high flow and longer hose life. -20 convolutions/inch, 2x the industry standard.
SS core, double SS braid. Style S - 3,850 psi SS core, double SS braid. Style H - 4,800 psi
Monel Inner, Stainless Steel Braid Monel high pressure flexible metal hoses with SS braid are ideal for oxygen service where particle impingement failure is a c o n c e rn. The SS braid is more economical and allows higher working pressures than Monel braid. Monel core, double SS braid. Style M - 4,200 psi Available with Monel or SS fittings
One piece 304 SS weld and casing crimp ferrule for superior connection to armor casing. Reduces stress at weld joint.
5
1/4 Style M (shown with Monel Female NPT and SS Armor Casing) Monel 400-series inner core and double braid -20 convolutions/inch, for extreme flexability and up to twice the hose life. 3000 psi working pre ssure.
A rmor Casing For hoses that are constantly handled and flexed, armor casing protects against kinking, braid abrasion or stress at the end fittings. The smooth surface also provides additional handling protection for operators, plus the capability to support a 600 lb load under tension. Armor casing is protected under a special 3 year limited warr a n t y.
One piece extra long weld and casing collar eliminates stress at end fitting.
P a rt Number PRXS33S000-24 PRXS33S000-36 PRXS33S000-72 PRXS33MA00-36 PRXS33SA00-24 PRXS33SA00-36 PRXS33SA00-48 PRXS33SA00-72 PRX5290029-CGA PRX5290031-CGA
Description Pigtail 1/4 x 24 SS Pigtail 1/4 x 36 SS Pigtail 1/4 x 72 SS Pigtail 1/4 x 36 Monel PT W/SS Guard Pigtail 1/4 x 24 SS PT W/SS Guard Pigtail 1/4 x 36 SS PT W/SS Guard Pigtail 1/4 x 48 SS PT W/SS Guard Pigtail 1/4 x 24 SS PT W/SS Guard Pigtail 1/4 x 36 W/Brass CGA Check Valve Pigtail 1/4 x 24 W/SS CGA Check Valve
Strikers
Shoot-A-Lite
Description Wrench for Acet. Cyl. Valves B & MC Cyl. Styles T-Wrench for Acet. Cyl. Va l v e s Wrench for Acet. Cyl. Valves 10 Openings 7/16" - 1-1/8"
5 27
CAN
ANTWB-100
ANTWB-200C
ANTWB-100C
ANTWB-200
ANT610F-E
ANTPCH-10-20
ANTPH-9
ANT38B
ANT6108
ANT39V
ANT4-14
ANT41-16
Weight 52 lb (23.6 ) 45 lb (20.5 ) 49 lb (22.3 ) 48 lb (21.8 ) 51 lb (23.2 ) 53 lb (24.1 ) 57 lb (25.9 ) 53 lb (24.1) 56 lb (25.5 ) 38 (17.3) 48 (21.8) 79 lb (35.9 ) 148 lb (67.3) 85 lb (38.6) 92 lb (41.8)
Height 46 (117 ) 46 (117 ) 46 (117 ) 46 (117 ) 46 (117 ) 47 (119 ) 47 (119 ) 47 (119 ) 47 (119 ) 48 (122) 48 (122) 64 (163 ) 64 (163 ) 46 (117 ) 46 (117 )
CYL CART MINI MIG Bolt together cart ideal for small MIG machines
ANT81
ANT85-16
ANT8-14
ANT24-16
ANT54
ANT2-14
ANT54-FRA
ANT94-15L
ANT87U-4
Precautions and Safe Practices for Welding and Cutting Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW or MIG) Solutions Flux-Cored Arc Welding (FCAW) Solutions GMAW (MIG) Guns Robotic Systems MIG/MAG High Speed Welding P a rt Positioner Fume Collection Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW or TIG) Solutions Water Coolers GTAW (TIG) Torches Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW or Stick) Solutions Plasma Arc Cutting (PAC) Solutions Automated Cutting GT-Pak Natural Gas Pressure Booster Systems
1-3 4-17 4-17 18-23 24-25 26 26 27 28-31 32 33-35 36-39 40-46 47 48 49-53 54-55 56-57 58
Laser Solutions Laser Consumables Plasma and Air Carbon Arc Gouging Solutions Exothermic Process
6 1
Other operations may require forceddraft ventilation, local exhaust hoods or booths, or personal filter respirators or air-supplied masks. Welding inside tanks, boilers, or other confined spaces requires special pro c e d u re such as s, the use of an air-supplied hood or hose mask. Sample the welding atmosphere and check the ventilation system if workers develop unusual symptoms or complaints. Measurements may be needed to determine whether adequate ventilation is being provided. A qualified person, such as an industrial hygienist, should survey the welding operations and surrounding environment. Do not weld on plate contaminated with unknown material. The fumes and gases which are formed could be hazardous to your health. Remove all paint and other coatings before welding. More complete information on health protection and ventilation recommendations for general welding and cutting can be found in the American National Standard Z49.1, Safety in Welding and Cutting. This document is available from the American Welding Society, 550 N.W. LeJeune Road, Miami, FL 33126.
4. Moisture and water can conduct electricity. To prevent shock, it is advisable to keep work areas, equipment and clothing dry at all times. Fix water leaks immediately. Make sure that you are well insulated. Wear dry gloves, rubber-soled shoes, or stand on a dry board or platform .
6 3
4. Wear high, snug-fitting shoes. Avoid wearing low or loose shoes which would allow hot spatter to get inside. 5. Wear cuffless pants. By wearing pants with no cuffs, you eliminate a dangerous spark and spatter trap. Pant legs should overlap shoe tops to prevent spatter from getting into your shoes. 6. Wear clean clothes. Do not wear clothing that has been stained with oil and grease. It may burn if ignited by the heat of the arc.
* As a rule of thumb, start with a shade that is too dark to see the arc zone. Then go to a lighter shade which gives sufficient view of the arc zone without exerting a strain on your eyes.
2. Protect against arc flashes, mechanical injury or other mishaps. Wear spectacles or safety glasses with No. 2 shade filter lens and side shields inside the welding helmet or hand shield. Helpers and observers should wear similar protection. 3. Wear protective clothing such as heat and fire-resistant jackets, aprons, and leggings. Exposure to prolonged or intense arc radiation can cause injury. Thin cotton clothing is inadequate protection. Cotton deteriorates with this type of radiation.
Voltage (volts)
Number of Passes
Tee Joint Weld Fillet Size (in) Metal per foot of weld
30-50 30-50 45-55 55-65 70-90 90-110 110-125 135-160 170-195 200-220 260 280 300 320 320 320 320 320
70-100 70-100 100-110 100-120 120-130 90 120 160 200 240 300 345 385 400 400 400 400 400
28 28 25 25 30 25 25 27 30 30 30 28 26 30 26 24 22 16
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2-3 4-5
0.023 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.035 0.035 0.035 0.035 0.035 0.045 0.045 0.045 0.045 0.045 0.045 0.045 0.045
StarGoldTM C-25 StarGoldTM C-25 StarGoldTM C-25 StarGoldTM C-25 StarGoldTM C-25 Stargon
TM
0.024 0.030 0.036 0.048 0.06 0.075 0.105 0.125 0.135 0.187 0.250 0.312 0.375 0.425 0.500 0.625 0.032 0.035 0.072 0.129 0.201 0.289 0.394 0.514 0.804
20 Gauge 18 Gauge 16 Gauge 14 Gauge 12 Gauge 1/8 10 Gauge 3/16 1/4 5/16
Stargon
TM
TM
StarGoldTM C-10 StarGoldTM C-10 StarGold C-10 StarGold C-10 StarGoldTM C-10 StarGoldTM C-10 StarGold C-10 StarGoldTM C-10
TM TM TM
6 5
Optional Accessories Shielding Gas Cylinder Cart Gasless Wi re Kit P rotective Cover
Replacement Part s Contact Tip Ta p e red Tip Liner Diffuser Nozzle Sizes Nozzle Flush
Part Number Input Power Input Amperage Welding Range (Low-High) Rated DC Output Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight Includes:
MIL907019 (Voltage/Phase/Cycle) 115/1/60 20 30-135 A (Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle) 90 A @ 18 VDC/20% 17.5 x 10.5 x 15.75 in (45 x 27 x 40 cm) 60 lb (27 kg) Power cord and plug; 10 ft (3 m), M-10 MIG gun and cable assembly with liner for .024 -.035 in (0.6 - 0.9 mm) wire; 10 ft (3 m) work cable and clamp; regulator/flow gauge with hose; sample spool of .024 in (0.6 mm) solid wire; two contact tips for .024 in (0.6 mm) wire and two contact tips for .030 in (0.8 mm) wire; dual groove drive roll for .024 in (0.6 mm) or .030/.035 in (0.8/0.9 mm) wire. 0.023" (0.6 mm) PRS087299 MIL194010 MIL169716 MIL202925 MIL202926 1/2" (12.7 mm) PRS169715 0.030" (0.8 mm) PRS000067 MIL194011 MIL169716 MIL202925 MIL202926 0.035" (0.9 mm) PRS000068 MIL194011 MIL169716 MIL202925 MIL202926
Optional Accessories Shielding Gas Small Running Gear/ Cylinder Rack Protective Cover
M-10 Gun Replacement Part s Contact Tip Liner Diffuser Feed Roll V- G roove Smooth Feed Roll Knurled Nozzle Sizes Nozzle Flush
Praxair Solutions
Shielding Gas and We l d i n g Wire Solutions for GMAW of Steel 24-14 Gauge Thick with Lincoln SP-135 Plus or Miller Millermatic 135
Shielding Gas Praxair StarGold C-25 Praxair StarGold C-25 Gasless Gasless Gasless Gasless
Welding Wi re 0.023" (0.6mm) PROSTAR S6 2# PRSS6RN06B001 PROSTAR S6 12# PRSS6RN06P006 PROSTAR FC-SS-11 2# PROSTAR FC-SS-11 10# PROSTAR FC-SS-GS 2# PROSTAR FC-SS-GS 10#
0.030" (0.8 mm) 0.035" (0.9 mm) PRSS6RN08B001 PRSS6RN09B001 PRSS6RN08P006 PRSS6RN09P006 PRSS222108-719 PRSS222108-722 PRSS222308-719 PRSS222306-722 PRSS222308-722
7
Optional Accessories Shielding Gas Cylinder Cart Gasless Wi re Kit Protective Cover Praxair StarGold C-25 LINK520 LINK549-1 LINK2377-1
Replacement Part s Contact Tip Ta p e red Tip Liner Diffuser Nozzle Sizes Nozzle Flush Nozzle Recessed
Part Number Input Power Input Amperage Welding Range (Low-High) Rated DC Output Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight Includes:
MIL907020 (Voltage/Phase/Cycle) 230/1/60 19.5 30-175 A (Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle) 130 A @ 20 VDC/30% 17.5 x 10.5 x 15.75 in (44 x 27 x 40 cm) 73 lb (33 kg) Power cord and plug; 10 ft (3 m), M-10 MIG gun and cable assembly with liner for .024 -.035 in (0.6 - 0.9 mm) wire; 10 ft (3 m) work cable and clamp; regulator/flow gauge with hose; sample spool of .024 in (0.6 mm) solid wire; two contact tips for .024 in (0.6 mm) wire and two contact tips for .030 in (0.8 mm) wire; dual groove drive roll for .024 in (0.6 mm) or .030/.035 in (0.8/0.9 mm) wire.
0.023" (0.6mm) PRS087299 MIL194010 MIL169716 MIL202925 MIL202926 1/2" (12.7mm) PRS169715 0.030" (0.8 mm) PRS000067 MIL194011 MIL169716 MIL202925 MIL202926 0.035" (0.9 mm) PRS000068 MIL194011 MIL169716 MIL202925 MIL202926
Optional Accessories Shielding Gas Small Running Gear/ Cylinder Rack Protective Cover
M-10 Gun Replacement Part s Contact Tip Liner Diffuser Feed Roll V- G roove Smooth Feed Roll Knurled Nozzle Sizes Nozzle Flush
Praxair Solutions
Shielding Gas and Welding Wi re Solutions for GMAW of Steel 24-10 Gauge Thick with Lincoln SP-175 Plus or Miller Millermatic 175
Shielding Gas Praxair StarGold C-25 Praxair StarGold C-25 Gasless Gasless Gasless Gasless
Welding Wi re 0.023" (0.6mm) PROSTAR S6 2# PRSS6RN06B001 PROSTAR S6 12# PRSS6RN06P006 PROSTAR FC-SS-11 2# PROSTAR FC-SS-11 10# PROSTAR FC-SS-GS 2# PROSTAR FC-SS-GS 10#
0.030" (0.8 mm) 0.035" (0.9 mm) PRSS6RN08B001 PRSS6RN09B001 PRSS6RN08P006 PRSS6RN09P006 PRSS222108-719 PRSS222108-722 PRSS222308-719 PRSS222306-722 PRSS222308-722
6 7
Optional Accessories Shielding Gas Dual Cylinder Kit Spool Gun and Adapter Kit Protective Cover
Replacement Parts Contact Tip Ta p e red Tip Liner Diffuser Insulator Nozzle Nozzle Adjustable
Part Number Input Power (VAC) Input Amperage Welding Range (Low-High) Rated DC Output (Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle) Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight Includes:
MIL907046 200/230/1/60 31/27 30-210 A 160 A @ 24.5 VDC/60% 32 x 19 x 39 in (81 x 48 x 99 cm) 200 lb (91 kg) Power cord and plug; 12 ft (3.7 m), 250 amp M-25 MIG gun for .030/.035 in wire; factory-installed dual gas solenoids; 10 ft (3 m) work cable and clamp; regulator/flow gauge with hose; extra contact tips; factory-installed running gear/cylinder rack; .030/.035 in reversible dual groove drive rolls; set-up and operation video. 0.030" (0.8 mm) PRS000067 MIL176797 MIL194011 MIL169728 MIL169729 MIL079594 MIL202926 0.035" (0.9 mm) PRS000068 MIL176793 MIL194011 MIL169728 MIL169729 MIL079595 MIL079606 0.045" (1.0 mm) PRS000069 MIL176794 MIL194012
M-25 Gun Replacement Part s Contact Tip Ta p e red Tip Liner Diffuser Nozzle Adapter Nozzle Flush Feed Roll V- G roove Smooth Feed Roll Knurled
Praxair Solutions
Shielding Gas and Welding Wi re Solutions for GMAW of Steel 24-7 Gauge Thick with Lincoln Power MIG 215 or Miller Millermatic 210
Shielding Gas Praxair Stargon Praxair Stargon Praxair Stargon Gasless Gasless
Welding 0.023" Wi re (0.6 mm) PROSTAR S6 PRSS6RN06P006 12 lb Spool PROSTAR S6 44 lb Spool PROSTAR 71Supreme 10 lb Spool PROSTAR FC-SS-11 10 lb Spool PROSTAR FC-SS-GS 10 lb Spool
PRSS222112-722 PRSS222312-722
7
Optional Accessories Shielding Gas Dual Cylinder Kit Protective Cover Praxair Stargon LINK1702-1 LINK2378-1
Replacement Part s Contact Tip Ta p e red Tip Liner Diffuser Insulator Nozzle Sizes Nozzle Adjustable
Part Number Input Power Input Amperage Welding Range (Low-High) Rated DC Output Dimensions (H x W x D)
Weight Includes:
MIL903868 MIL903869 (Voltage/Phase/Cycle) (Voltage/Phase/Cycle) 200/230/1/60 230/460/575/1/60 48/42 42/21/17 30-300 A 30-300 A (Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle) (Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle) 250 A @ 28 VDC/40% 250 A @ 28 VDC/40% 32 x 19 x 39 in 32 x 19 x 39 in (81 x 48 x 99 cm) (81 x 48 x 99 cm) 215 lb (98 kg) 215 lb (98 kg) Power cord and plug (200/230 V model only); 12 ft (3.7 m), 250 amp M-25 MIG gun for .030/.035 in wire; work cable and clamp; regulator/flow gauge with hose; extra contact tips; factory-installed running gear/cylinder rack; .030/.035 in reversible drive rolls; set-up and operation video. 0.030" (0.8 mm) PRS000067 MIL194011 PRS169728 MIL079594 1/2" (12.7 mm) PRS169715 PRS169724 0.035" (0.9 mm) PRS000068 MIL187117 MIL194011 PRS169728 MIL079595 MIL079606 5/8" (15.9 mm) PRS169727 PRS169726 PRS169725 0.045" (1.0 mm) PRS000069 MIL187118 MIL194012 PRS169728 MIL079596 MIL079607
M-25 Gun Replacement Part s Contact Tip Heavy Duty Tip Liner Diffuser Feed Roll V- G roove Smooth Feed Roll V-Knurled Nozzle Sizes Nozzle (short ) Nozzle Flush Nozzle (long)
Praxair Solutions
Shielding Gas and Welding Wi re Solutions for GMAW of Steel 24 Gauge 1/4 in Thick with Lincoln Power MIG 255C or Miller Millermatic 251
Shieding Gas Praxair Stargon Praxair Stargon Praxair Stargon Gasless Gasless
Welding Wi re PROSTAR S6 12 lb Spool PROSTAR S6 44 lb Spool PROSTAR 71 Supreme 10 lb Spool PROSTAR FC-SS-11 10 lb Spool PROSTAR FC-SS-GS 10 lb Spool
6 9
Replacement Part s Contact Tip Liner Diffuser Insulator Optional Accessories Shielding Gas 25 ft Power Cable for Electrode Holder Nozzle Size Nozzle Adjustable Praxair Stargon PRS3K001
Praxair Solutions
Shielding Gas and Welding Wi re Solutions for GMAW of Steel 24 Gauge - 5/16 in Thick with Panasonic Gunslinger 261
Shielding Gas Praxair Stargon Praxair Stargon Praxair Stargon Gasless Gasless
Welding Wi re PROSTAR S6 44 lb Spool PROSTAR S6 330 lb Pac PROSTAR 71 Supreme 10 lb Spool PROSTAR FC-SS-11 10 lb Spool PROSTAR FC-SS-GS 10 lb Spool
0.035" (0.9 mm) 0.045" (1.0 mm) PRSS6RN09P020 PRSS6RN11P020 PRSS6RW09Q150 PRSS6RW11Q150 PRSS283212-722 PRSS222108-722 PRSS222112-722 PRSS222312-722
PRSS222306-722
PRSS222308-722
PROSTAR Premium Quality MIG Wires Available in three different chemistries (E70S-3, E70S-6, E80S-D2) in a variety of packages: Spools: 60 lb, 44 lb, 33 lb, 12 lb and 2 lb Robotic Twist-Free Pac: 1200 lb, 990 lb, 660 lb and 330 lb Refer to Section 7/3 for details.
Optional Accessories Drive Roll Kits Solid .023-.030 .035 .045 LINKP1696-030S LINKP1696-035S(1) LINKP1696-045S(1) Cored Aluminum .035 .045 .035 3/64 LINKP1697-035C LINKP1697-045C LINKP1695-035A LINKP1695-3/64A
(1)
Part Number Input Power Input Amperage Welding Range (Low-High) Rated DC Output Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight Includes:
6
Tregaskiss To rc h Replacement Part s Contact Tip Liner Diffuser Shock Washer Nozzle Sizes Nozzle Adjustable
MIL907168 460/575 30/24 25-400A 300A@32V/60% 34 x 19 x 41 in (86 x 48 x 105 cm) 181 lb (82 kg) MIG gun, power cord (plug not included); 10 ft (3 m) work cable with heavy-duty clamp; regulator/flow gauge with hose; factory-installed running gear/cylinder rack; gas solenoid, extra contact tips, .035/.045 in (0.9/1.2 mm) V-grooved drive rolls; set-up and operation video. 0.030" (0.8 mm) TRE403-20-30 TRE415-30-15 TRE404-20 TRE402-7 3/8" (9.5 mm) TRE401-4-38 0.035" (0.9 mm) TRE403-20-35 TRE415-35-15 TRE404-20 TRE402-7 1/2" (12.7 mm) TRE401-4-50 0.045" (1.0 mm) TRE403-20-45 TRE415-35-15 TRE404-20 TRE402-7 5/8" (15.9 mm) TRE401-4-62
MIL907300 200-230-260 69/61/30 25-400A (Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle) 300 A @ 32 V/60% 34 x 19 x 41 in (86 x 48 x 105 cm)
Optional Accessories Shielding Gas Tregaskiss Torch 260A Power Pin for Miller Protective Cover
Praxair Solutions
Shielding Gas and Welding Wi re Solutions for GMAW of Steel 22 Gauge 5/16 in Thick with Lincoln Power MIG 350 MP or Miller Millermatic 350P
Shielding Gas Praxair Stargon Praxair Stargon Praxair Stargon Gasless Gasless
Welding Wi re PROSTAR S6 44 lb Spool PROSTAR S6 330 lb Pac PROSTAR 71 Supreme 10 lb Spool PROSTAR FC-SS-11 10 lb Spool PROSTAR FC-SS-GS 10 lb Spool
PRSS222112-722 PRSS222312-722
PRSS222306-722
PRSS222308-722
6 11
Accessories Accessories Shielding Gas Shielding Gas Feeder STT-10 STTII Sense Lead Kit Drive Rolls Regulator/Flowmeter with gas hose Input Control Cable Reference Praxair HeliStar A-1025 Praxair StarGold C-2 LINK1560-1 LINK940-25 LINKP1505-045S PRS23510 LINK1569-10
Accessories P r i m a ryLugs Power Cable Ground Cable Ground Clamp Secondary Lugs Cam Locks Reference TWE9520-1103 PRS3K013* PRS3K013* *(specify cable length) PRS32126 (1 required) PRS32154 LINK852-95
Lincoln STT-10
Part Number Speed Wi re Size Range Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight Includes Accessories Feedrolls LINKP1505-030S LINKP1505-035S LINKP1505-045S
LINK1560-1 35-500 ipm (0.8-12.7 m/min) .023"-.052" 16 x15 x 31 in (41 x 38 x 79 cm) 65 lb (29.5kg) Wi re drive, control box and wire reel stand, 4 feedro l l s
6
Tregaskiss Tough Gun MIG Gun
Part Number Model Replacement Part s Contact Tip Diffuser Liner Shock Washer Nozzle Sizes P a rt Number TRELN4015-XX (XX=wire size) (Wi re Size: 35,45,52,116) 400 amp, 15 ft 0.035" (0.9 mm) TRE403-20-35 TRE404-20 TRE415-35-15 TRE402-11 1/2" (12.7 mm) TRE401-4-50 0.045" (1.0 mm) TRE403-20-45 TRE404-20 TRE415-35-15 TRE402-11 5/8" (15.9 mm) TRE401-4-62
Praxair Solutions
Shielding Gas and Welding Wi re Solutions for GMAW of Stainless Steel 22 Gauge - 3/16 in Thick with Lincoln STTII
Pipe Dia. Steel Root Pass Vdn 8 Vdn Hot & Cap Pass Vup Stainless Steel Root Pass Vdn 8 (Wire Type set to steel) Wall Thick in .375 Base Metal Joint Type Root Opening < in > .062-.11 Weld Pos. Shielding Gas Backing Gas Electrode Type STT Dia. Setting Peak WFS Backgr. Stickout Travel Speed in/min 8-10.5
XL52
V60
5G
ProStar S-6
.045
250
90/100
3/4 - 1
.375
304SS
V60
.08-.11
5G
308LSi
.045
130
80/90
3/4 - 1
8-10.5
6 12
GMAW (MIG) Solutions 16 Gauge to 1/4 inch Steel and Stainless Steel FCAW (Tubular Wire) Solutions 14 Gauge to 3/8 inch Steel and Stainless Steel
Lincoln CV-400
Part Number Input Power Input Amperage Welding Range (Low-High) Rated DC Output Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight
LINK1346-13 (Voltage/Phase/Cycle) 230/460/3/60 77/39 60-500 A (Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle) 400 A @ 36 VDC/100% 27.5 x 22.2 x 32.0 in (70 x 56 x 81 cm) 383 lb (174 kg)
Optional Accessory Part Number LINK841 Description Underc a rriage with 2 cylinder bracket
7
Lincoln LN-7GMA
Part Number Speed Wi re Size Range Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight Optional Accessories Part Number LINK377 LINK417 LINK1524-1 LINK162-1 LINK1504-1 Feedrolls Part Number LINKP653-035S LINKP653-052 LINKP653-052C Description Spindle Optional Digital Voltage (Includes digital display. polarity switch, hold feature for easy checking pro c e d u re) Universal Wi re Reel Stand Spindle Kit with 2 hub 50-60 lb Coil Adapter Description .023-035 Solid .045-052 Solid .045-052 Core d Part Number LINKP653-1/16 LINKP654-3/64A Description 1/16" Solid or Core d 3/64" Aluminum LINK440-2 (2 feedrolls) 75-700 ipm (1.9-17.8 m/min) .023"-1/16" 10.9 x 9.8 x 9.6 in (28 x 25 x 24 cm) 26 lb (10.9 kg)
Part Number Model Replacement Part s Contact Tip Diffuser Liner Shock Washer Nozzle Sizes P a rt Number
TRELN4015-XX (XX=wire size) (Wi re Size: 35, 45, 52, 116) 400 amp, 15 ft 0.035" (0.9 mm) TRE403-20-35 TRE404-20 TRE415-35-15 TRE402-11 1/2" (12.7 mm) TRE401-4-50 0.045" (1.0 mm) TRE403-20-45 TRE404-20 TRE415-35-15 TRE402-11 5/8" (15.9 mm) TRE401-4-62
17-20 17-20 21 25 27 28 29
6 13
MIL903377 (Voltage/Phase/Cycle) 200/230/460/3/60 72/63/32 100-590 A (Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle) 450 A @ 38 VDC/100% 30 x 23 x 38 in (76 x 58 x 97 cm) 384 lb (174 kg)
MIL903394 (Canada) (Voltage/Phase/Cycle) 230/460/575/3/60 63/32/25 100-590 A (Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle) 450 A @ 38 VDC/100% 27.2 x 22.2 x 36 in (69 x 56 x 91 cm) 384 lb (174 kg)
70 Series Feeder
MIL195059 (Single Wi re Model) 50-780 ipm (1.3-19.8 m/min) 13.2 x 13 x 26.5 in (34 x 33 x 67 cm) 43 lb (19.5 kg)
MIL195062 (Dual Wi re Model) 50-780 ipm (1.3-19.8 m/min) 13.2 x 13 x 26.5 in (34 x 33 x 67 cm) 43 lb (19.5 kg)
Accessories Drive Rolls Size .035" (0.9 mm) .045" (1.1 mm) .052" (1.3 mm) 1/16" (1.6 mm) 3/32" (2.4 mm) V Groove For Hard Wi re MIL151026 MIL151027 MIL151028 MIL151029 U Groove For Soft Wi re or Soft-Shelled Cored Wi re s MIL151036 MIL151037 MIL151038 MIL151039 MIL151041
Part Number Model Replacement Part s Contact Tip Diffuser Liner Shock Washer Nozzle Sizes P a rt Number
TREM4015XX (XX=Wi re Size) (Wi re Size: 35, 45, 52, 116) 400 amp, 15 ft 0.035" (0.9 mm) TRE403-20-35 TRE404-20 TRE415-35-15 TRE402-11 1/2" (12.7 mm) TRE401-4-50 0.045" (1.0 mm) TRE403-20-45 TRE404-20 TRE415-35-15 TRE402-11 5/8" (15.9 mm) TRE401-4-62
7
Weight Part Number Wi re Size Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight
Optional Accessories Part Number PANYD-505UR5YAD
PANYW-501FK4Y3 (2 drive roll wire feeder) .035"-.045" (solid wire)/.030"-3/32" (tubular wire) 12 x 8 x 23 in (31 x 20 x 58 cm) 27 lb (12.3 kg)
TREPA4015-XX (XX = Wi re Size) (Wi re size: 35, 45, 52, 116) 400 amp, 15 ft
0.035" (0.9 mm) TRE403-20-35 TRE404-20 TRE415-35-15 TRE402-11 1/2" (12.7 mm) TRE401-4-50 0.045" (1.0 mm) TRE403-20-45 TRE404-20 TRE415-35-15 TRE402-11 5/8" (15.9 mm) TRE401-4-62
17-20 17-20 21 25 27 28 29
6 15
Optional Accessories A c c e s s o ry Shielding Gas Shielding Gas Regulator/Flowmeter with gas hose Reference Praxair Argon for 4043 Praxair HeliStar A-75 for 5356 PRS23510
A c c e s s o ry P r i m a ryLugs Power Cable Ground Cable Ground Clamp Secondary Lugs Reference TWE9520-1103 PRS3K013 PRS3K013 PRS32126 PRS32154
Praxair Solutions
Shielding Gas and Welding Wi re Solutions for Welding of Aluminum
Aluminum 4043 0.035" (0.9 mm) 0.047" (1.2 mm) Aluminum 5356 0.035" (0.9 mm) 0.047" (1.2 mm)
USA (16/20 lb) PRS404315035243 (16 lb) PRS404320047243 (20 lb) USA PRS535615035243 (16 lb) PRS535620047243 (20 lb)
Praxair Gas Argon Argon Praxair Gas HeliStar A-75 HeliStar A-75
6 16
GMAW (MIG) Solutions 24 Gauge to 3/8 in Steel, Stainless Steel and Aluminum FCAW (Tubular Wire) Solutions 18 Gauge to 3/8 inch Steel and Stainless Steel
Part Number Input Power Input Amperage Welding Range (Low-High) Rated DC Output Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight
LINK2263-1 (Voltage/Phase/Cycle) 208/230/460/575/3/50/60 72/65/35 5-570 A DC (Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle) 400 A @ 36 VDC/100% 26 x 20 x 33 in (66 x 51 x 84 cm) 293 lb (133 kg)
A c c e s s o ry P r i m a ryLugs Ground Cable Ground Clamp Secondary Lugs Underc a rriage (2 cyl.)
LINK2230-1 50-1200 ipm (1.2-30.5 m/min) Solid .023"-3/32" (0.6-2.4 mm) .025 - 3/32 Cored .035"-1/8" (0.9-3.0 mm) .035 -.120 20 x 23 x 34 in (51 x 58 x 86 cm) 20 x 20 x 30.7 (51 x 51 x 78) 90 lb (48 kg)
Welding Arm
Accessories Part Number Description LINK1634-1 Plastic Wi re Reel Cover (for up to 44 lb packages) LINK1634-2 Plastic Wi re Reel Cover (for up to 60 lb packages) LINK1504-1 60 lb Coil Adapter LINK1778-1 Welding Arm* (Max. load cap. 150 lbs) *Can be mounted on the floor or on a steel mounting base for portability in fabrication, auto repair shops and pipe shops. Arm can be positioned above or below horizontal with simple Clevis Pin adjustment. (Shown with power source and feeder.)
TRELN4015-XX (XX- Wi re Size) (Wi re size: 45, 52,116, 564, 332) 400 amp, 15 ft 0.045" (1.0 mm) TRE403-20-45 TRE404-20 TRE415-35-15 TRE402-11 5/8" (15.9 mm) TRE401-4-62 0.052" (1.3 mm) TRE403-20-52 TRE404-20 TRE415-116-15 TRE402-11 1/2" (12.7 mm) TRE401-4-50
Replacement Part s Tough Lock Contact Tip Diffuser Liner Shock Washer Nozzle Sizes P a rt Number
Praxair Solutions
SS Alloy 0.035" (0.9 mm) 0.045" (1.0 mm) Aluminum 4043 0.035" (0.9 mm) 0.047" (1.2 mm) Aluminum 5356 0.035" (0.9 mm) 0.047" (1.2 mm)
Shielding Gas and Welding Wi re Solutions for Welding Stainless Steel or Aluminum 24 Gauge 3/8 in Thick with Lincoln Power Wave 455/STT
309LSi (33 lb) PRS05023 PRS05024 Canada (20 lb) PRSED702611 PRSED702613 Canada PRSED702619 PRSED702621 316LSi (33 lb) PRS05025 PRS05026 Praxair Gas Argon Argon Praxair Gas HeliStar A-75 HeliStar A-75 Praxair Gas HeliStar A-1025 StarGold C-2 Amps 90-170 100-220 Amps 90-170 100-220 Amps 60-220 180-260 Volts 23-25 24-27 Volts 23-25 24-27 Volts 14-27 23-28
308LSi (33 lb) PRS05021 PRS05022 USA (16/20 lb) PRS404315035243 (16 lb) PRS404320047243 (20 lb) USA PRS535615035243 (16 lb) PRS535620047243 (20 lb)
6 17
Drive Rolls V Groove for hard wire MIL151026 MIL161190 MIL151027 MIL151028 MIL151029
Wi re Size .035 in (0.9 mm) .040 in (1.0 mm) .045 in (1.1/1.2 mm) .052 in (1.3/1.4 mm) 1/16 in (1.6 mm) .068/.072 in (18 mm) 5/64 in (2.0 mm) 3/32 in (2.4 mm) 7/64 in (2.8 mm) 1/8 in (3.2 mm) *Accommodates .045 and .047 (3/64 in) wire
Swingarc boom-mounted semi-automatic wire feeders bring an extra dimension of flexibility and efficiency to high-production wire welding stations.
MIG Gun (req u i red , o rder separately)
Pipe post NOT included. Must be ord e red separately. (Shown with Axcess Feeder.)
MIG Guns
1. Nozzle
3. Contact Ti p
5. Liner
1.
Nozzles Part Number Description Nozzle Adjustable Nozzle Adjustable I.D. in (mm) 1/2" (12.7) 5/8" (15.9) 3/8" (9.5) 1/2" (12.7) 5/8" (15.9) 3/8" (9.5)
4.
Gas Diffusers Part Number Description Gas Diffuser (# 2) Gas Diffuser (# 2) 0.023" Gas Diffuser (# 2)
1a PRS22-50 PRS22-62
1b TWE1220-1101 Nozzle Adj. Short Stop PRS22-50-SS 1c PRS22-62-SS Nozzle Adj. Short Stop Nozzle Adj. Short Stop
6
2.
TWE1220-1301 Nozzle Adj. Ta p e red S.S. Insulators Part Number PRS32 3. Contact Ti p s Part Number Description I.D. in (mm) Description
Description Liner Assembly, 15 ft, 0.023" Liner Assembly, 15 ft, 0.030"-0.035" Liner Assembly, 15 ft, 0.040"-0.045" Liner Assembly, 25 ft, 0.040"-0.045" Liner Assembly, Nylon, 15 ft, 0.035"-0.045"
PRS42-3035-15 PRS42-4045-15 O.D. in (mm) 0.028" (0.7) 0.037" (1.0) 0.043" (1.1) 0.028" (0.7) 0.037" (1.0) 0.043" (1.1) 0.043" (1.1) 6. TWE1420-1003 TWE1420-1125
0.023" (0.6) 0.030" (0.8) 0.035" (0.9) 0.023" (0.6) 0.030" (0.8) 0.035" (0.9) 0.035" (0.9)
3b TWE1140-1300 Contact Tip Tapered TWE1140-1301 Contact Tip Tapered PRS14T-35 3c PRS14H-35 Contact Tip Tapered Contact Tip H.D.
Conductor Tubes Part Number TWE1620-1300 TWE1620-1301 Description Conductor Tube 45o Conductor Tube 60o
6 19
1. Nozzle
3. Contact Tip
5. Liner
1. 1a 1b
1c
1d
1e
Nozzles Part Number PRS24A-50 PRS24A-62 TWE1240-1101 TWE1240-1111 PRS24A-62-SS TWE1240-1131 TWE1240-1301 TWE1230-1100 TWE1230-1110 PRS23-62 TWE1230-1130 TWE1230-1210 PRS23H-62 TWE1230-1230 TWE1230-1112 TWE1230-1122 TWE1230-1132 TWE1240-1414 PRS24CT-62-S PRS24CT-75-S
Description Nozzle Adjustable Nozzle Adjustable Nozzle Adjustable Short Stop Nozzle Adjustable Short Stop Nozzle Adjustable Short Stop Nozzle Adjustable Short Stop Nozzle Adjustable Ta p e red S.S. Nozzle Insulated Nozzle Insulated Nozzle Insulated Nozzle Insulated Nozzle Insulated Heavy-Duty Nozzle Insulated Heavy-Duty Nozzle Insulated Heavy-Duty Nozzle Insulated Flush Nozzle Insulated Flush Nozzle Insulated Flush Nozzle Coarse Thread Nozzle Coarse Thread Nozzle Coarse Thread
I.D. in (mm) 1/2" (12.7) 5/8" (15.9) 3/8" (9.5) 1/2" (12.7) 5/8" (15.9) 3/4" (19.1) 3/8" (9.5) 3/8" (9.5) 1/2" (12.7) 5/8" (15.9) 3/4" (19.1) 1/2" (12.7) 5/8" (15.9) 3/4" (19.1) 1/2" (12.7) 5/8" (15.9) 3/4" (19.1) 1/2" (12.7) 5/8" (15.9) 3/4" (19.1)
4.
Gas Diffusers Part Number Description PRS54A Gas Diffuser Liners Part Number PRS44-116-15
2.
5. Description Insulator for Adjustable Nozzles Insulator for Coarse Thread Nozzles
Description
Contact Ti p s Part Number Description Contact Tip Contact Tip Contact Tip Contact Tip Contact Tip Contact Tip Contact Tip Tapered Contact Tip Tapered Contact Tip H.D. Contact Tip H.D. Contact Tip H.D. Contact Tip H.D. Contact Tip H.D.
3a PRS14-30 PRS14-35 TWE1140-1103 PRS14-45 TWE1140-1105 TWE1140-1113 3b TWE1140-1301 PRS14T-35 PRS14H-45 3c TWE1140-1203 PRS14H-45 PRS14H-52 TWE1140-1213
I.D. in (mm) 0.030" (0.8) 0.035" (0.9) 0.040" (1.0) 0.045" (1.2) 0.052" (1.3) 3/64" (1.2) Al. 0.030" (0.8) 0.035" (0.9) 0.035" (0.9) 0.040" (1.0) 0.045" (1.2) 0.052" (1.3) 3/64" (1.3)
O.D. in (mm) 0.037" (1.0) 0.043" (1.1) 0.048" (1.2) 0.055" (1.4) 0.063" (1.6) 0.059" (1.5) 0.037" (1.0) 0.043" (1.1) 0.043" (1.1) 0.048" (1.2) 0.055" (1.4) 0.063" (1.6) 0.059" (1.5)
Liner Assembly, 15 ft, 1/16" PRS44-3545-15 Liner Assembly, 15 ft, 0.035"-0.045" TWE1440-1105 Liner Assembly, 25 ft, 0.035"-0.045" TWE1440-1003 Liner Assembly, Nylon, 15 ft, 0.035"-0.045"
I.D. in (mm) 0.076" (1.9) 0.066" (1.7) 0.066" (1.7) 0.066" (1.7)
O.D. in (mm) 0.188" (4.8) 0.188" (4.8) 0.188" (4.8) 0.188" (4.8)
6. Conductor Tubes Part Number Description 6a TWE1630-1111 Conductor Tube 60o for # 3 6b TWE1640-1105 Conductor Tube 45o for # 4 TWE1640-1106 Conductor Tube 60o for # 4
MIG Guns
1. Nozzle
3. Contact Ti p
5. Liner
1.
Nozzles Part Number Description I.D. in (mm) 1/2" (12.7) 5/8" (15.9) 3/4" (19.1)
4.
Gas Diffusers Part Number PRS55 PRS55H Description Gas Diffuser use with 45N-116, 45-564 liners Gas Diffuser use with 45H-332 liners
TWE1250-1410 Nozzle Course Thread TWE1250-1420 Nozzle Course Thread TWE1250-1430 Nozzle Course Thread 2. Insulators Part Number Description
TWE1550-1110 Gas Diffuser use with 45-3545, 45-116 liners 5. Liners Part Number TWE1450-1113 Description Liner Assembly, 15 ft, 1/16" Liner Assembly, 25 ft, 1/16" Liner Assembly, 15 ft, 0.035"-0.045" Liner Assembly, 25 ft, 0.035"-0.045" Liner Assembly, 15 ft, 5/64" Liner Assembly, 15 ft, 3/32" Liner Assembly, Nylon, 15 ft, 1/16" I.D. in (mm) 0.076" (1.9) 0.076" (1.9) 0.066" (1.7) 0.066" (1.7) 0.098" (2.5) 0.124" (3.1) 0.100" (2.5) O.D. in (mm) 0.188" (4.8) 0.188" (4.8) 0.188" (4.8) 0.148 " (3.8) 0.238" (6.0) 0.268" (6.8) 0.185" (4.7)
6
3.
TWE1350-1400 Nozzle Insulator Course Thread Contact Ti p s Part Number 3a TWE1150-1213 TWE1150-1214 PRS15H-35 PRS15H-45 PRS15H-52 PRS15H-116 3b PRS15HFC-45 TWE1150-1255 PRS15HFC-116 PRS15HFC-564 PRS15HFC-332 Description Contact Tip H.D. Contact Tip H.D. Contact Tip H.D. Contact Tip H.D. Contact Tip H.D. Contact Tip H.D. Contact Tip HD F-C Contact Tip HD F-C Contact Tip HD F-C Contact Tip HD F-C Contact Tip HD F-C I.D. in (mm) O.D. in (mm) TWE1450-1115 TWE1450-1103 TWE1450-1105 TWE1450-1123 TWE1450-1133 TWE1450-1013
3/64" (1.2) Al 0.059" (1.5) 1/16" (1.6) Al 0.081" (2.1) 0.035" (0.9) 0.045" (1.2) 0.052" (1.3) 1/16" (1.6) 0.045" (1.2) 0.052" (1.3) 0.116" (2.9) 5/64" (2.0) 3/32" (2.4) 0.043" (1.1) 0.055" (1.4) 0.063" (1.6) 0.073" (1.9) 0.055" (1.4) 0.063" (1.6) 0.073" (1.9) 0.093" (2.4) 0.110" (2.8) 6.
TWE1650-1110 Conductor Tube 45o 5" radius bend TWE1650-1111 Conductor Tube 60o 5" radius bend
6 21
1. Chassis Part Number TREXS1810 TREXS1812 TREXS1815 TREXS2610 TREXS2612 TREXS2615 TREXS3210 TREXS3212 TREXS3215 3. Liner/Tip Kit Part Number TREXS23 TREXS30 TREXS35 TREXS45 Description .023 wire .030 wire .035 wire .045 wire Description 180A, 10 ft 180A, 12 ft 180A, 15 ft 260A, 10 ft 260A, 12 ft 260A, 15 ft 300A, 10 ft 300A, 12 ft 300A, 15 ft
2. Power Pin P a rt Number TREXS214 TREXS214-1 TREXS214-12 TREXS214-2 TREXS214-29 TREXS214-4 TREXS214-5 Description TWECO #4 MILLER TWECO #5 LINCOLN H O B A RT L-TEC CENTURY
1. Chassis Part Number TREXL3010 TREXL3012 TREXL3015 TREXL4010 TREXL4012 TREXL4015 Description 300A, 10 ft 300A, 12 ft 300A, 15 ft 400A, 10 ft 400A, 12 ft 400A, 15 ft
2. Power Pin Part Number TREXS214 TREXS214-6 TREXS214-12 TREXS214-2 TREXS214-29 TREXS214-4 TREXS214-5 Description TWECO #4 MILLER TWECO #5 LINCOLN HOBART L-TEC CENTURY
3. Liner/Tip Kit P a rt Number TREXL116 TREXL16 TREXL35 TREXL45 TREXL52 Description 5/16 wire 1/16 wire .035 wire .045 wire .052 wire
100 % Duty Cycle Model XS18 XS26 XS32 XL30 XL40 CO2 180 amp 260 amp 300 amp 300 amp 400 amp Mixed 120 amp 180 amp 200 amp 200 amp 275 amp
60 % Duty Cycle Model XS18 XS26 XS32 XL30 XL40 CO2 200 amp 325 amp 400 amp 400 amp 525 amp Mixed 150 amp 260 amp 300 amp 300 amp 400 amp
Standard Replacement Parts for TGX Chassis Chassis Model XS18 XS26 XS32 XL30 XL40 Nozzle Part Number TRE151-50 TRE401-4-50 TRE401-4-50 TRE401-4-50 TRE401-6-62 Retaining Head Part Number TRE154-14 TRE404-14 TRE404-14 TRE404-20 TRE404-20 Gooseneck Insulator Part Number TRE152-2 TRE402-7 TRE402-7 TRE402-7 TRE402-7 Switch Part Number TRE211-5 TRE211-5 TRE211-5 TRE411-1 TRE411-1 Tough Lock Contact Tips Part Number TRE403-14-XX TRE403-14-XX TRE403-14-XX TRE403-20-XX TRE403-20-XX
Complete Air Cooled Robotic To rch Assemblies Part Number Description TRE5404-XX Air-cooled, 500 amp, 4 ft TRE5404.5-XX Air-cooled, 500 amp, 4.5 ft TRE5405-XX Air-cooled, 500 amp, 5 ft TRE5406-XX Air-cooled, 500 amp, 6 ft TRE5408-XX Air-cooled, 500 amp, 8 ft TRE5410-XX Air-cooled, 500 amp, 10 ft TRE5412-XX Air-cooled, 500 amp, 12 ft TRE5415-XX Air-cooled, 500 amp, 15 ft X X = Wi re Sizes: 30, 35, 1.0, 45, 52, 116, 564, 332
Tough Gun I.C.E. Configurations P a rt Number Cable Length TREI5404-XX 4 ft. TREI5404.5-XX 4.5 ft. TREI5405-XX 5 ft. TREI5406-XX 6 ft. TREI5408-XX 8 ft. TREI5410-XX 10 ft. TREI5412-XX 12 ft. TREI5415-XX 15 ft. X X = Wi re Sizes: 30, 35, 1.0, 45, 52, 116, 564, 332 Other lengths available upon request.
5
5 1 2 3 4
6
S t a n d a rd Replacement Parts for Robotic To rch Assemblies Chassis Nozzle Retaining Gooseneck Contact Tips (5) (1) Head (3) Insulator (4) (2) Model Part # Part # Part # P a rt # 540X TRE401-6-62 TRE404-30 TRE402-11 TRE403-20-XX Available Options: Air-Blast System, Jog Switch, Wi re Break X X = Wi re Sizes: 30, 35, 45, 52, 116 S t a n d a rd Replacement Parts for TG I.C.E. Gooseneck Nozzle (4) (1) P a rt # Part # 500 amp TRE405-180 QC TRE401-6-2 X X = Wi re Sizes: 30, 35, 45, 52, 116 Model Model Retainer (3) Part # TRE404-30 Contact Tips (2) P a rt # TRE403-20-XX Leather Wrap (6) Part # TRE590-3-CL
Duty Cycles for the 500 amp Air-Cooled Robotic MIG Gun 100% Duty Cycle CO2 Argon/CO2 500A 350A 60% Duty Cycle CO2 Argon/CO2 650A 500A
Gooseneck Assembly (5) P a rt # 500 amp TRE590-XX-OD XX=Gooseneck Angle, OD=Nozzle, CL=Cable Length Model
Model 54 Series
Quick Load Liner Wi re Size Liner Part # Retainer Part # 0.035 - 0.045 TRE415-35-6Q TRE415-26 0.045 - 1/16 TRE415-116-6Q TRE415-26 To order a gun with Quick Load Liner included add a Q to the order number. e.g. TRE5404-35-Q
Water Line Assembly Water Line Bracket (7) (8) P a rt # Part # 500 amp TRE590-4 TRE590-2 TOUGH GUN I.C.E. is available for gooseneck angles: 22, 45, 180. Available for all standard duty and heavy duty nozzles. Duty Cycles 100% Duty Cycle CO2 Mixed 550A 400A 60% Duty Cycle CO2 Mixed 700A 550A
6 23
Robotic Arm s Part Number TREAS-306-1 TREAS-306-2 TREAS-306-3 TREAS-306-4 Description Gun mount for 180 degree neck Gun mount for 22 degree neck Gun mount for 45 degree neck Gun mount for 45 degree neck - W/C only
Robotic Clutch Part Number TREAS-708 TREAS-720 TREAS-730 Description Robotic safety clutch - w/cord Robotic safety clutch Clutchless bracket - solid arm mount
7
Tough Gun Robotic Reamers Part Number TRETT-0938-01 Description For the following nozzles: 401-4-62, 40145-62, 401-45-62, 401-46-62, 451-5-62, 451-6-62, 401-8-62, 451-8-62 For the following nozzles: 401-42-50, 401-44-50, 401-45-50, 401-46-50, 401-47-50, 401-48-50, 401-4-50 For the following nozzles: 401-4-38, 401-40-38, 401-45-38, 401-46-38 For the following nozzles: 401-4-75, 401-45-75, 401-46-75, 451-5-75, 451-6-75 For the following nozzles: 401-5-62, 401-6-62, 401-7-62, 451-1-62, 651-5-62, 651-6-62, 401-84-62, 451-82-62 For the following nozzles: 401-6-50
Tough Gun Reamer Stand Part Number TRERST-1000-A TRERST-1200-A Description Reamer Stand w/no filter Regulator Lubricator Reamer Standw/SMC FRL
TRETT-0938-04
TRETT-0938-06 Robotic Gooseneck Alignment Guage Part Number TREG-405 TREG-458 TREG-495 Description Universal Gauge - for QC Air-Cooled Universal Gauge - for Robotic Water-Cooled Universal Gauge- for QC Water-Cooled TRETT-0938-12 TRETT-1060-01
TRETT-1060-04 Tough Gard Anti-Spatter Part Number TRETG-101-05 TRETG-101-14S TRETG-101-32SP TRETG-101-55 TRETG-102-1G Description Tough Gard 5 gal. Tough Gard 14 oz Tough Gard 25 oz spray bottle Tough Gard 55 gal. Tough Gard gel
Exclusive patented center-mounted robot design maximizes usable robot work envelope by placing robot closer to workpiece and by aligning the table and robot envelope geometry Handles high volume small and medium-sized part s Provides operator with proper and safer robot programming position Industry-leading payload and exchange time Unitized base easily transported, improved repeatability
Customizable workcell configuration Table Diameter - 84", 96" Weight Capacity 83" table 750 lb per side 96" table 500 lb per side Optional 1000 lb per side Load height adjustable from 16.75" up Safety package light curtains, gate interlocks, fence barr i e r s
Designed for the job-shop manufacturing environment low to-medium part volumes and high changeover applications No downtime during fixture changeover system able to run opposing station during change over Handles multiple part numbers simultaneously Maximized throughput and robot utilization Material flow optimization Customizable workcell configuration
Quick workcell relocation I n d u s t ry-leading payload, tooling length and swing diameter in class Tooling lengths 84", 96", 120" Weight capacity 10002000 lb per side Swing diameter 54" Load height 32" standard (32"-44 optional) Safety package photocells, gate interlocks, fence barr i e r s
Modular-Systems Modular-Systems are designed to allow the individual workcell components to be configured to meet a projects specific production needs
Modular components are placed together in a building block fashion, interacting with one another to comprise a cohesive and complete robotic welding system Modular-Systems are designed to weld larg e r, heavier workpieces often found in the construction, industrial and related industries Handles low-to-medium part volumes and/or a medium-to-high mix of parts Modular-Systems can be configured to fit your application from a wide a rray of components and options
Configurations include options on workpiece positioners, robot transporters, robot models, power sources, operator interfaces, weight capacities and tooling lengths to name a few. Modular-Systems will often include a robot transporter to increase the robots work envelope and enable the system to weld large parts and hard-to-reach welds Other common enhancements include advanced robot and weld-monitoring features such as coordinated motion, touch sensing, seam tracking and arc data monitoring
6 25
VR-004G II arc welding 6-axis articulated robot manipulator with 947 mm reach to the center line of the sixth axis and +0.1mm/0.004 or less repeatability Fully-integrated robot controller digitally-interfaced with high-perf o rm ance Panasonic Artificially Intelligent inverter power supply and 32-bit RISC processors for superior welding performance Exclusive Windows TM CE-based teach pendant that provides a userfriendly interface that enhances productivity and complete offline operator training capabilities Superior arc starts through a patented technology known as impulse arc starts and flying arc starts that save time and incre a s e productivity Integrated safety environment - fully compliant to RA 1506.1999, UL1740, CSA Z434 and NFPA79 Full digital technology for improved weld quality and lower spatter P e rf o rm A rc 42 has 2 large stationary work surf a c e s P e rf o rm A rc 102S has a Servocontrolled, high-speed turntable, provides low maintenance, reliable operation, 60-inch working diameter
P e rf o rm A rc 42
P e rf o rm A rc 102S
Part Positioner
Handles large, awkward weldments with ease, speeding completion time and increasing worker safety.
Features 4,000 lbs. load capacity 20 in. maximum CG distance from mounting plate 10 in. maximum CG distance from center of shaft 96,000 in. lbs. maximum tilt torque 40,000 in. lbs. maximum rotational torque 1 to 6 feet adjustable height 155 degrees maximum tilt angle 360 degrees maximum part rotation 180 degrees maximum base rotation 24 in. square mounting plate 29 in. maximum clamping diameter Floor-mounted or footing mount models Available custom-designed fixturing Specifications Weight Floor Mount 12,430 lbs. Footing Mount 5,910 lbs. Height Floor Mount 64 Footing Mount 62 Area Required 12 ft. x 8 ft. Footprint 90 Swing Radius Electrical 30 amp/460 volts Lockout/Tag out
6 27
FilterBox FilterBox is a flexible modular system to solve the most common demands regarding fumes and dust. Simple and effective technique, together with uncomplicated maintenance, are the reasons for the success of this well-proven product. Accessories can be attached to improve individual application. Can be combined to work as a mobile unit or as a fixed mount unit, depending on individual needs. For extra-efficient filter cleaning, the FilterBox can be equipped with compressed air cleaning. All features apply to the standard model Please specify arm, fan size, and voltage requirements Can be used with any of the Nederman Extraction Arms FilterBox trolley mount with arm, 1hp fan 110V, motorized cleaning Part Number: NEDFB-03 Simple installation Modular system to meet individual requirements Well-proven technique
FilterCart Original
Extraction Arm Original The Nederman Original extraction arm has been cleaning and improving the air in many workplaces throughout the world for more than 25 years. It is specially designed for working environments with fumes, vapors or non-explosive dust. Typical workplaces are the metal fabrication industry or other types of industries where extraction is needed. The applications can be welding, grinding or other industrial processes where an easily-positioned arm is required. The arm is available in four types: 2m/7 ft for tight spaces, for example in welding booths or where the need for reach is small 3m/10 ft, which is the most common Nederman arm, an extended version of the 2m/7 ft arm
4m/14 ft, Horizontal: Long reach and fits under low ceilings 4m/14 ft, Vertical: Long reach for work when the need for extraction is at both high and low levels
The product is suspended by a swivel which allows the product to rotate 360O The arm is flexible in all directions and simple to position The product can be mounted in combination with different brackets, extension arms, on exhaust rails or on fixed or mobile filter equipment The product is equipped with a damper in the hood as standard The product can be connected direct to a single fan or to a ducted system A wide range of accessories available
Part No. NED10230030 NED10230040 NED10230050 Original arm 2m/7 + N16 3 phase 230/400V fan + Wall bracket Original arm 3m/10 + N16 3 phase 230/400V fan + Wall bracket Original arm 4m/14 vertical + N24 3 phase 230/400V fan + Wall bracket
Extraction Arm Original
Flat H&V Ovhd Flat H&V Ovhd Flat H&V Ovhd Flat H&V Ovhd
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
8 8 8 10 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
1/2 3/8 3/8 1/2 3/8 3/8 3/4 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 3/4
8 6 6 8 6 6 12 8 8 12 12 12
20 20 25 20 20 25 25 25 30 30 30 35
50 50 62 40 50 62 62 62 75 75 75 87
1/16 1/16 1/16 1/8 3/32 3/32 5/32 1/8 5/32 3/16 3/16 3/16
3/32 3/32 3/32 1/8 1/8 1/8 5/32 5/32 5/32 3/16 3/16 3/16
Recommended Shielding Gases Praxair HeliStar A-75 (25% Helium/75% Arg o n ) Praxair Arg o n
Recommended Shielding Gases Praxair HeliStar A-75 (25% Helium/75% Arg o n ) Praxair HydroStar H-5 Praxair Arg o n
6 29
Part Number Input Power Input Amperage Welding Range (Low-High) Rated DC Output Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight Includes
LINK2345-1 LINK2345-2 (Voltage/Phase/Cycle) (Voltage/Phase/Cycle) 208/230/1/60 460/575/1/60 70/64 32-26 5-185 5-185 (Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle) (Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle) 185 A @ 27 V/15% 185A @ 27V/15% 19.5 x 13.7 x 25 in 19.5 x 13.7 x 25 in (50 x 38 x 64 cm) (50 x 38 x 64 cm) 192 lb (87 kg) 192 lb (87 kg) Torch parts storage compartment, torch hanger, 10 ft. (3.0 m), work cable and clamp, removable lift eye, input power cord (208/230V models include plug), TIG slide rule, GTAW (TIG) handbook
Accessories Refere n c e / P a rt Number PRSCK17-12-RR LINK2348-1 LINK963-1 LSWOHASAB PRS23510 Accessories ProStar PA-17 TIG Torch (air) 12 ft. Understorage Cart Hand Amperage Control Foot Amperage Contro l Regulator/Flowmeter
Part Number Input Power Input Amperage Welding Range (Low-High) Rated DC Output Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight Includes
MIL907054 (Voltage/Phase/Cycle) 208/230/1/60 54 10-180 (Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle) 150 A @ 26 VDC/40% 21 x 13.6 x 22.2 in (53 x 35 x 56 cm) 224 lb (102 Kg)
30 x 16 x 22 in (76 x 41 x 56cm)
Power source with primary cord; gas regulator and hose; electrode holder with quick-connect; 150 A TIG torch with 12 ft cord; RFCS-14 foot control with 20 ft (6 m) cord; 12 ft (3.7 m) work cable with clamp and quick-connect
Features
Optional Accessories Refere n c e / P a rt Number MIL195021 MIL195318 LSWOHASAA PRS23510 A c c e s s o ry Running Gear Protective Cover Foot Amperage Control Regulator/Flowmeter
6 30
GTAW (TIG) Solutions 30 to 10 Gauge Steel and Stainless Steel GTAW (TIG) Solutions 18 to 10 Gauge Aluminum
Part Number Input Power Input Amperage with PFC* without PFC* Welding Range (Low-High) Rated DC Output Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight
LINK1826-1 (Voltage/Phase/Cycle) 208/230/460/1/60 64/58/29A 86/78/39A 2-340 A AC DC (Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle) 225 A @ 29 VDC/60% 31 x 22 x26 in (78 x 56 x 66 cm) 397 lb (180 Kg)
LINK1826-2 (Voltage/Phase/Cycle) 460/575/1/60 29/23A 39/31A 2-340 A AC DC (Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle) 225 A @ 29 VDC/60% 24 x 19 x 28 in (61 x 48 x 71 cm) 397 lb (180 Kg)
* PFC = Power Factor Correction which will reduce input amperage by 12-15%.
Optional Accessories Refere n c e / P a rt Number CKW312HCLV CKW325HCLV LINK1619-1 A c c e s s o ry TIG Cable Cover 1-1/4 dia. (10 ft) TIG Cable Cover 1-1/4 dia. (23 ft) TIG Pulser
6
Miller Syncrowave 250 DX
Part Number Input Power Input Amperage with PFC* without PFC* Welding Range (Low-High) Rated DC Output Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight Features MIL907194 (Voltage/Phase/Cycle) 200/230/460/1/60 88/77/38 60/52/26 3-310 A (Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle) 200 A @ 28 VAC/60% 36 x 22 x 25 in (92 x 57 x 64 cm) 378 lb (172 kg) Square Wave Output MIL907195 (Voltage/Phase/Cycle) 230/460/575/1/60 77/38/31 52/26/21 3-310 A (Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle) 200 A @ 28 VAC/60% 36 x 22 x 25 in (92 x 57 x 64 cm) 378 lb (172 kg)
* PFC = Power Factor Correction which will reduce input amperage by 12-15%
Optional Accessories
A c c e s s o ry TIG Cable Cover 1-1/4 dia. (10 ft) TIG Cable Cover 1-1/4 dia. (23 ft) No. 37 Running Gear Foot Amperage Contro l Regulator/Flowmeter
6 31
Part Number Input Power Input Amperage Welding Range (Low-High) Rated Output Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight Features
LINK1833-1 (Voltage/Phase/Cycle) 208/230/460/1/60 102/92/46A with PFC 5-420A AC-DC (Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle) 350 A @ 34 V/60% 31 x 22 x 26 in (79 x 56 x 66 cm) 507 lb (230 kg) S q u a re Wave Technology Digital Meters for greater precision Fan as needed (FAN)
LINK1833-2 (Voltage/Phase/Cycle) 460/575/1/60 92/46/37A with PFC 5-420 A AC-DC (Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle) 350 A @ 34 V/60% 31 x 22 x 26 in (79 x 56 x 66 cm) 507 lb (230 kg)
Optional Accessories Refere n c e / P a rt Number CKW312HCLV CKW325HCLV LINK841 LSWOHASAB PRS23510 A c c e s s o ry TIG Cable Cover 1-1/4 dia. (10 ft) TIG Cable Cover 1-1/4 dia. (23 ft) Undercarriage Foot Amperage Contro l Regulator/Flowmeter
Part Number Input Power Input Amperage with PFC* without PFC* Welding Range (Low-High) Rated DC Output Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight Features
MIL907198 (Voltage/Phase/Cycle) 200/230/460/1/60 125/110/65 114/94/47 3-400 A AC-DC (Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle) 300 A @ 32 VAC/60% 36 x 23 x 25 in (92 x 58 x 64 cm) 496 lb (225 Kg) Variable Square Wave Output
MIL907199 (Voltage/Phase/Cycle) 230/460/575/1/60 110/55/42 78/38/31 3-400 A AC-DC (Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle) 300 A @ 32 VAC/60% 36 x 23 x 25.2 in (92 x 58 x 64 cm) 496 lb (225 Kg)
* PFC = Power Factor Correction which will reduce input amperage by 12-15%
Optional Accessories Refere n c e / P a rt Number MIL195320 MIL195282 LSWOHASAA PRS23510 A c c e s s o ry Protective Cover No. 37 Running Gear Foot Amperage Contro l Regulator/Flowmeter
46.5 lb (21 kg) empty 61.2 lb (27.8 kg) full 34 x 9 x 9 in (86 x 23 x 23 cm)
6
Net Weight Dimensions (H x W x D)
To rch Coolant
Manufacturer T h e rm Dynamics al Hypert h e rm Miller
ESAB
6 33
6
Flexible Purge Chamber
The patented Flexible Purge Chamber is used in the Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW)/Tungsten Inert Gas (TIG) process to provide a completely inert atmosphere for the welding of reactive metals such as titanium, molybdenum, nickel-based and aluminum-based alloys, as well as non-reactive metals like stainless steel. Unique to this design is the ability to draw a vacuum around the product to be welded by collapsing the chamber. The chamber is then filled through a perforated hose that encircles the bottom of the chamber. This filling process allows the argon gas to expel all atmospheric gases more effectively (through the top valve port) than traditional filling methods. This significantly reduces the time required to reach an inert atmosphere suitable for welding, while using considerably less gas than traditional rigid purge chambers.
Included Parts 115V Vacuum pump HRF-1425 Victor flowmeter/regulator 2 work stations 2 sets of gloves Heat blanket 10 (3 m) argon hose 10 (3 m) vacuum hose Repair kit Instructional video Storage container
P a rt Number CKWPC2000-24
Benefits Less argon required Collapsible, easily stored Multiple accessory & glove ports Less expensive Less time to fill Vacuum drawn Facilitates welding grade atmosphere 30 (76.8 cm) diameter
20 (51.2 cm) 30 (76.8 cm) 47 lbs. (21.3 kg) 60 (153.6 cm) 24 9 (61.4 cm)
PRSCK17-12-RR PRSCK17-25-RR PRSCK17V-12-RR PRSCK17V-25-RR PRSCK26-12-RR PRSCK26-25-RR PRSCK26V-12-RR PRSCK26V-25-RR PRSCK18-12 PRSCK18-25
Air Air Air Air Air Air Air Air Water Water
12 (3.6) 25 (7.5) 12 (3.6) 25 (7.5) 12 (3.6) 25 (7.5) 12 (3.6) 25 (7.5) 12 (3.6) 25 (7.5)
150 150 150 150 200 200 200 200 350 350
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
4 3 2a
1a
PROSTAR PA-17 Air-cooled torch, compact and durable, for thin to medium gauge materials.
5c 5b 5a
6
1a
3 2a 2b 1b
1a. Alumina Gas Lens Nozzles* Part Number Nozzle Orifice Diameter in (mm) PRS54N18 1/4 (6) PRS54N17 5/16 (8) PRS54N16 3/8 (10) PRS54N15 7/16 (11) PRS54N14 1/2 (12.5) 1b. Alumina Nozzles Part Number Nozzle Orifice Diameter in (mm) PRS10N50 1/4 (6) PRS10N49 5/16 (8) PRS10N48 3/8 (10) PRS10N47 7/16 (11) PRS10N46 1/2 (12.5) PRS10N45 5/8 (16) 2a. Gas Lens Collet Bodies Part Number Nozzle Orifice Diameter in (mm) PRS45V24 0.040 (1.0) PRS45V25 1/16 (1.6) PRS45V26 3/32 (2.4) PRS45V27 1/8 (3.2) PRS45V28 5/32 (4.0) 2b. Collet Bodies Part Number Nozzle Orifice Diameter in (mm) PRS10N30 0.040 (1.0) PRS10N31 1/16 (1.6) PRS10N32 3/32 (2.4) PRS10N28 1/8 (3.2) PRS406488 5/32 (4.0) 3. Insulator (Required for Aluminum Gas Lens Nozzle) Part Number Description PRS54N01 Gas Lens Insulator
Length in (mm) 1-5/8" (41.2 mm) 1-5/8" (41.2 mm) 1-5/8" (41.2 mm) 1-5/8" (41.2 mm) 1-5/8" (41.2 mm) Length in (mm) 1-27/32" (46.8mm) 1-27/32" (46.8mm) 1-27/32" (46.8mm) 1-27/32" (46.8mm) 1-27/32" (46.8mm) 1-27/32" (46.8mm)
4 3 2a 1a 2b 1b
PRS10N22 PRS10N23 PRS10N24 PRS10N25 PRS54N10 5. Back Caps P a rt Number Size PRS57Y04 S h o rt (5a) PRS57Y02 Long (5c) Power Cable Adapters P a rt Number To rch Model PRS105Z57 PA-17 PRS45V62 PA-26 PRS45V11 PW-18
Nozzle Orifice Diameter in (mm) 0.040 (1.0) 1/16 (1.6) 3/32 (2.4) 1/8 (3.2) 5/32 (4.0)
6 35
Consumable Style 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
4c
4a
4b
3 2a 1a 1b 2b
7
Length in (mm) 1-5/32" (29.3 mm) 1-5/32" (29.3 mm) 1-5/32" (29.3 mm) 1-5/32" (29.3 mm) 1-5/32" (29.3 mm) 1-5/32" (29.3 mm)
PROSTAR PA-9 Air-cooled torch, lightweight, and versatile for thin materials.
4c
4a
4b
3. Collets
Part Number PRS13N20 PRS13N21 PRS13N22 PRS13N23 PRS13N24 Tungsten Electrode Diameter in (mm) 0.020 (.5) 0.040 (1.0) 1/16 (1.6) 3/32 (2.4) 1/8 (3.2)
3 2a 1a 1b 2b
4. Back Caps
Part Number PRS41V33 PRS41V35 PRS41V24 Size S h o rt (4a) Medium (4b) Long (4c)
PROSTAR PW-20 Water-cooled torch, lightweight and compact, for general duty use.
Tungsten Electrode Diameter in (mm) 0.020 (0.5) 0.040 (1.0) 1/16 (1.6) 3/32 (2.4) 1/8 (3.2)
Remote amperage controls provide welding machine contractor on-off, activate gas and/or water solenoids, and provide full range current output control. These fingert i p controls are available in either a rotary or linear slide potentiometer configuration. Handle styles include VelcroTM straps where one size fits all handle diameters and re t rofits easily on all makes of torches or built into the handle as original equipment.
7
Miller Thunderbolt XL 225/150
Part Number Input Power Input Amperage Welding Range (Low-High) Rated Output Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight Includes
6
Features
MIL903642 (Voltage/Phase/Cycle) 230/1/60 47.5 30-235 AC 30-160 DC (Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle) (Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle) 225 A @ 25 VAC/20% 150 A @ 25 VDC/15% 18.75 x 12.75 x 17.5 in (48 x 32 x 45 cm) 104 lb (47 kg) 15 ft (4.5 m) electrode cable; electrode holder; 10 ft (3 m) work cable with clamp; power cord (without plug) Continuous amperage adjustment Fabricating 16 gauge steel or heavier
MS6013
MS7014
U.S. 5 lb box
MS7018AC
MS7018
6 37
LINK2269-1 (Voltage/Phase/Cycle) 208/230/460/575/3/60 50 5-275A (Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle) 275 A @ 31 V/35% 13 x 9 x 20 in (35 x 23 x 51 mm) 54 lb (25 kg) Easy voltage changeover between voltage ranges Fan-on-demand cooling system provides power efficiency and noise reduction Dinse style includes one set of male connectors; the Tweco style does not
Part Number Input Power Input Amperage Welding Range (Low-High) Rated Output Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight Features
MIL907244011 (Tweco Style) MIL907251 (Dinse Style) (USA Only) (Voltage/Phase/Cycle) 220-230/460-575 V 33/32/17/13 5-280 (Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle) 280 A @ 31.2 V/35% 13 x 7 x 18 in (34 x 19 x 46 cm) 41 lb (19 kg) Air Carbon Arc cutting and gouging with up to 3/16 diameter carbon electrode Touch-Start TIG design permits DC TIG welding arc to be established without high-frequency starting
MG Maintenance Electrodes
Please see pages 7/25-26 for product specifications, amperage ranges and procedures.
Optional Accessories Part Number LINK1690-1 LINK1770-1 LINK1737-1 LINK957-1 LINK886-2 LINK959-2 A c c e s s o ry GFCI (Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter) Kit is available F a c t o ry Undercarriage All-Te rrain Underc a rriage Reduce on-the-job back injuries Trailer including wheeled-jack, safety chains, 12" wheels, large rear bumper. 47" wide Canvas Cover Fender and Light Kit when using the trailer on public roads
6
Miller Bobcat 250
Part Number Engine Power Welding Range (Low-High) Rated DC Output Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight Features
MIL907212 MIL907211 Robin 22 hp @ 3,600 rpm Kohler 20 hp @ 3,600 rpm 9,000 watts, 1 Ph, 60 Hz 9,000 watts, 1 Ph, 60 Hz 40-250 A 40-250 A (Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle) (Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle) 250 A @ 25 VDC/100% 250 A @ 25 VDC/100% 33 x 20 x 45.5 in 33 x 20 x 45.5 in (84 x 50 x 116 cm) (84 x 50 x 116 cm) 560 lb (254 kg) 560 lb (254 kg) Fully enclosed, super tough case provides reduced sound levels and p rotects engine Increased fuel capacity - 12 gallons Backlit front panel fuel and sight gauge make it easy to read
Optional Accessories Part Number MIL195333 MIL195013 MIL195327 A c c e s s o ry Protective Cover HWY-1000 Trailer has a 1000 lb (454 kg) capacity; 57.5 in (146 cm) wide Flat-terrain running gear
6 39
Optional Accessories Part Number LINK802N LINK1898-1 LINK1737-1 LINK957-1 LINK959-2 A c c e s s o ry Power Plug Kit (20 amp) Spark Arrestor Kit All-Te rrain Underc a rriage Reduce on-the-job back injuries Trailer including wheeled-jack, safety chains, 12" wheels, large rear bumper. 47" wide Fender and Light Kit when using the trailer on public roads
6
Miller Trailblazer 302
Part Number Engine Power Welding Range (Low-High) Rated DC Output Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight Features MIL907217 MIL907216 Robin 22 hp @ 3,600 rpm Kohler 20 hp @ 3,600 rpm 9,500 watts continuous 9,500 watts continuous 20-300 A 20-300 A (Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle) (Amps/Volts/Duty Cycle) 280 A @ 25/100% 280 A @ 25/100% 33 x 20 x 45 in 33 x 20 x 45 in (84 x 51 x 116 cm) (84 x 51 x 116 cm) 580 lb (263 kg) 580 lb (253 kg) NEW! Self-calibrating digital weld meters with meter maintenance functions Preset and actual weld amperage/voltage Hour meter function Oil change interval EXCLUSIVE! Digital meters with SunVisionTM technology are easy to read in direct sunlight or shade
Optional Accessories Part Number MIL195013 MIL043014 MIL043647 A c c e s s o ry HWY-1000 Trailer has a 1350 lb (613 kg) capacity; 59 in (150 cm) wide No. 27 Hand Running Gear LP Tank Mounting Bracket (horizontal)
Basic manual equipment is low cost, very portable and versatile An economical method of plate edge preparation for bevel and groove welding on medium and low carbon steels Can be used to easily cut rusty and scaled plate Ideal for thick (>12) and thin (1/16) material Only moderate skill is required to produce successful results
Suitable for manual and mechanized cutting May be utilized with a variety of cutting fuels including: Propylene Acetylene Propane Methylacetylene Polypropediene (Mapp) Natural Gas FG2
Precision plasma can produce laserquality cuts in some applications for significantly lower equipment costs
High quality cutting of both ferrous and non-ferrous materials, part i c u larly useful for cutting aluminum and stainless steel Equipment is available for cutting a wide range of material thicknesses Ideal for cutting materials up to 1 in thickness
Narrow kerf width, minimal heataffected zone, little or no distortion Highly reproducible results High cutting speeds with excellent cut quality Easily automated and flexible Can be used to cut materials that are not electrically conductive Ideal for cutting aluminum, copper, stainless and mild steel
Selection Chart Consult Praxairs Selection Chart below to determine the recommended cutting process that better suits your needs.
Selection Chart
Material Type Thickness in (mm) < 1/8 (3.2) 1/4 (6.4) 1/2 (12.7) 1 (25.4) 2 (50.8) 3 (76.2) > 3 (76.2) < 1/8 (3.2) 1/4 (6.4) 1/2 (12.7) 1 (25.4) 2 (50.8) 3 (76.2) > 3 (76.2) < 1/8 (3.2) 1/4 (6.4) 1/2 (12.7) 1 (25.4) 2 (50.8) 3 (76.2) > 3 (76.2) < 1/8 (3.2) 1/4 (6.4) 1/2 (12.7) 1 (25.4) 2 (50.8) 3 (76.2) > 3 (76.2) Oxy-Fuel Speed F F G G G G F N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R Quality F F G G G G G N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Plasma Speed VG G G F F F (mech only) N/R VG VG G G F F N/R VG G G VG G G N/R VG G G VG G N/R N/R G = Good F = Fair P = Poor Quality G G G G F F N/R VG VG G G F F N/A G G G G G G N/A Laser Speed E E G F N/R N/R N/R E E VG F N/R N/R N/R E E VG F N/R N/R N/R Quality E E E VG N/A N/A N/A E E E G N/A N/A N/A E E VG G N/A N/A N/A E E VG G N/A N/A N/A
Carbon Steel
6
Stainless Steel
Aluminum
Copper
N/R N/A N/R N/A N/R N/A N/R N/A N/R N/A N/R N/A N/R N/A E = Excellent VG = Very Good
G E G E G VG G F G N/R N/A N/R N/A N/R N/R = Not Recommended N/A = Not Applicable
6 41
also be used in some applications. Nitro g e n / h y d ro gen and arg o n / h y d rogen are used in special cutting applications, particularly for stainless steel, aluminum and with plasma arc gouging. Why PAC?
High quality cutting of both ferrous and non-ferrous materials, particularly useful for cutting aluminum, copper and stainless steel Instant cutting starts with no preheat required Process is readily mechanized for high volume, high speed cutting applications Equipment is available for cutting a wide range of material thicknesses Precision plasma can produce laser-quality cuts in some applications for significantly lower equipment costs
Limitations
Cut squareness is affected by plate thickness and material type; more material tends to be removed from the top of the kerf rather than the lower With manual cutting, high levels of noise and fume are generated which require the operator to wear protective equipment Equipment is more costly than oxy-fuel cutting For some materials, grinding of the cut surface must be done to remove chemically altered material before subsequent welding operations are conducted. High operating voltages present the danger of electric shock.
Thickness in (mm) 24 ga (0.6) 12 ga (2.7) 1/4 (6) 3/8 (10) 5/8 (16) 7/8 (22)
Curre n t amp 20 35 55 55 55 55
Travel Speed ipm (cm/min) Mild Steel Stainless Steel 490 (1245) 140 (355) 75 (190) 35 (89) 16 (41) 9 (23) 430 (1100) 140 (355) 55 (140) 28 (71) 11 (28) 7 (18)
Aluminum 450 (1143) 160 (406) 135 (343) 55 (140) 30 (76) 12 (31)
Typical Operating Data 40 amp Plasma Thickness in (mm) Curre n t amp 20 40 40 40 40 40 Travel Speed ipm (cm/min) Mild Steel Stainless Steel 270 (685) 400 (1015) 190 (495) 65 (168) 25 (64) 9 (23) 230 (597) 400 (1015) 160 (406) 50 (132) 20 (51) 7 (18)
Aluminum 160 (415) 430 (1090) 170 (445) 60 (162) 20 (51) 9 (23)
26 ga (0.5) 16 ga (1.5) 1/8 (3) 1/4 (6) 3/8 (10) 5/8 (16)
6 43
Part Number Output Input Voltage Input Curre n t Duty Cycle Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight with To rc h Gas Type Gas Pre s s u re Gas Flow Includes
New 1 Torch SL60 70O hand torch, 20 ft (6.1m) lead, spare parts kit, input power cable, work cable and clamp
Cut Capacity - 3/8 (10 mm) Rated - 5/8 (16 mm) Maximum - 3/4 (20 mm) Sever P a rt Number Output Input Voltage Input Current Duty Cycle Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight with Torch Gas Type Gas Pre s s u re Gas Flow Includes HYP086031 HYP086038 20-40 amp 20-40 amp 208-240V, 1 phase 480V 46/40 17/9.7/12 50% @ 40 A 50% @ 40 A 17" x 10" x 20" (43 x 24 x 51 cm) 17" x 10" x 20" (43 x 24 x 51 cm) 47 lbs (21 kg) 47 lbs (21 kg) Air or N2 Air or N2 72 psi (5.0 bar) 72 psi (5.0 bar) 6.0 cfm (170 l/m) 6.0 cfm (170 l/m) PAC 123T 25 ft (7.5 m) torch, spare consumables, work cable with clamp and input power cable
Cut Capacity - 1/2 (13 mm) Rated - 5/8 (16 mm) Maximum - 7/8 (22 mm) Sever Part Number Output Input Voltage Input Curre n t Duty Cycle Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight with To rc h Gas Type Gas Pre s s u re Gas Flow Includes MIL907058 15-40 amp 208-230V, 1 phase 33/30 50% @ 40 A 15" x 10" x 17" (39 x 26 x 44 cm) 60 lbs (27 kg) Air 75 psi (5.2 bar) 6.0 cfm (170 l/m) ICE-40C 25 ft (7.5 m) torch, heavy-duty work clamp with 25 (7.5 m) cable, extra consumables, power cord and plug
6 44
ESAB PowerCut 875 Plasmarc Cutting Package
P a rt Number Output Input Voltage Input Current Duty Cycle Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight with To rc h Gas Type Gas Pressure Gas Flow Includes
ESA0558002787 ESA0558002927 20-60 AMP 20-60 AMP 208/230V, 3 phase 575V, 3 phase 16/24 11 60% @ 60 A 60% @ 60 A 17" x 11" x 30" (43 x 29 x 76 cm) 17" x 11" x 30" (43 x 29 x 76 cm) 87 lbs (40 kg) 87 lbs (40 kg) Air or N2 Air or N2 75 psi (5.2 bar) 75 psi (5.2 bar) 6.0 cfm (170 l/m) 6.0 cfm (170 l/m) PT-32 25 ft (7.5 m) plasma torch, primary cord attached (plug on 230V model) and filter/regulator is installed
Cut Capacity - 1-1/2 (38 mm) Rated - 1-3/4 (45 mm) Sever
Part Number Output Input Voltage Input Curre n t Duty Cycle Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight with To rc h Gas Type Gas Pre s s u re Gas Flow Includes
ESA0558001942 ESA0558001948 30-90 AMP 30-90 AMP 208/230/460V, 3 phase 575V, 3 phase 40/27 11 60% @ 90 A 60% @ 90 A 16" x 12" x 32" (42 x 32 x 83 cm) 16" x 12" x 32" (42 x 32 x 83 cm) 94 lbs (42.7 kg) 94 lbs (42.7 kg) Air or N2 Air or N2 75 psi (5.2 bar) 75 psi (5.2 bar) 6.0 cfm (170 l/m) 6.0 cfm (170 l/m) PT-32EH 25 ft (7.5 m) plasma torch, primary cord attached (plug on 230V model) and filter/regulator is installed
PT-32EH Torch and Consumables 1 2 3 4 5 Part Number ESA0558001957 ESA0558002908 ESA0558002837 ESA0558001969 ESA0558001959 ESA0558003548 ESA0558003549 Description Heat Shield Cutting Nozzle, 40 amp Cutting Nozzle, 90 amp Electrode Valve Pin 75 degree Torch Body, 25 ft 75 degree Torch Body, 50 ft
6 45
Cut Capacity - 7/8 (22 mm) Rated - 1 (25 mm) Maximum - 1-1/4 (32 mm) Sever - 1/2 (13 mm) Pierce
P a rt Number Output Input Voltage Input Current Duty Cycle Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight with To rc h Gas Type Gas Pressure Gas Flow Includes
THE1-1120-1 THE1-1120-2 (Canada only) 20-60 amp 20-60 amp 208-230V 1 phase 460V 3 phase 57/52 27/17 50% @ 60 amp 50% @ 60 amp 17" x 12" x 27" (44 x 32 x 70 cm) 17 x 12 x 27 (44 x 32 x 70 cm) 83 lbs (38 kg) 83 lbs (38 kg) Air Air 65 psi (4.6 bar) 65 psi (4.6 bar) 5.8 cfm (165 lpm) 5.8 cfm (165 lpm) New 1 Torch SL60 75O hand torch, 20 ft (6.1m) lead, spare parts kit, input power cable, work cable and clamp
H y p e rt h e rm P o w e rm 1000 ax G3 Series
Cut Capacity - 3/4 (19 mm) Rated - 1 (25 mm) Maximum - 1-1/4 (32 mm) Sever Part Number Output Input Voltage Input Current Duty Cycle Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight with To rc h Gas Gas Pressure Gas Flow Includes HYP083178 5-60 amp 200-600V, 3 phase 30/29/26/24/15/12/11 A, 3 Ph 50% @ 60 amp 20 x 11 x 23 in (50 x 27 x 59 cm) 83 lb (37 kg) Air or N2 70psi (4.8 bar) 16.7 cfm (189 l/m) 25 ft (7.5 m) T60 or T60 m torch, work cable with clamp, spare consumables, input power cable
Praxairs compressed air dryer provides state-of-the art, low-cost, point-of-use compressed air drying. The modules, available in a wide range of sizes, have flow rates of up to 112.0 cft/m (52,900 cm3/s). They can dry air in excess of -1000F (-73.30F) pressure dew point. The air dryer has no moving parts, requires no electricity and is environmentally sound. Coupled with your plasma cutter, it drastically reduces consumable costs while providing superior plasma cutting.
Part Number Output Input Voltage Input Curre n t Duty Cycle Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight with To rc h Gas Type Gas Pre s s u re Gas Flow Includes
THE1-1320-1 THE1-1320-2 20-80 amp 20-80 amp 208-230V, 1 phase 460V, 3 phase 74/67 34/20 40% @ 80 a 40% @ 80 A 18" x 12" x 27" (46 x 32 x 70 cm) 18 x 12 x 27 (46 x 32 x 70 cm) 83 lbs (38 kg) 83 lbs (38 kg) Air Air 60 psi (4.1 bar) 60 psi (4.1 bar) 2.2 cfm (231 lpm) 8.2 cfm (231 lpm) New 1 Torch SL100 75O hand torch, 20 ft (6.1m) lead, spare parts kit, input power cable, work cable and clamp
Cut Capacity - 1 (25 mm) Rated - 1-1/4 (32 mm) Maximum - 1-1/2 (38 mm) Sever
Part Number Output Input Voltage Input Current Duty Cycle Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight with To rc h Gas Type Gas Pressure Gas Flow Includes
MIL907162011 30-80 amp 208-575V, 3 phase 41/36/21/18/14 80 A @ 150VDC 17" x 12" x 20" (43 x 32 x 52 cm) 92 lbs (41.7 kg) Air 70 psi (4.8 bar) 7.8 cfm (220 l/m) ICE-80T torch with 25 ft (7.5 m) cable, heavy-duty clamp with 25 ft (7.5) cable, 12 ft (3.7) m power cord, extra consumables
T h e rm Dynamics al 1Torch
The 1Torch is a universal plasma cutting torch that performs with virtually all plasma cutting power sources. It works with high frequency start, CD start, torch start and moving parts (blow back) start systems. Install the 1Torch on your current plasma power supply. Features Ergonomic torch handle Extended or protected consumable parts Lower consumable parts inventories and cost Quick disconnect option
Easy as...
1. Torch and leads selection 2. Adapter kit selection 3. Spare parts selection
6 47
Excellent Performance, Substantial Savings, Safety First G-TEC is a pioneer in developing and manufacturing systems that make highpressure natural gas practical and portable. G-TEC has a full line of products to meet your requirements, from torch boosters that supply torches directly from your utility natural gas line to refuelers that fill your own cylinders for portable use.
DM-200 Torch Booster/Refueler Unique dual mode system designed to supply fuel directly to a torch at up to 25 psi or refill portable cylinders. The DM-200 provides up to 60 cfh in both torch and cylinder filling operations.
FM-100 Refueler This refueler can fill up to four cylinders at once for hand truck, off-site and other portable needs.
TB-60/TB-90 Torch Boosters Designed to supply a torch or several torches directly. The TB-60 and TB-90 deliver non-regulated natural gas at 60 cfh or 90 cfh respectively at pressures up to 25 psi.
6
TB-250 Torch Booster and GB-500 Gas Booster Large capacity torch supply units are capable of delivering up to 250 cfh (TB-250) and up to 500 cfh (GB-500) at pressures up to 45 psi. GT-Pak Manifolds Let a single system fill as many as four cylinders or supply up to four torches simultaneously. Torch Tips and Heating Heads Genuine natural gas tips to fit your existing torches made by Airco, Harris, Meco, Oxweld, Purox, Rego, Smith and Victor.
Compare Quality Natural gas makes cleaner cuts ... less slag means less finishing time.
Cylinders GT-Pak adsorbed natural gas cylinders come in three sizes: 14 cf 45 cf 130 cf
6 49
Narrow kerf width, minimal heat-affected zone, little or no distortion Highly reproducible results High cutting speeds with excellent cut quality Easily automated and flexible Ve ry effectively competes with precision plasma and oxy-fuel processes over a range of applications The process can provide for very low levels of surface oxide In many cases, laser cutting is an economical alternative to stamping
Limitations
High capital cost for equipment Limited thickness capability (1.5) in stainless steel and carbon steel. For clean cutting of stainless steel greater than 3/16, special gas supply systems may be required to supply the required delivery pressures
6 51
Laser Solutions
LaserStar 5.0 Part Number LSNICDHECB2-T LSHECDNICB14-T LSHECDNICB6.T LSHECDNICB1.T LSNIX4CB1-T 5.0% 3.4% 1.7% 4.5% 8.0% 55% 15.6% 23.4% 3.5% 60.0% 40.0% 81.0% 74.9% 82.0% 28.0% 4.0% CO2 Nitrogen Helium CO LaserStar 5.5 Part Number LSNICDHEPB2-AT LSHECDNIPB14-AT LSHECDNIPB6-AT LSHECDNIPB1-AT LSNIX4PB1-AT
Component Gases
Helium Praxair Praxair LaserStarTM LaserStarTM 5.0 5.5 (Alum. Cyls.) 99.999% < 2 ppm < 1 ppm < 0.5 ppm N/A T 291 99.9995% < 1 ppm < 1 ppm < 0.1 ppm < 50 ppt AT 239 Nitrogen Praxair Praxair LaserStarTM LaserStarTM 5.0 5.5 (Alum. Cyls.) 99.999% < 3 ppm < 1 ppm < 0.5 ppm N/A T 304 NI 5.0LS-T 99.9995% < 2 ppm < 1 ppm < 0.1 ppm < 50 ppt AT 250 NI 5.5LS-AT Carbon Dioxide Praxair Praxair LaserStarTM LaserStarTM 5.0 5.5 (Alum. Cyls.) 99.999% < 3 ppm < 3 ppm < 1 ppm N/A K 60 99.9995% < 0.5 ppm < 2 ppm < 10 ppb < 100 ppt AT 70
Purity M o i s t u re Trace Oxygen Total Hydrocarbons Total Halocarbons Cylinder Style Cylinder Content (ft3) Part Number
Purity M o i s t u re Trace Oxygen Total Hydrocarbons Total Halocarbons Cylinder Style Cylinder Content (ft3) Part Number
Purity M o i s t u re Trace Oxygen Total Hydrocarbons Total Halocarbons Cylinder Style Cylinder Content (lb) Part Number
HE 5.0LS-T HE 5.5LS-AT
CD 5.0LS-K CD 5.5LS-AT
6
Component Resonator Gases Regulators
(3)
Pre-Mixed Resonator Gases Regulators Dual stage regulator with built in purge valve designed to protect the laser resonator from air contamination when changing cylinders. The purge valve blocks air inlet from the regulator body and air stream. Delivery pressure 0-50 psi.
Dual stage regulator with built in purge valve designed to protect the laser resonator from air contamination when changing cylinders. The purge valve blocks air inlet from the regulator body and air stream. Delivery pressure 0-100 psi.
Shown with CGA 580 Inlet Connection CGA 350 CGA 580
(3)
Shown with CGA 350 Inlet Connection CGA 350 CGA 580
(1) (1)
(2)
Recommended for Mitsubishi Lasers (2) Recommended for Mazak, Amada, Strippit and Tanaka Lasers
6 53
Nitrogen Purity 99.998% Flow up to 15,000 scfh Pressure up to 425 psig (using pressure booster)
C A B
Carbon Dioxide and YAG lasers have become an important appliance for the metal fabrication industry. The gains from quality, and productivity have benefited cut accuracy of the parts and also the ease of welding. To protect your laser, Praxair quality gases are a benefit. You can rely on Praxair to supply high quality consumable parts. Praxair has parts from Lasertec for the main laser manufacturers in the market. Trumpf Style Laser Consumables - Models L3003, 2503E and 600L
1. Nozzle Part Number Size 0.8 mm Std. 1.0 mm Std. 1.4 mm H.P. 1.7 mm H.P.
2. Shower Nozzle Part Number ATO217976 Teflon Cover ATO216065 Size 0.8 mm
3. Thick Sheet Nozzle Part Number ATO088893 ATO221781 Size 1.5 mm 2.0 mm 3.0 mm
ATO235592
4. Nozzle L3003, 2503E, 600L Part Number ATO124561 Teflon Cover ATO225286 ATO124562 ATO237498 ATO124564 ATO237497 ATO237500 ATO237501 ATO237503 ATO126933 ATO237504 Size 0.8 mm Std. 1.0 mm Std. 1.2 mm Std. 2.3 mm Std. 1.4 mm Std. 1.5 mm H.P. 1.7 mm H.P. 2.0 mm H.P. 2.3 mm H.P. 3.0 mm H.P.
5. Shower Nozzle Part Number Cap Nut ATO216066 Nozzle Holder, L3003, 2503E, 600L ATO243839 ATO258809 ATO247894 Sensor Body ATO241795-Rebuild ATO237872 Size 0.8 mm
6 55
6
Teflon Cover ATO256153 Teflon Cover ATO254496 Nozzle Holder ATO254493 ATO260432
Punch Press Nozzle for TC 240, TC 260 Part Number ATO202952 ATO218969 ATO209402 ATO211533 ATO217953 Size 0.8 mm Std. 1.0 mm Std. 1.4 mm H.P. 1.7 mm H.P. 1.7 mm H.P.
To remove large amounts of metal or prepare large areas of metal for subsequent processing Simple equipment with good accessibility to most weld joints Modest skill level required to successfully utilize the process Lower cost of equipment
Limitations
Can be used on all metals Little or no post-cleaning is required before welding P a rticularly effective on aluminum or stainless steel, where the gouges produced are clean without any carbon contamination Low noise when compared with carbon arc gouging Low fume when compared with carbon arc gouging No need to remove residual carbon from the gouge s u rface prior to welding operations
Care is required to minimize trapping of carburized metal at the gouge surface which can negatively influence the properties of subsequent welds or repairs Extremely high noise and fume levels require significant personal protection and environmental control to maintain acceptable exposure levels Gouged stainless steel surfaces should be ground to remove any carburized material which might decrease corrosion resistance
Limitations
May require use of additional protective equipment Depth of gouging and accessibility to some areas can be limited by the torch used Equipment is less portable than for other gouging processes and consumables are more expensive High operating voltages present the danger of electric shock
6 57
Part Number ARC9443-3183 ARC9714-2009 ARC9447-6066 ARC9719-2125 ARC9410-4016 ARC9496-0001 ARC9410-4012 ARC9471-0036 ARC9480-1010 ARC9404-8088 ARC9437-8368 ARC9719-2022 ARC9410-3206 ARC9463-2094 ARC9480-0077 ARC9437-0163
Maximum electrode stickout: 7 inches with torch-to-work angle of 35 Air stream always under the electrode between electrode and work and travel in the direction of airflow only.
Material Steel Stainless Gray Cast Iro n Ductile Iro n Malleable Iro n Copper Alloys Nickel Alloys Description
Curre n t DC AC DC AC or DC AC or DC AC or DC AC or DC Diameter
Polarity Reverse N/A Reverse Straight Straight Straight Straight Metal removed per electrode 0.3 lb 0.5 lb 1 lb 1.5 lb 2 lb Curre n t Rating
Electrode Positive N/A Positive Negative Negative Negative Negative Groove W dth i
Pointed Copper Clad Carbons Carbons 5/32 x 12 ARC2298-3003 CTD DC PTD Carbons 3/16 x 12 ARC2203-3003 CTD DC PTD Carbons 1/4 x 12 ARC2204-3003 CTD DC PTD Carbons 5/16 x 12 ARC2205-3003 CTD DC PTD Carbons 3/8 x 12 ARC2206-3003 CTD DC PTD
90-120 amp 150-250 amp 250-400 amp 300-500 amp 350-700 amp
Air Pressure 80-100 psig Air Volume 30-35 cfm or 1,800- 2,100 cfh Option If you want a faster and cleaner process, consider Plasma Gouging. Safety tips 1. Use good ear protection 2. Use a shade 12 to 14 for improved eye protection. See Section 10 for details
Jointed Copper Clad Carbons Carbons 3/8 x 17 ARC2406-4003 CTD DC JTD Carbons 1/2 x 17 ARC2408-4003 CTD DC JTD Carbons 3/4 x 14 ARC2412-2003 CTD DC JTD Carbons 3/4 x 17 ARC2412-4003 CTD DC JTD
3 lb 5 lb 8.5 lb 12 lb
Exothermic Slicing (Cutting), Piercing and Gouging To light an exothermic rod simply heat the exposed end of the rod with an Oxygen/FG-2 or Oxygen/Acetylene flame until the rod is red. Allow the oxygen to flow through the rod and youre ready to slice, pierce or gouge any ferrous or n o n - f e rrous metal.
6 7
To Slice (or cut) Hold the rod at 45-90 degrees to the plate, begin cutting with low oxygen flow and increase while pulling the torch.
Plate Thickness 1/2 in 1 in 2 in 3 in Pre s s u re 60-80 psig 60-80 psig 60-80 psig 60-80 psig Oxygen Flow 150-200 cfh 175-250 cfh 200-375 cfh 350-400 cfh To rch Angle 45o-90o 45o-90o 45o-90o 45o-90o Technique Backhand Backhand Backhand Backhand
To Pierce Hold the rod at 90 degrees to the work, begin piercing with low oxygen flow. Use light pressure on the control lever and press down to melt the metal. Pierce Rate 6 inches deep in 30 seconds.
Construction Equipment Pin Removal Use the same technique with 1/4 rod then expand the hole 3/8 rod and quench with water. The pin will shrink making for easy removal.
Plate Thickness 1/2-3 in 3-4 in Deeper Pre s s u re 60-80 psig 60-80 psig 60-80 psig Oxygen Flow 100-175 cfh 150-200 cfh 175-250 cfh To rch Angle 90o 90o 90o Technique Perpendicular Perpendicular Perpendicular
To Gouge Hold the rod almost parallel with the work, begin gouging with low oxygen flow and increase flow while pushing the torch.
Plate Thickness Shallow Deep Pre s s u re 30-40 psig 40-50 psig Oxygen Flow 150-200 cfh 175-250 cfh To rch Angle 5o-10o 5o-10o Technique Forehand Forehand
Praxair Tip
Attention This process uses pure oxygen. See section 6 for the re c o mmended regulator for this application. If additional hose is needed, use only 3/8 in green oxygen hose.
Be sure to wear your personal safety equipment. Also use Tillman fire blankets (see section 10) to protect the surrounding equipment from the sparks.
Filler Metals
Filler Metals
GMAW (MIG) Solutions - Steel GMAW (MIG) Solutions - Steel - Robotic FCAW Solutions - Steel GTAW (TIG) Solutions - Tungsten Electrodes Tungsten Electrode Grinder SMAW (Stick) Solutions - Electrodes Stainless Steel Wire and Rods Aluminum Wi re (GMAW and GTAW ) Brazing and Soldering Alloys and Fluxes Maintenance and Repair Electrodes
Filler Metals 7 1
Packaging PROSTAR Premium Quality MIG welding wires are available in several packaging sizes 2 lb, 12 lb, 33 lb, 44 lb and 60 lb spools, and in various diameters conveniently designed to fit all needs. It is also available in twist-free robotic containers of 330 lb (150 kg), 660 lb (300 kg), 990 lb (450 kg) and 1,200 lb (550 kg), designed to enhance the robot welding p e rf o rmance and reduce operating costs. See the following pages for details.
Wire Specifications ER70S-6 Designed for superior perf o rmance in carbon steel.
USA AWS 5.18-93 Class ER70S-6 ASME SFA-5.18 Canada ER480S-6 CWB-CSA W48.4-95 CWB-A5.18
Wi re Dia. .023" .023" .023" .030" .030" .030" .030" .030" .035" .035" .035" .035" .035" .035" .035" .035"
Package 2 lb 12 lb 33 lb 2 lb 12 lb 33 lb 330 lb 660 lb 2 lb 12 lb 44 lb 60 lb 330 lb 660 lb 990 lb 1200 lb 44 lb 2 lb 12 lb 44 lb 60 lb 330 lb 660 lb 990 lb 1200 lb 60 lb 330 lb 660 lb 990 lb 1200 lb
PROSTAR PRSS6RN06B001 PRSS6RN06P006 PRSS6RN06P015 PRSS6RN08B001 PRSS6RN08P006 PRSS6RN08P015 PRSS6RW08Q150 PRSS6RW08Q300 PRSS6RN09B001 PRSS6RN09P006 PRSS6RN09P020 PRSS6RN09P027 PRSS6RW09Q150 PRSS6RW09Q300 PRSS6RW09Q450 PRSS6RW09Q550 PRSS6RN10P020 PRSS6RN11B001 PRSS6RN11P006 PRSS6RN11P020 PRSS6RN11P027 PRSS6RW11Q150 PRSS6RW11Q300 PRSS6RW11Q450 PRSS6RW11Q550 PRSS6RN13P027 PRSS6RW13Q150 PRSS6RW13Q300 PRSS6RW13Q450 PRSS6RW13Q550
Minimum Mechanical Pro p e rties with CO2 Tensile Strength Yield Strength Elongation in 2" Charpy V-Notch 85,000 psi (590 MPa) 68,000 psi (470 MPa) 29 % 60 ft/lb @ -20 oF (81 J @ -29 oC)
Typical Wi re Chemistry (%) C Mn Si P S Cu 0.06 - 0.12 1.45 - 1.65 0.80 - 1.00 0.025 max. 0.025 max. 0.30 max. Mo * Ni * Ti+Zr * Al * Fe 0.15 max. 0.15 max. 0.15 max. 0.020 max. Bal
.040" .045" .045" .045" .045" .045" .045" .045" .045" .052" .052" .052" .052" .052"
Filler Metals 7 2
76,000 psi (520 MPa) 63,000 psi (435 MPa) 29% 50 ft/lb @ -20 oF (67 J @ -29 oC)
100,000 psi (690 MPa) 85,000 psi (590 MPa) 29 % 100 ft/lb @ -20 oF (136 J @ -29 oC)
C Mn Si P S Cu
0.06 - 0.12 1.00 - 1.30 0.50 - 0.70 0.025 max. 0.025 max. 0.30 max.
Mo * Ni * Ti+Zr * Al * Fe
C Mn Si P S Cu
0.06 - 0.12 1.70 - 1.95 0.50 - 0.80 0.025 max. 0.025 max. 0.30 max.
Package
Mo Ni Ti + Z r Al Fe
Wi re Diameter 0.035"
12 lb spool
PROSTAR Select MIG Welding Wire PROSTAR Select MIG Welding Wire features level layer winding on the spool to help ensure smooth wire feeding characteristics.
Class ER70S-6 ER70S-6 ER70S-6 ER80S-D2 ER80S-D2 Wi re Diameter .030" .035" .045" .035" .045" Package 33 lb 44 lb 44 lb 44 lb 44 lb Part Number PRSS6RS08P015 PRSS6RS09P020 PRSS6RS11P020 PRSD2RS09P020 PRSD2RS11P020
Filler Metals 7 3
7
Side by Side Performance Characteristics
Conventional Welding Wi re Three dimensional flip and rotation at the arc Oversized welds Rough weld surface conditions which may re q u i re grinding or shot blasting An electrically hot and exposed wire , with possible electric shock hazard An accumulation of shop dust and dirt on the wire Package disposal problems Typical contact tip wear after using conventional wire fro m standard spools. Tip wear is irregular and contact unreliable, producing costly spatter (after 100 pounds of wire). PROSTAR Tw i s t - F ree Robotic Welding Wi re Arc and weld will be at the tool point of the MIG torch Ideal sized weld beads A smoother weld An electrically safer pro d u c t Clean wire no shop dust and dirt A completely recyclable and easy to dispose of package Typical contact tip wear after using PROSTAR Twist-Free Robotic Welding Wi re. Tip wear is uniform, with reliable p e rf o rmance and longer tip life (after 300 pounds of wire).
PROSTAR Twist-Free Robotic Welding Wi re aids in controlling an ideal weld bead size, reducing excess metal, indirect labor and grinding.
PROSTARs Superior Three-Dimensional Stability from Start to Finish Demonstrate for yourself: Bend four inches of the wire at 90 degrees (as shown in the picture). Firmly hold the wire with your fingers. Pull out 30 feet of wire, release the bent wire end and check the rotation. Observe the following: The wire should not rotate more than 360 degrees in 30 feet. This will remain the same whether you test at the beginning, middle or end of the PROSTAR PAC.
Filler Metals 7 4
Performance Comparison Between Conventional Welding Wire on Spools e and PROSTAR Tw i s t - F re Robotic Wire Twist, Helix and Cast
S t a n d a rd spools with twist, helix and 25" (600 mm) cast on the wire
S t a n d a rd spools with twist, helix and 50" (1200 mm) cast on the wire
PROSTAR Twist-Free Robotic Welding Wi re: no twist, helix or cast per 30 feet tested
A Plastic Dome (330/660 lb) Part Number GPLWPT2X Plastic Dome (990 lb) Part Number GPLWPT2 B Dome Quick Disconnect Adapter Part Number PIPWPT3 C Male Quick Disconnect Adapter Part Number PIPWPT4 D Wi re Liner (order by the foot) Part Number PIPWPT5 E Wi re Feeder Adapter Part Number PIPWPT6
Filler Metals 7 5
PAC 330
PAC 660
PAC 990
PAC 1200
ER70S-6 PAC 330 (330 lb/150 kg) Wi re Dia. .030" .035" .040" .045" Part Number PRSS6RW08Q150 PRSS6RW09Q150 PRSS6RW10Q150 PRSS6RW11Q150
ER70S-6 PAC 660 (660 lb/300 kg) Wi re Dia. .030" .035" .040" .045" .052" Part Number PRSS6RW08Q300 PRSS6RW09Q300 PRSS6RW10Q300 PRSS6RW11Q300 PRSS6RW13Q300
ER70S-6 PAC 990 (990 lb/450 kg) Wi re Dia. .035" .040" .045" .052" .062" Part Number PRSS6RW09Q450 PRSS6RW10Q450 PRSS6RW11Q450 PRSS6RW13Q450 PRSS6RW16Q450
ER70S-6 PAC 1200 (1200 lb/550 kg) Wire Dia. .035" .040" .045" .052" .062" P a rt Number PRSS6RW09Q550 PRSS6RW10Q550 PRSS6RW11Q550 PRSS6RW13Q550 PRSS6RW16Q550
ER70S-3 PAC 660 (660 lb/300 kg) Wi re Dia. .035" .045" .052" Part Number PRSS3RW09Q300 PRSS3RW11Q300 PRSS3RW13Q300
ER70S-3 PAC 990 (990 lb/450 kg) Wi re Dia. .035" .045" .052" .062" Part Number PRSS3RW09Q450 PRSS3RW11Q450 PRSS3RW13Q450 PRSS3RW16Q450
ER80S-D2 PAC 330 (330 lb/150 kg) Wi re Dia. .035" Part Number PRSD2RW09Q150
ER80S-D2 PAC 660 (660 lb/300 kg) Wi re Dia. .045" Part Number PRSD2RW11Q300
ER80S-D2 PAC 990 (990 lb/450 kg) Wi re Dia. .045" Part Number PRSD2RW11Q450
ER80S-D2 PAC 1200 (1200 lb/550 kg) Wi re Dia. .045" .052" Part Number PRSD2RW11Q550 PRSD2RW13Q550
Filler Metals 7 6
24/7 Non-Stop Welding Wi re Feeding System The new 24/7 Non-Stop Welding Wire Feeding System is an automatic switch-over device that provides continuous supply of welding wire for the robotic operation. Developed exclusively for the ProStar 1200 lb Welding Wire PACs, this patent pending system improves efficiency and maximizes profitability. The 24/7 system helps you:
How It Works A butt-welding machine joins the wire-end of the primary wire pack to the wire - s t a rt of the next full pack - this process only takes a few seconds. When the primary pack is empty, the boom automatically switches from the primary pack to the reserve pack, without operator intervention. After replacing the original pack with a new full pack, this operation is then repeated again and again, allowing a continuous, uninterru p ted supply.
Increase Productivity - eliminate wire pack changeover downtime (labor and equipment), and repairs caused by out-of-wire interruptions. Improve Profitability - allows 24/7 utilization of robots and automatic setups. Maximize Savings - particularly useful and convenient in multi-robot cell operations. Save Floor Space - wire pack can be located up to 150 feet from the robot cell. J u s t - I n - Time Inventory - receive your new pack of wire only when you need it.
Dont Run Out Of Wi re - Just In Ti m e Praxair offers the convenience and savings of receiving new packs of wire just before you are running out. A Low Wire Level Sensor can be installed on the side of the wire packs and sends a signal to the robot control panel, indicating the wire is running low. This automatically triggers an e-mail to Praxairs Customer Service, alerting the need of a new shipment. No hassle, just in time.
Ordering Inform a t i o n
Description 24/7 Boom 24/7 Butt Welder Low Wi re Level Proximity Sensor Wi re Liner (plastic) Wi re Conduit (flat wire mono coil) Part Number SID24/7BOOM SID24/7WELDER SID24/7SENSOR PIPWPT5 (order by the foot) SIDPRSCONDUIT-Y (order by the foot - USA) (order by the metre - Canada) Swinging Arm Butt-Welded Wire Joint Welding Wire
Conduit To Robot
Welding Wire
Filler Metals 7 7
The continuing search for improvements has led to the development of PROSTAR metal-cored tubular welding wire s . Cleaner strip material with improved surface characteristics, more accurate filling of the wire core, and tighter controls on wire sizing all contribute to making PROSTAR tubular wire the best of class. These factors also help to provide exceptional feedability with reduced contact tip wear and superior arc characteristics.
Product Selection Guidelines Advantages of Flux-Cored vs. Solid Electrodes 1. Higher deposition rates in all position welds 2. Better penetration 3. Elimination of cold lap or lack of fusion 4. Vi rtually free from subsurface porosity when welded on scaled material Advantages of Flux-Cored vs. Covered Electrodes 1. Higher deposition rates 2. Higher duty cycles 3. Better penetration Advantages of Metal-Cored vs. Solid Electrodes 1. More productivity 2. Less spatter and rework 3. Improved sidewall fusion and penetration 4. Better penetration Advantages of Metal-Cored vs. Flux-Cored 1. Less spatter and no slag to clean up 2. Higher deposition efficiencies
Higher Deposition Efficiency Higher Productivity Lower Fume Generation Improved Sidewall Fusion Improved Metal Transfer Better Bead Profile
PROSTAR Premium Quality Flux Cored Wires Flux-cored arc welding offers many advantages over solid wires and covered electrodes. Higher deposition rates, better penetration, improved sidewall fusion, and an enhanced ability to weld over some mill scale or rust on the plate surface, with less operator skill, are important advantages of these wires. Gas-Shielded Flux-Cored Wires PROSTAR tubular flux-cored wires are used in applications where the base metal thickness is greater than 1/4" and where the parts to be welded have poor fit-up or contain some amount of dirt, oil, rust or mill scale. Self-Shielded Flux-Cored Wires Designed for a work environment subject to crosswinds (i.e. outdoor construction) or for areas where it is difficult to provide cylinders of shielding gas. PROSTAR self-shielded cored wires are formulated to produce their own shielding environment as a result of the decomposition of components present in the core of the wire and neutralization of the nitrogen gas.
Filler Metals 7 8
PROSTAR FC71-C
AWS Class
Performance Characteristics All-position, for carbon steel weldments. All-position, for single pass welding of coated steels.
PROSTAR FC-SS-11 E71T-11 PROSTAR FC-SS-GS E71T-GS M e t a l - C o red Wi res PROSTAR STARCORE 6 PROSTAR STARCORE 6LF PROSTAR STARCORE 6LS AWS Class E70C-6M E70C-6M E70C-6M Performance Characteristics For general-purpose application and low fume. Lower fume and spatter; best operator appeal and bead shape. Enhanced mechanical pro p e rties with 20 ft. lb. at -50 oF achievable.
Product Regulatory Approvals PROSTAR Tubular Wi res are approved to various worldwide standards including the American Welding Society (AWS), the Canadian Welding Bureau (CWB), ABS, DnV and Lloyds.
Filler Metals
Flux-Cored Arc Welding (FCAW) Wire Solutions
Tubular Wire Comparison Chart
AWS Class Flux-Cored Steel E70T-1 E70T-1 E71T-1,1M E71T-1,1M E71T-1 E71T-1,1M PROSTAR FC-70 PROSTAR FC-70LF PROSTAR FC-71M PROSTAR FC-71LF PROSTAR FC-71C
7 9
Corex
Dual Shield
H o b a rt
Lincoln
Tri-Mark
C o re
FC 7
OS70
TM-72
Flux-Cored Flux-Cored
Praxair Mig Mix Gold, C-25 Praxair Carbon Dioxide Praxair StarGold C-25 Praxair StarGold C-25 Praxair Carbon Dioxide Praxair StarGold C-25
VC 1
OS 71 OS 71M OS 71M
TM-711M TM777
AWS Class Metal-Cored Steel E70C-6M E70C-6M PROSTAR STARCORE 6 PROSTAR STARCORE 6LF
Corex
Dual Shield
Hobart
Lincoln
Tri-Mark
Core
Preferred Gas
MC 6 MC 6L
CW 70 CW Ultra
86R
OS MC710
Metal-Cored Metal-Cored
SS 11 SS 11GS
Coreshield 11 Coreshield 15
FS 21B FS 23
Flux-Cored Flux-Cored
Gasless Gasless
Filler Metals 7 10
Flux-Cored Wires
PROSTAR FC-70 Specification E70T-1/1M, E70T-9/9M per AWS A5.20, ASME SFA 5.20, CWB E492T-9 H8, E492T-9M H8 Description ProStar FC-70 offers excellent arc stability over the complete recommended welding range. Spatter losses are very low, the slag removes easily and cleanly, and bead appearance is excellent. High deoxidization enables Pro S t a r FC-70 to weld over mill scale, rust and other contaminants better than most T-1 wires. However, this level of deoxidization will also cause increased hardening as multiple layers are welded, and caution should be exercised in welding thick or highly restrained joints. ProStar FC-70 is used for single and multiple-pass welding in the flat and horizontal positions using 100% CO2 or 75% AR/25% CO2 shielding gas. Characteristics Good perf o rmance over the entire range of amperage More deoxidization than the usual E70T-1 for improved perf o rmance on rusted and scaled plate Excellent weld bead configuration on horizontal fillets An outstanding general purpose E70T-1 Caution should be exercised on heavy multiple-pass weldments
PROSTAR FC-70LF Specification E70T-1 H8,E70T-9 H8 per AWS A5.20, ASME SFA 5.20, CWB E492T-9 H8 Description ProStar FC-70LF is designed for general purpose welding with minimized fume generation rates utilizing 100% CO2 gas. ProStar FC-70LF is specially formulated with added deoxidizers to allow you to weld through rust, mill scale and light oil with minimal need for pre-cleaning. Primarily designed for single or multi-pass welding in the flat and horizontal positions, ProStar FC-70LF welds mild steel and low allow steels with very light spatter and particulate fume generation. Characteristics Low Fumes Flat bead profile with multi-pass fillet welds Easy slag removal Resists weld cracking on heavy plate and restrained joints Very flexible amperage/voltage range
Typical Mechanical Properties Tensile Strength 87,000 psi (662 MPa) Yield Strength 81,000 psi (579 MPa) Elongation 24% CV-N @ -20OF 36 ft/lb (49J) Typical Deposit Composition (%) C Mn Si P 0.07 1.37 0.61 0.010 Recommended Welding Parameter Diameter (in) 1/16" Operating Range Amp (DCEP) 200-375 Volts 25-29 WFS (in/min) 138-311 ESO 1/2" - 1 Optimum Parameters Amps Volts WFS (in/min) Diameter 1/16" 3/32" 375 29 311 Weight 60 lb Coil 60 lb Coil
Typical Mechanical Properties Tensile Strength 86,900 psi (599 MPa) Yield Strength 78,000 psi (538 MPa) Elongation 24% CVN @ 0OF (-18OC) 61 ft/lbs (82J) 53 ft/lbs (72J) CVN @ -20OF (-29OC) Typical Deposit Composition (%) C Mn Si P 0.24 1.34 0.49 0.013
S 0.10
S 0.011
3/32" 350-550 26-36 120-235 3/4" - 1-1/4 550 36 235 P a rt Number PRSS272019-702 PRSS272029-702
Recommended Welding Parameters DCEP Diameter (in) 1/16" 5/64 Operating Range Amp (DCEP) 170-350 250-550 Volts 25-32 26-32 WFS (in/min) 140-345 110-345 ESO 1/2 - 1" 1/2 - 1"
Optimum Parameters Amps Volts WFS (in/min) Diameter 1/16" 5/64" 3/32"
550 32 345
550 36 235
Filler Metals 7 11
Flux-Cored Wires
PROSTAR FC-71M Specification AWS E7QT-1 H8, E71T-1M, H8, per AWS A5.20, ASME SFA 5.20 Description ProStar FC-71M is a gas shielded flux-cored wire for semiautomatic welding of carbon steels. It can also be used for welding higher strength steels in applications where E71T-1 filler metal pro p e rties are deemed adequate. The wire is re commended for single and multiple-pass welding in all positions. Its stiff arc action enhances deep penetration and arc control for out-of-position welding. Arc characteristics are superior with 75% Ar/25% CO2 gas shielding. ProStar FC71M has a quick-freezing slag which facilitates welding and the attainment of good bead contour in the vertical up and o v e rhead positions. Typical applications include shipbuilding and repair, and general structural and fabrication work. Characteristics Eliminates lack of fusion problems in all-position weldments Higher deposition rates than GMAW wires in out-ofposition welding Stiff arc transfer for overhead welding Can be used with straight CO2 or 75% Ar/25% CO2
PROSTAR FC-71LF Specification E71T-1, E71T-1M, E71T-9, E71T-9M per AWS A5.20, ASME SFA 5.20, E491T-9-H8, E491T-9M-H8 per CSA W48-01 Description ProStar FC-71LF is a flux-cored wire that is designed for general purpose fabrication, welding in all positions. It can be used with either 100% CO2 or 75% AR/25% CO2 shielding gas, offering a spray type transfer of weld metal. ProStar FC71LF provides good impact strength at low temperatures. It also has low fume and spatter levels and the slag is easy to remove. Characteristics Low fumes and low spatter Easy slag removal Ve ry good out-of-position capabilities
Typical Mechanical Properties Tensile Strength 87,700 psi (605 MPa) Yield Strength 79,100 psi (546 MPa) Elongation % in 2 28% CVN @ 0OF (-18OC) 70 ft/lb (95J) 39 ft/lb (53J) CVN @ -20OF (-29OC) Typical Deposit Composition (%) C Mn Si P 0.021 1.30 0.69 0.015 Typical Welding Parameter Optimum Parameters Diameter Position Amps WFS Volts 0.045" Flat 320 784 30 Overhead 225 435 26 Ve rtical up 225 435 26 0.052" Flat 350 565 31 Overhead 250 320 26 Ve rtical up 250 320 26 1/16" Flat 400 440 31 Overhead 250 310 26 Ve rtical up 250 310 26 Diameter 0.045" 0.045" 0.045" 0.052" 1/16" 1/16" Weight 33 lb Spool 44 lb Spool 60 lb Coil 33 lb Spool 33 lb Spool 60 lb Coil
Typical Mechanical Properties Tensile Strength 94,000 psi (649 MPa) Yield Strength 81,000 psi (559 MPa) Elongation % in 2 28% Avg. @ 0OF (-18OF) 39 ft/lb (53J) Typical Deposit Composition (%) C Mn Si P 0.10 1.18 0.69 0.010 Typical Welding Parameter Optimum Parameters Diameter Position Amps WFS Volts 0.045" Flat 320 784 30 Overhead 225 435 26 Ve rtical up 225 435 26 Diameter .045" Weight 33 lb Spool
S 0.011
S 0.006
Operating Range Amps Volts 200-320 24-30 175-225 24-26 175-225 24-26 Part Number PRSS248812-729
Operating Range Amps Volts 200-320 24-30 175-225 24-26 175-225 24-26 275-350 26-31 200-250 24-26 200-250 24-26 300-400 27-31 200-250 24-26 200-250 24-26 Part Number PRSS247112-729 PRSS247112-744 PRSS247112-702 PRSS247115-729 PRSS247119-729 PRSS247119-702
Filler Metals 7 12
Flux-Cored Wires
PROSTAR FC-71 Supreme Specification E71T-1M H8, E71T-12MJ H8 per AWS A5.20, ASME SFA 5.20, CWB E491T-9M-H8 Description ProStar FC-71 Supreme combines superior welding perf o rmance with outstanding mechanical pro p e rties. ProStar FC-71 Supreme has exceptional operator appeal for a wire with superb physical pro p e rties, an arc that is soft and stable, and low fume levels with virtually no spatter. Even in the vertical up position, the welds produced with Pro S t a r FC-71 Supreme will have a flat bead profile. This wire is designed for both single and multiple-pass welding in all positions, using a shielding gas of 75-85% Ar/15-25% CO2. Typical applications include shipbuilding, off s h o re stru c t u res and general fabrication where high impact pro p e rties, ease of operation and high productivity are required. Characteristics Low fume levels with virtually no spatter Good CVN toughness at sub-zero temperatures No to be used with 100% CO2
Typical Mechanical Properties Tensile Strength 80,000 psi (522 MPa) Yield Strength 71,000 psi (490 MPa) Elongation % in 2 29% CVN @ 0OF (-18OC) 99 ft/lb (134J) CVN @ -40OF (-40OC) 55 ft/lb (75J) Typical Deposit Composition (%) C Mn Si P 0.06 1.04 0.26 0.011 Typical Welding Parameter Optimum Parameters Diameter Position Amps WFS Volts 0.035" Flat 225 784 28 Overhead 175 545 25 Ve rtical Up 175 545 25 0.045" Flat 320 784 30 Overhead 225 435 26 Ve rtical Up 225 435 26 0.052" Flat 350 565 31 Overhead 250 320 26 Ve rtical Up 250 320 26 1/16" Flat 400 440 31 Overhead 250 210 26 Ve rtical Up 250 210 26 Diameter 0.035" 0.045" 0.045" 0.045" 0.045" 0.045" 0.052" 0.052" 0.052" 0.052" 1/16" 1/16" 1/16" 1/16" Weight 33 lb Spool 10 lb Spool 33 lb Spool 44 lb Spool 60 lb Coil 500 lb Drum 10 lb Spool 33 lb Spool 44 lb Spool 60 lb Coil 33 lb Spool 44 lb Spool 60 lb Coil 500 lb Drum
S 0.014
Ni 0.38
Operating Range Amps Volts 175-255 25-28 125-175 23-25 125-175 23-25 200-320 24-30 175-225 24-26 175-225 24-26 275-350 26-31 200-250 24-26 200-250 24-26 300-400 27-31 200-250 24-26 200-250 24-26
Part Number PRSS283206-729 PRSS283212-722 PRSS283212-729 PRSS283212-744 PRSS283212-702 PRSS283212-713 PRSS283215-722 PRSS283215-729 PRSS283215-744 PRSS283215-702 PRSS283219-729 PRSS283219-744 PRSS283219-702 PRSS283219-703
Filler Metals 7 13
Metal-Cored Wires
PROSTAR STARCORE 6 Specification E70C-6M H4 per AWS A5.18, ASME SFA 5.18, CWB E491C6M H4 Description ProStar STARCORE 6 has higher manganese and silicon levels than solid S-6 wires with slightly lower spatter and higher strength. The increased deoxidization level allows for more tolerance of mill scale with fewer root pores. ProStar STARCORE 6 is recommended for single-pass and multi-pass welding in flat and horizontal positions with 75 - 92% Ar/CO2 with no detrimental effects at the higher argon levels. The wetting action is better than solid wire, minimizing cold lap on heavier sections of steel. Characteristics Higher deoxidizer level than solid wires to improve perf o rmance on mill scale plate Better wetting action than solid wire, minimizing cold lap Superb operator appeal Good choice to use for short - c i rcuit or pulse applications
Typical Mechanical Properties Tensile Strength 91,000 psi (628 MPa) Yield Strength 81,000 psi (559 MPa) Elongation 27% CVN @ -20OF (-29OC) 53 ft/lb (72J) Typical Deposit Composition (%) C Mn Si P 0.06 1.64 0.75 0.012 Typical Welding Parameter Operating Range Dia. Amps WFS Volts 0.035" 200-260 550-800 26-30 0.045" 250-350 395-650 29-34 0.052" 300-400 355-640 30-33 1/16" 275-450 185-380 30-33 Diameter 0.035" 0.045" 0.045" 0.045" 0.045" 0.052" 0.052" 0.052" 0.052" 1/16" 1/16" 1/16" 3/32" Weight 33 lb Spool 33 lb Spool 44 lb Spool 60 lb Coil 500 lb Drum 33 lb Spool 44 lb Spool 60 lb Coil 500 lb Drum 44 lb Spool 60 lb Coil 500 lb Drum 60 lb Coil
PROSTAR STARCORE 6LF Specification E70C-6M H4 per AWS A5.18, ASME SFA 5.18, CWB E492C6M H4 Description ProStar STARCORE 6LF is a metal-cored wire with lower fume generation rates than other metal-cored wires. The fume generation rates are comparable to solid wires while offering the higher deposition rates of a metal-cored wire. The wire is recommended for single-pass and multiple-pass welding in both the flat and horizontal positions. The recommended shielding is a mixture of argon and carbon dioxide with a minimum of 75% argon and a maximum of 92% argon. Arc characteristics improve with the richer argon gases while fume levels decrease. Pro S t a r STARCORE 6LF has the lowest spatter level of all the ProStar metal-cored wire s . Characteristics Lowest fume level of our cored products Exceptionally clear arc Better wetting action than solid wire, minimizing cold lap Vi rtually slag-free welds reduce clean-up time
Typical Mechanical Properties Tensile Strength 82,000 psi (566 MPa) Yield Strength 70,000 psi (483 MPa) Elongation 29% CVN @ OF (-18OC) 47 ft/lb (64J) Typical Deposit Composition (%) C Mn Si P 0.04 1.50 0.70 0.008 Typical Welding Parameter Operating Range Dia. Amps WFS Volts 0.035" 200-260 550-800 26-30 0.045" 250-350 395-650 29-34 0.052" 300-400 355-640 30-33 1/16" 275-450 185-380 30-33 Diameter 0.035" 0.035" 0.045" 0.045" 0.045" 0.045" 0.052" 0.052" 1/16" Weight 33 lb Spool 44 lb Spool 33 lb Spool 44 lb Spool 60 lb Coil 500 lb Dru m 44 lb Spool 60 lb Coil 60 lb Coil
S 0.019
S 0.013
Optimum Parameters ESO Amps WFS Volts 3/8-5/8 260 800 30 3/8-1/2 350 650 34 3/8-3/4 400 640 33 3/8-3/4 450 380 33 Part Number PRSS249408-729 PRSS249412-729 PRSS249412-744 PRSS249412-702 PRSS249412-713 PRSS249415-729 PRSS249415-744 PRSS249415-702 PRSS249415-713 PRSS249419-744 PRSS249419-702 PRSS249419-713 PRSS280629-702
Optimum Parameters ESO Amps WFS Volts 3/8-5/8 260 800 30 3/8-1/2 350 650 34 3/8-3/4 400 640 33 3/8-3/4 450 380 33 P a rt Number PRSS280808-729 PRSS280808-744 PRSS280812-729 PRSS280812-744 PRSS280812-702 PRSS280812-713 PRSS280815-744 PRSS280815-702 PRSS280819-702
Filler Metals 7 14
PROSTAR FC-SS-GS Specification E71T-GS per AWS A5.20, ASME SFA 5.20 Description ProStar FC-SS-GS offers extremely high operator appeal in applications involving thin gauge galvanized or carbon steels. Arc action is smooth and stable, excellent at low welding currents. DCEN (straight polarity) operation facilitates the welding of sections as thin as 18 gauge with little tendency for burn through. Good wetting action makes ProStar FC-SS-GS well suited for the lap and butt welds encountered in body panel and sheet metal ductwork. With vertical down welding, bead g e o m e t ry and appearance are excellent; spatter levels are low. ProStar FC-SS-GS is outstanding for use in portable welding systems, as the small diameters perf o rm well on port a b l e 110-volt input welding machines. It is recommended only for single-pass welding and can be used in all positions using no shielding gas. Characteristics Use DCEN (straight polarity), minimizing burn-through Designed specifically for welding thin gauge galvanized steels Single-pass weldments on galvanized and carbon steel sheet metal from 18 gauge up to 3/16 Ve ry smooth arc, minimal spatter when applied to carbon steel
Typical Mechanical Pro p e rties Transverse 87,000 psi (600 MPa) Tensile Strength Base metal fracture Longitudinal Guided Satisfactory Bend Typical Welding Parameter Optimum Parameters Diameter Position Amps WFS Volts 0.030" Flat 200 565 18 Overhead 150 300 17 Ve rtical Up 150 300 17 0.035" Flat 225 450 19 Overhead 175 300 19 Ve rtical Up 175 300 19 0.045" Flat 250 280 19 Overhead 200 190 19 Ve rtical Up 200 190 19
Operating Range Amps Volts 75-200 14-18 75-150 14-17 75-150 14-17 75-225 13-19 75-175 13-19 75-175 13-19 75-250 15-19 100-200 16-19 100-200 16-19
S 0.003
Al 1.18
Operating Range Amps Volts 75-225 13-19 75-175 13-19 75-175 13-19 75-250 15-19 100-200 16-19 100-200 16-19
Filler Metals 7 15
PROSTAR Tungsten Electrodes Ground finished tungsten electrodes are cleaned of impurities by centerless grinding, which is done to produce a uniform size, to remove surface imperfections, and a more stable arc .
Grade Pure Thoria 2% Lanthanated 1.5% Ceria 2% Zirconia 2% Color code Green Red Gold Orange Brown Size 1/16 PRS40203 PRS40204 PRS40205 PRS40216 SYL1167GZ AWS spec EWP PRS40210 PRS40211 SYL5327GZ EWTh-2 EWLa-1 EWCe-2 EWZi-2
Lanthanated Tungsten Color Code: Gold Lanthanated tungsten is a non-radioactive substitute for 2% thoriated tungsten. They provide similar perf o rm a n c e with minimum amount of adjustment of operating conditions.
3/32 PRS40207 PRS40208 PRS40209 PRS40218 SYL3327GZ 1/8 PRS40200 PRS40201 PRS40202 PRS40212 SYL187GZ 5/32
Ceriated Tungsten Color Code: Orange Ceriated tungsten is characterized by ease of starting, good arc stability, long life, high current capacity and non-radioactivity. Ceriated electrodes will operate successfully with AC or DC. Zirconiated Tungsten Color Code: Brown Zirconiated tungsten electrodes have characteristics that lay between pure and thoriated electrodes. They are commonly the electrode of choice for AC welding of aluminum and magnesium alloys. Zirconiated tungsten combines the desirable arc stability characteristics and balled end typical of pure tungsten along with the higher current capacity and better arc starting characteristics of thoriated tungsten electro d e s .
Pure Tungsten Color Code: Green These electrodes are used mainly with a l t e rnating current (AC) for welding of aluminum and magnesium alloys. With this type of current, the tip of the pure tungsten electrode forms a clean, balled end, which provides good arc stability. Pure tungsten is more prone to contamination of the weld than the other types of tungsten electrodes.
Thoriated Tungsten Color Code: Red 2% Thoriated tungsten electrodes, are designed for direct current electrode negative (DEN) or straight polarity applications. They maintain a sharpened tip configuration during welding, which is desirable for the welding of steel, nickel alloys, and most alloys other than aluminum and magnesium. Thoriated tungsten electrodes are not normally used with AC welding because it is difficult to maintain the balled end.
Tungsten Electrode Grinder TURBO-SHARP III is an enclosed electrode grinder, which eliminates grinding dust exposure to both the user and the environment. TURBO-SHARP III comes with a metal carrying case containing:
Standard head for diameters: .040 (1.0mm), 1/16 (1.6mm), 3/32 (2.4mm) and 1/8 (3.2mm) Accessory for stationary mounting Adapter for vacuum cleaning Pen-style electrode holder Multi-functional cover Tools for assembling and replacement of grinding wheel User instructions
Grinding tungsten electrodes produces dust and can be radioactive (2% thoriated). TURBO-SHARP III is therefore an enclosed grinder. The dust is captured and cannot be inhaled or blown into the environment. TURBO-SHARP III advantages: Dust cannot be inhaled No environmental damage Can be connected to vacuum system (accessory included with unit)
Filler Metals 7 16
Mild Steel Covered Electrode
E-6010
Electrode Tensile Strength in KSI Position 1 All Position 2 Flat and Horizontal Coating Type of Coating Cellulose Sodium Cellulose Potassium Titania Potassium Iron Powder Titania Iron Powder Low Hydro g e n Iron Powder Titania
Coating Code 0 1 3 4 8 4
Lincoln 5P and 5P+ Fleetweld 180 Fleetweld 37 Fleetweld 47 LH70, 73, 75, 78 Jetweld 1, 3
PROSTAR PROSTAR 6011 PROSTAR 6013 PROSTAR 7014 PROSTAR 7018 & 7018 AC
AC Alternating Current
5P+ (E6010)
Fleetweld 37 (E6013)
Fleetweld 47 (E7014)
5P+ (E6010)
Fleetweld 37 (E6013)
Jetweld 3 (E7024)
Filler Metals
SMAW (Stick) Solutions Electrodes
Low Alloy Steel Covered Electrode
7 17
E-8018-B 2
Electrode Tensile Strength in KSI Position 1 All Position Type of Coating Chemical Composition of Weld Metal Deposited
AWS Spec E7018-A1 E8018-B2 E8018-C1 E8018-C2 E8018-C3 E9018-B3 E9018-B3L E9018-M E10018-D2 E10018-M E11018-M E12018-M LH-110M LH8018-C3 Lincoln LH7018-A1 LH90 LH8018-C1 Hobart 7018-A1 8018-B2 8018-C1 8018-C2 8018-C3 9018-B3 9018-B3L 9018-M 10018-D2 10018-M 11018-M 12018-M 11018-MR 9018-B3L MR 9018-M MR 8018-C3 MR Murex 7018-A1
* Note: Amount depends on electrode classification. Single values indicate maximum. Check AWS A5.5 for the different electrode classes.
Filler Metals 7 18
Stainless Steel Wire
Cr 20 24 19
Ni 10 13 12
Mo 2.5
Mechanical Properties
Filler Metal 308L/308LSi 309L/309LSi 316L/316LSi Yield (psi) 55,000 58,000 60,000 Tensile (psi) 85,000 87,000 88,000 Elongation (%) 37 34 35
SAN308L045DM
10 lb (4.5 kg) SAN308LSI02310 SAN308LSI03010 SAN308LSI03510 SAN308LSI04510 309LSi Wi re Size .035" .039" .045"
SAN308LSI035D
Filler Metals
Stainless Steel Wire
Stainless Steel GMAW (MIG) Wire, continued
316L Wi re Size .023" .030" .035" .045" 316LSi Wi re Size .023" .030" .035" .039" .045" 2 lb (1 kg) SAN316L0232 SAN316L0302 SAN316L0352 SAN316L0452 10 lb (4.5 kg) SAN316L02310 SAN316L03010 SAN316L03510 SAN316L04510 15 lb (6.8 kg) SAN316L02315 33 lb (15 kg) SAN316L03033 SAN316L03533 SAN316L04533 600 lb Drum (272 kg)
7 19
SAN316L045DM
SAN316LSI035D2
Hints Lower carbon in stainless steel promotes corrosion resistance The 16 coating is for all positions while the 17 is for flat 312-16 electrode is an excellent maintenance electrode for almost all steel and stainless steel 309 or 312 series can be used to weld steel to stainless. Never use the 308 or 316 series for this application High silicon reduces grinding requirements but may not be suitable for some military applications or when the welds are highly polished
Filler Metals 7 20
AWS Spec E4043 ProStar MIG Wi re USA Wi re Size (in) 0.030 0.035 3/64 1/16 3/32 AWS Spec E5356 ProStar MIG Wire USA Canada 20 lb (9 kg) 1 lb (.45 kg) PRSED702616 PRSED702618 PRS535620047243 PRS535620062243 PRSED702620 20 lb (9 kg) PRSED702617 PRSED702619 PRSED702621 PRSED702622 PRSED702623 1 lb (.45 kg) PRS404301030243 PRS404301035243 PRS404301047243 14 lb (6.4 kg)/16 lb (7 kg) PRS404315030243 (14 lb) PRS404315035243 (16 lb) PRS404320047243 PRS404320062243 20 lb (9 kg) 1 lb (.45 kg) PRSED702608 PRSED702610 PRSED702612 Canada 20 lb (9 kg) PRSED702609 PRSED702611 PRSED702613 PRSED702614 PRSED702615
Filler Metals 7 21
AWS Spec R4043 ProStar Tig Rod USA Wi re Dia. 1/16 3/32 1/8 1 lb PRS404331062243 PRS404331094243 PRS404331125243 10 lb PRS404336062243 PRS404336094243 PRS404336125243 CANADA 10 lb PRSED702631 PRSED702633 PRSED702632
AWS Spec R5356 ProStar Tig Rod USA Wi re Dia. 1/16 3/32 1/8 1 lb PRS535631062243 PRS535631094243 PRS535631125243 10 lb PRS535636062243 PRS535636094243 PRS535636125243 CANADA 10 lb PRSED702628 PRSED702630 PRSED702629
TIG Welding Parameters for Aluminum Tee Joints Metal Thickness (in) 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/8 1/8 1/8 3/16 3/16 3/16 1/4 1/4 1/4 Position Passes Required 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Travel Speed (ipm) 8 8 8 10 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 AC Amps (amp) 80 80 70 150 120 135 215 180 190 260 235 240 Cup Diameter (in) 3/8 3/8 3/8 7/16 3/8 3/8 1/2 7/16 7/16 1/2 1/2 1/2 Argon Flowrate (cfh) 20 20 25 20 20 25 25 25 30 30 30 35 Volume used/100 ft weld 50 50 62 40 50 62 62 62 75 75 75 87 Tungsten Diameter (in) 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/8 3/32 3/32 5/32 1/8 5/32 3/16 3/16 3/16 Filler Rod Diameter (in) 3/32 3/32 3/32 1/8 1/8 1/8 5/32 5/32 5/32 3/16 3/16 3/16 lbs. deposited/ 100 ft weld 1/2 1/2 1/2 2 2 2 4.5 4.5 4.5 7 7 7
Flat H&V Overhead Flat H&V Overhead Flat H&V Overhead Flat H&V Overhead
Filler Metals 7 22
Brazing The melting temperature of the filler metal is greater than 800 oF but less than the melting temperature of the base metal. For example: Silver brazing, depending on the alloy, has a range of 1045 oF to 1700 oF. The alloy bonds the two metals together when flux, alloy and adequate heat are applied to a clean joint with the proper fit-up. Some alloys require 0.001-0.003 gap in the base metals, while some work best with a gap of 0.005. The alloy is drawn into the joint by capillary action. This requires more attention to be paid to fit-up, flux, and heat in order for this process to be successful. Note: The exception to the flux requirement is Copper-Phosphorus Brazing Alloys. In copper to copper applications, no flux is required but you should back purge the part with nitrogen for an oxide-free surf a c e .
To rc h Air/FG-2 Air/FG-2 Oxy/FG-2 Oxy/FG-2 Oxy/FG-2 Oxy/FG-2 Air/FG-2 Oxy/FG-2 Oxy/FG-2 Oxy/FG-2 Oxy/FG-2 Oxy/FG-2 Oxy/FG-2 Oxy/FG-2 Oxy/FG-2 Oxy/FG-2
Soldering The melting temperature of the filler metal is less than 800 oF. Caution: Silver soldering is a term that is commonly misused to discuss silver brazing. Silver solders usually consist of Tin and Silver with a silver content of less than 6%.
Flame adjustment For soldering and brazing, use a carburizing flame. Solders have tensile strengths of 3,000 to 10,000 psi. Brazing alloys have tensile strengths of 50,000 to 90,000 psi.
Caution Never solder an oxygen line. OSHA and NFPA require brazing. If the line is copper, use PROSTAR 15 with a nitrogen backup at 30 cfh and zero back pressure.
Filler Metals
Brazing and Soldering Alloys and Fluxes
Brazing Alloys and Fluxes PROSTAR Premium Quality Brazing Alloys and Fluxes are specifically designed and engineered to meet the most demanding operations. Its extensive product line includes Copper- P h o s p h o ru and Cadmium-Free s Silver Brazing Alloys and Brazing Fluxes. Cadmium-Free Silver Brazing Alloys
Part Number WJT59685 WJT59687 WJT59693 PRS59697 WJT55043 WJT59699 Brazing Alloy A35 Silver A45 Silver A50N Silver PROSTAR A56T Silver A56T Silver A56T Silver Packaging 3/64" x 1 T oz. Canister 1/16" x 50 T oz. Coil 1/16" x 50 T oz. Coil 1/16" x 1 T oz. Canister 1/16" x 50 T oz. Coil 1/32" x 50 T oz. Coil Solidus 1150 oF (620 oC) 1225 oF (660 oC) 1220 F (660 C) 1145 oF (620 oC) 1145 oF (620 oC) 1145 F (620 C)
o o o o
7 23
Liquidus 1350 oF (730 oC) 1370 oF (740 oC) 1305 oF (710 oC) 1205 oF (650 oC) 1205 oF (650 oC) 1205 oF (650 oC)
Liquidus 1460 oF (790 oC) 1490 oF (810 oC) 1475 oF (800 oC)
Praxair Tip
A45 is Cadmium free. However, it is a very sluggish alloy and may not produce your desired results. PROSTAR Cadmium-Free A56T presents equal to or better results than cadium bearing alloys. It is also approved by the National Sanitary Foundation (NSF) for parts used in food service.
50N is Cadmium-free. This alloy contains nickel to make it resistant to inter-granular corrosion caused by acids leaching out the zinc content of the brazing alloy.
Filler Metals 7 24
Brazing Alloys
PROSTAR 15FC (Flux Coated) R-CuZn-C 1 lb (.45 kg) 3 lb (1.2 kg) 1/16 PRS61400 PRS61403 3/32 PRS61410 PRS61413 1/8 PRS61420 PRS61423
No flux is needed for gas welding with R-45 or R-60 R45 is a general purpose oxy/acetylene rod for welding mild steels R60 provides additional strength and ductility for a variety of steels
Recommended shielding gas: argon or helium/argon mixtures E70S-2 is a triple deoxidized filler metal which can produce x-ray quality when it is used on killed steels E70S-6 is a silicon manganese deoxidized filler metal that produces very clean TIG deposits
Recommended shielding gas: argon or helium/argon mixtures ERCuSi-A is a silicon deoxidized copper-based filler metal which is used to attach two pieces of metal together where strength is secondary and cosmetics are primary.
Filler Metals
Maintenance and Repair (M&R) MG Alloys
MG 200 - AC or DC straight polarity (electrode negative) Recommended for low temperature welding of cast iron in all positions. Tensile Strength
Diameter 3/32" 1/8" 5/32" Amperage 30-70 55-110 75-135
7 25
Pro c e d u re Clean weld area if possible. Bevel joint to form a s U groove. A bead hole must be welded at right angles to each end of all cracks to prevent spreading during welding. Select lowest possible amperage. Maintain a medium long arc with electrode tilted slightly in the direction of travel. Short stringer beads or narrow weave beads should be used to prevent excessive heat build-up. When breaking the arc, always fill the crater and drag rod back over the weld deposit. Peening while still hot will help to reduce stress. When restriking the arc, start on pre v i o u s l y deposited weld metal, not on the base material. Allow part to cool slowly.
MG 260 - AC or DC reverse polarity (electrode positive) Commonly used to weld high-position irons and steels, ductile iron and high-nickel alloy cast iron. Specifications Diameter 3/32 1/8 5/32 Amperage 40-95 70-125 110-160 AWS A5.15 Class ENiFe-Cl
5 lb (2.3 kg) 10 lb (4.5 kg)
MG 210 - AC or DC straight polarity (electrode negative) Commonly used to weld ductile iron, Ni-Resist and Meehanite to themselves or to steel. Also suitable for joining nickel alloys to gray cast iron, malleable cast iron and cast steel. Tensile Strength Diameter 3/32" 1/8" 5/32" Amperage 35-80 65-120 75-140 Up to 80,000 psi (56 kg/mm2)
5 lb (2.3 kg) 10 lb (4.5 kg)
Procedures Preheat cast iron parts to 600 oF (326 oC). Steels and other materials usually do not re q u i re preheat unless they are complicated and contain excessive stresses. Use stringer beads or narro w weave beads. Remove slag between passes when making multiple layers. Maintain preheat temperature during entire welding operation; when completed, allow part to cool slowly.
MGI093425814345 MGI093425814444
Pro c e d u re Clean weld area if possible. Bevel joint to form a s U groove. A bead hole must be welded at right angles to each end of all cracks to prevent spreading during welding. Select lowest possible amperage. Maintain a medium long arc with electrode tilted slightly in the direction of travel. Short stringer beads or narrow weave beads should be used to prevent excessive heat build-up. When breaking the arc, always fill the crater and drag rod back over the weld deposit. Peening while still hot will help to reduce stress. When restriking the arc, start on previously deposited weld metal, not on the base material. Allow part to cool slowly.
MG 289 - AC or DC reverse polarity (electrode positive) For use on dirty cast iron like sewer pipe, machine bases, transmission or gear housings, sprockets, repair of build-up on gears and any repair of cast iron to steel. Tensile Strength Diameter 3/32" 1/8" 5/32" Amperage 40-70 70-110 90-130 Up to 75,000 psi (53 kg/mm2)
5 lb (2.3 kg) 10 lb (4.5 kg)
MG 250 - AC or DC reverse polarity (electrode positive) Welds can be satisfactorily produced on light and medium-size casting if there is no severe stress or high phosphorus content encountered in the parent material. Specifications Diameter 3/32 1/8 5/32 Amperage 40-75 65-115 100-150 AWS A5.15 Class ENi-Cl
5 lb (2.3 kg) 10 lb (4.5 kg)
Pro c e d u re On heavy sections remove worn, cracked metal s and bevel joint using MG 570 or a grinding wheel. When repairing cracks, drill stop hole at either end to prevent crack travel while welding. On very heavy sections, preheat to approximately 400 oF. Use short stringer beads for root pass and peen lightly after removing slag. Use a short to medium arc and the lowest amperage possible to minimize base metal overheating. When breaking arc, always back-whip into weld crater. Weaving two times rod diameter is acceptable for cover beads on multi-pass work. Weld joints should be allowed to slowly cool for maximum strength and machinability.
MGI093425817346 MGI093425817445
Pro c e d u re In most cases, preheating or postheating will s not be necessary, but in cold weather or when special machining qualities are desired, the part should be preheated to 400 oF (204 oC). Stringer beads and intermittent welds should be employed to reduce stress and cracks; peening while still hot also helps reduce these problems. Allow part to cool slowly.
Filler Metals 7 26
Maintenance and Repair (M&R) MG Alloys (cont.)
MG 518 - AC or DC reverse polarity (electrode positive) Used extensively on construction grades, for shipbuilding, pipelines, boiler plate and cast steel. Tensile Strength Yield Strength Elongation % Diameter 3/32" 1/8" 5/32" Amperage 60-100 110-150 140-200 76,000 psi (54 kg/mm2) 69,000 psi (49 kg/mm2) 31-33
5 lb (2.3 kg) 10 lb (4.5 kg)
MG 400 - DC reverse polarity (electrode positive) Repair of aluminum machining errors and build-up of missing sections of castings, extrusions, plates, etc.
Tensile Strength Elongation % Diameter 3/32" 1/8" 5/32" Amperage 50-80 80-130 100-160
Pro c e d u re Area to be welded should be clean and free of s surface contamination such as rust, scale, grease, etc. On DC, use reverse polarity (electrode +). Preheat of 300 o-450 o should be employed with heavy sections and hardenable grades of base metal. For highest x-ray quality, maintain a short arc gap. On vert ical welds, start at bottom and weave slightly while pausing at the edges. For root passes, set a minimum gap (3/32" for 1/6" electrodes), and run stringer beads. For fill and cover passes, a weaving technique is best employed.
Pro c e d u re Clean weld area. Parts 1/8" or heavier should s be beveled 70o-90o. No preheat is necessary on thin gauges but faster, flatter, smoother welds are produced on heavier sections if they are preheated to approximately 400 oF (205 oC). Hold electrode vertical to workpiece, maintain a short arc and fast travel speed. Use either stringer beads or weaving technique. Remove slag between passes. Restart arc on existing weld deposits. Allow p a rt to cool slowly. Chip off all slag before quenching. For complete slag removal use a wire brush with a 10% sulfuric acid and hot water solution. Rinse with clean hot water.
MG 540 - AC or DC reverse polarity (electrode negative) For tramp and problem steels high in sulphur, phosphorus or other elements added to improve the machinability of the steel. Tensile Strength Diameter 3/32" 1/8" 5/32" Amperage 60-100 110-150 140-200 Up to 80,000 psi (56 kg/mm2)
5 lb (2.3 kg) 10 lb (4.5 kg)
MGI093425849231
MG 500 - AC or DC either polarity Commonly used on applications requiring short, intermittent and spot welds because of the outstanding re s t a rting characteristics. Tensile Strength Yield Strength Elongation % Diameter 3/32" 1/8" 5/32" Amperage 35-80 65-125 90-160 Up to 80,000 psi (56 kg/mm2) Up to 68,000 psi (47 kg/mm2) Approx. 24
5 lb (2.3 kg) 10 lb (4.5 kg)
Pro c e d u re Area to be welded should be cleaned thoroughly. s Surface contamination must be removed and bevel or chamfer where required. Maintain close arc length. Vertical joints should be welded from bottom up, using rapid weave technique. Do not whip. Use drag technique to make horizontal fillet welds. Slag is easily removed.
MG Super 600 - AC or DC reverse polarity (electrode positive) Due to its exceptional strength and crack resistance, it is ideal for repairing tools, spring steel, and any dissimilar metal combinations. Tensile Strength Yield Strength Elongation % Diameter 3/32" 1/8" 5/32" Amperage 35-70 60-110 75-140 Up to 1,280,000 psi (88 kg/mm2) (as welded) Up to 90,000 (63 kg/mm2) Approx. 32
5 lb (2.3 kg) 10 lb (4.5 kg)
Pro c e d u re s Remove as much foreign material as practical from the weld area. DC reverse polarity (electrode +) produces deep penetration; DC straight polarity (electrode -) will have limited penetration and a flatter bead. AC prevents arc blow. A medium arc length should be maintained with either stringer or weave beads. Slag is easily removed with a light chipping hammer.
MGI093425857342 MGI093425857441
Pro c e d u re The area in which the weld is to be made should s be free of rust, grease, paint and other materials which cause weld contamination. A 90o V joint should be used when joining heavy sections. Preheat is necessary only for high carbon steels, which should be preheated to 350 oF (204 oC). The interpass temperature should be kept below 500 oF (260 oC). Alignment should be maintained by the use of fixtures, tack welds or other types of mechanical support. Maintain a short arc length and use stringer beads. Avoid weaving whenever possible.
Safety Equipment
Safety Equipment
Section B Safety Equipment Safety Goggles Safety Glasses Laser Eyewear Lens Shade Selector Lenses (Passive) Face Shields Protective Shields Winter Lens Hearing Protection Respirators Gloves Welding Helmets Leather Accessories Jackets, Sleeves, Capes, and Aprons Welding Blankets Welding Curtains Welding Screens 1 2-5 6-7 8-12 13 14 15 16-18 19 20 21 22-25 26 27-28 29 30 31
Safety Equipment 8 1
Safety Goggles
Goggles Applications and Safety Read this section completely to select the goggles that are intended for the job and work environment to be encountered. PROSTAR Goggles do not provide unlimited face and eye protection. They provide eye protection from hazards, such as light impact from small particles associated with chipping and grinding, dust, sparks and spatter, and injurious rays and glare (tinted lenses only). They are effective for gas welding, flame cutting, grinding and similar applications. PROSTAR Goggle lenses and bodies are not unbre a k a b l e. They will not protect against severe impact hazards. Pitted or scratched lenses reduce vision and seriously reduce impact protection replace immediately. Inspect frequently and immediately replace w o rn or damaged parts. Clean only with mild soap and l u k e w a rmwater. Do not use solvents. For further information, see American National Standards Institute Standard ANSI Z87.1 available from American National Standards Institute, 1430 Broadway, New York, NY 10018.
PROSTAR 2 x 4-1/4 Goggles P a rt Number: PRS66001 (Flip Front) PRS66002 (Fixed Front)
This soft polyethylene frame goggle has 6 vents that assure ample ventilation. Fits easily over prescription glasses. Supplied with a 2" x 4-1/4", shade 5 lens protected by a clear cover lens. A magnifier lens can be placed in the unit behind the rear of the colored protective lens.
PROSTAR Cup Goggles Part Number: PRS66006 (Flip Front) PRS66008 (Fixed Front)
This soft polyethylene frame goggle has 6 vents that assure ample ventilation. Fits easily over prescription glasses. Supplied with two 50-mm dia. round, shade 5 lenses protected by clear cover lenses.
Provides protection from flying debris and dust. Soft rolled edge provides close fit and comfort. Vents provide for protection from liquid and chemical splash entry into eyes. Has a wider field of vision.
Safety Equipment 8 2
UVEX Safety Glasses
Safety Glasses
Astro 3000 Adjustable lens and temple length. Lightweight, offers panoramic vision.
Part Number UVES1111 UVES1112 UVES1149 UVES1169 UVES1169C UVES1179 UVES135 UVES1359 UVES1359C UVES1369 UVES1379 Frame Color Black Black Red/White/Blue Red/White/Blue Red/White/Blue Red/White/Blue Black Black Black Black Black Lens Tint Shade 3.0 Shade 5.0 Silver Mirror Clear Clear Gray Clear Clear Clear Gray Silver Mirror Lens Coating Ultra-dura Ultra-dura Ultra-dura Ultra-dura Uvextreme Ultra-dura Ultra-dura Ultra-dura Uvextreme Ultra-dura Ultra-dura Temple Style Spatula Spatula Duoflex Duoflex Duoflex Duoflex Spatula Duoflex Duoflex Duoflex Duoflex
BANDIT S p o rty with an adjustable temple length. Classic black frame with wrap-around unilens.
Part Number UVES1600 UVES1601 UVES1603 UVES1604 UVES1624 Frame Color Black Black Black Black Slate Blue Lens Tintr Clear Amber Espresso Gold Mirror Mirror Lens Coating Ultra-dura Ultra-dura Ultra-dura Ultra-dura Ultra-dura
TOMCAT Tight-wrap dual lens design. Lens absorb 99% of UVA and UVB rays. Adjustable saddle nose pads.
Part Number UVES2450 UVES2451 UVES2453 UVES2454 Frame Color Gunmetal Gunmetal Gunmetal Gunmetal Lens Tint Clear Gray Silver Mirror Mirror 50 Lens Coating Hardcoat Hardcoat Hardcoat Hardcoat
Safety Equipment
Safety Glasses
UVEX Safety Glasses Genesis Superior impact resistance through new technology. Best comfort adjustable lens and temple length. Exceptional peripheral vision and ventilation.
Part Number UVES3200 UVES3200X UVES3201 UVES3202 UVES3203 UVES3204 UVES3208 Frame Color Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Lens Tint Clear Clear Espresso Amber Gold Mirror SCT-Reflect 50 Shade 5.0 Lens Coating Ultra-dura Uvextreme Ultra-dura Ultra-dura Ultra-dura Ultra-dura Ultra-dura
8 3
FitLogic Adjustable length, ratchet-action temple arms, flexible spring-like browbar, and rotating and pivoting nosepiece offer exceptional fit. Some lenses also available with Uvextre m e anti-fog coating.
Part Number Black/Silver Frame UVES0400 UVES0400X UVES0401 UVES0401X UVES0402 UVES0403 UVES0404 UVES0405X UVES0406X UVES0407X Part Number Pewter/Wine Frame UVES0410 UVES0410X UVES0411 UVES0411X UVES0412 UVES0413 UVES0414 UVES0415X UVES0416X UVES0417X Lens Color Clear Clear Uvextreme Gray Gray Uvextreme Amber Silver Mirror SCT Reflect 50 SCT Gray SCT Vermillion SCT Blue
PivotTM Lightweight, wrap-around style offers extra cheek and side coverage. Ventilation channels minimize fogging. Some lenses also available with Uvextreme anti-fog coating. Uvex lifetime frame guarantee.
Part Number Black/Silver Frame UVES2140 UVES2140X UVES2141 UVES2141X UVES2142X UVES2143 UVES2144 UVES2145 Part Number Blue/Water Frame UVES2150 UVES2150X UVES2151 UVES2151X UVES2152X UVES2153 UVES2154 UVES2155 Lens Color Clear Clear Uvextreme Gray Gray Uvextreme Amber Uvextreme Blue Ice Mirror Orange Mirror SCT Reflex 50
Safety Equipment 8 4
Jackson Safety Glasses Nemesis Sleek, sporty style. The Nemesis features lightweight construction and soft touch temples. Single lens wrap-around protection.
Part Number JAC19804 JAC19805 JAC19806 JAC19807 JAC19808 JAC19809 Frame Color Black Black Black Black Black Black Lens Tint Clear Clear Fog Gard Smoke Indoor/Outdoor Blue Metallic Amber
Safety Glasses
EnvisionTM Sporty wrap-around look with adjustable ratchet temple for custom fit.
Lens Tint Clear Clear Fog Gard Smoke Amber Indoor/Outdoor Blue Metallic
Safety Equipment
Safety Glasses
Jackson Safety Glasses
8 5
VisioTM Sleek, lightweight and comfortable. One-piece frame with adjustable temple.
Part Number JAC19492 JAC19494 JAC19496 JAC19497 JAC19498 Frame Color Silver Silver Black Black Black Lens Tint Clear Smoke Amber Blue Metallic Indoor/Outdoor
Crews Safety Glasses MOSSY OAK 5-setting adjustment, ratchet-action temples ensure proper lens position for a comf o rtable fit. Meets or exceeds ANSI Z87.1 Safety Standard. Strong, lightweight polycarbonate lens blocks 99.9% of ultraviolet rays. Exclusive Crews Duramass scratch-resistant coating.
P a rt Number CREMO110 CREMO112 CREMO117 CREMO114 CREMO119 Frame Color Mossy Oak Mossy Oak Mossy Oak Mossy Oak Mossy Oak Lens Ti n t Clear Gray Mirror Amber I/O Mirror Lens Coating Duramass Duramass Duramass Duramass Duramass Temple Style Ratchet-action Ratchet-action Ratchet-action Ratchet-action Ratchet-action
A c c e s s o ry
P a rt Number UVES468 Description Lens Cleaner Towelettes 100/box
Safety Equipment 8 6
Laser Eyewear
For exact optical densities however, always consult your laser safety officer or ANSI Z136.1-2001 for the safe use of lasers.
The product series listed below are recommendations for todays most popular lasers in the industry based on your hazard.
UVEX DVO (Diffuse Viewing Only) Series For exposure to diffuse or scattered laser light only. Available in two lightweight, stylish and comfortable frames LSK spectacle and the LOTG over the glass spectacle.
UVEX LGT (Laser Glass Technology) Series For exposure to direct reflections. These lenses offer clear filters for infrared lasers (Nd:Yag and CO2) and are available in a large 66 mm dual lens spectacle with multiple temple and inclination adjustments.
Safety Equipment
Laser Eyewear
For Nd:Yag Lasers Nd:Yag Lasers Diffuse Hazard This infrared laser is absorbed by the retina. Even though your system may contain most of the laser radiation, you only need to be exposed to milliwatts of power to receive permanent eye damage. Uvex Nd:Yag and CO2 filters provide protection from diffuse laser radiation from Nd:Yag, CO2 and some low powered diodes. These filters offer over 50% visible light transmission (VLT), and are available with anti-fog coatings. All the ODs, corresponding wavelength and lot number are laser inscribed on the lens to insure easy identification. Part Number UVELSK-Yag/CO2 UVELOTG-Yag/CO2 Specifications OD 7+ @ 1064nm OD 5 @ 10,600nm OD 5+ @ 865-1063nm Nd:Yag Lasers Reflected Beam Hazard Should you potentially be exposed to reflected Nd:Yag or CO2 laser light, Uvex LGT Series laser glass technology would be recommended. These are available in filter 06 in either the L5 spectacle or LS6 goggle. Part Number UVELS506 UVELS606 Specifications OD 8 @ 1060/1064nm OD 5 @ 10,600nm VLT 70% Color: light gray
8 7
For CO2 Lasers only CO2 Lasers Diffuse Hazard While the wavelength of CO2 lasers are not transmitted to the retina, they can still cause eye damage in the form of c o rnea burns. Further more, ANSI and OSHA require you to wear laser specific eyewear around these high powered, Class IV systems. Part Number UVELSK-C02 UVELOTG-C02 Specifications OD 5 @ 10,600nm VLT 90% Color: Clear CO2 Lasers Reflected Beam Hazard These systems can go through 1" thick metal in seconds; you can image how quickly they would go through plastic lenses. This is why we recommend laser glass filters for reflected CO2 systems that often operate in the kilowatt range. Part Number UVEL508 Specifications OD10 @ 10,600nm Color: Clear
For Diode Lasers Diodes Lasers 755-865nm Diffuse Hazard These systems often vary in wavelength so insure they correspond to the wavelengths listed above. The color of this filter is magenta, which has the added benefit of improving definition for inspection. Part Number UVELSK-Alex UVELOTG-Alex Specifications OD 5 @ 750-765nm OD 6 @ 766-860nm VLT 30% Color: Magenta Diode Lasers Reflected Beam Hazard These glass filters will cover not only diode lasers but also Nd:Yag and CO2 lasers. Like all Uvex LGT products, they come with a carrying case and safety cord. All specifications are laser inscribed to insure identification. Part Number UVELS570 UVELS670 Specifications OD 5+ @ 690-1320nm OD 7+ @ 720-1220nm OD 5+ @ 10,600nm VLT 50% Color: Aqua
Safety Equipment 8 8
Fibre-Metal TigerHood Welding Helmets
Welding Helmets
Unique design provides extended throat protection while blocking fumes and smoke from the face. Tigerhood helmets are molded from Noryl, a tough heat resistant thermoplastic, that maintains its high perf o rmance level across a wide spectrum of welding processes and working conditions. Includes shade 10 filter plate, installed at the factory. All models also available in silver and gold coating.
Window Dimensions 4-1/2" H x 5 -1/4" W 4-1/2" H x 5 -1/4" W 4-1/2" H x 5 -1/4" W 4-1/2" H x 5- 1/4" W 4-1/2" H x 5 -1/4" W
Helmet Color
8
FIB990-GN
Window Dimensions 2" H x 4-1/4" W Fixed Front 2" H x 4-1/4" W Fixed Front 2" H x 4-1/4" W Fixed Front 2" H x 4-1/4" W Fixed Front 2" H x 4-1/4" W Fixed Front
Helmet Color
Window Dimensions 2" H x 4-1/4" W Lift Front 2" H x 4-1/4" W Lift Front 2" H x 4-1/4" W Lift Front 2" H x 4-1/4" W Lift Front 2" H x 4-1/4" W Lift Front
Helmet Color
Safety Equipment
Welding Helmets
Fibre-Metal TigerHood Futura Welding Helmets
8 9
The Ti g e rh o o d Futura helmets represent the latest in welding helmet technology and perf o rmance. An innovative, streamlined-design, combined with an exceptionally high-perf o rmance, extremely lightweight material, help welders make more and better welds. Includes shade 10 filter plate, installed at the factory.
FIB2090-CAMF Part Number FIB2090BK FIB2090BE FIB2090GN FIB2090SR FIB2090-BKMF* FIB2090-BEMF* FIB2090-CAMF* FIB2001BK FIB2001BE FIB2001GN FIB2001SR FIB2006BK FIB2006BE FIB2006GN FIB2006SR FIB2006-BKMF* FIB2006-BEMF* FIB2006-CAMF* * With gold lens. Model 2090 2090 2090 2090 2090 2090 2090 2001 2001 2001 2001 2006 2006 2006 2006 2006 2006 2006 Window Dimensions 4-1/2"H x 5-1/4" W 4-1/2"H x 5-1/4" W 4-1/2"H x 5-1/4" W 4-1/2"H x 5-1/4" W 4-1/2"H x 5-1/4" W 4-1/2"H x 5-1/4" W 4-1/2"H x 5-1/4" W 2" H x 4-1/4" W - Fixed Front 2" H x 4-1/4" W - Fixed Front 2" H x 4-1/4" W - Fixed Front 2" H x 4-1/4" W - Fixed Front 2" H x 4-1/4" W - LIft Front 2" H x 4-1/4" W - LIft Front 2" H x 4-1/4" W - LIft Front 2" H x 4-1/4" W - LIft Front 2" H x 4-1/4" W - LIft Front 2" H x 4-1/4" W - LIft Front 2" H x 4-1/4" W - LIft Front Helmet Color Black Blue Green Silver Metallic Black Metallic Blue Metallic Red Black Blue Green Silver Black Blue Green Silver Metallic Black Metallic Blue Metallic Red
FIB2090-BKMF
FIB2006-BEMF
Reliable, heavy-duty protection. Specially formulated Superg l a s material and rugged construction meet the needs of the most demanding welding environments. Self-extinguishing, smooth, lightweight gray helmets deflect sparks and spatter. Includes shade 10 filter plate, installed at the factory. Curved Shell
Part Number FIB880 FIB710 FIB706 Model 880 710 706 Window Dimensions 4-1/2" H x 5-1/4" W 2" H x 4-1/4" W Fixed Front 2" H x 4-1/4" W Lift Fro n t
FIB706
Straight Shell
Part Number FIB680 FIB610 FIB606 Model 680 610 606 Window Dimensions 4-1/2" H x 5-1/4" W 2" H x 4-1/4" W Fixed Front 2" H x 4-1/4" W Lift Fro n t
FIB680
Safety Equipment 8 10
Fibre-Metal TigerHood Ultralite Welding Helmets
Welding Helmets
The sleek design of the TigerHood Ultralite helmet is compact but roomy enough to fit over protective spectacles and respirators. Ultralite helmets are molded from the same high-perf o rmance thermoplastic as our full-size TigerHood welding helmets. Includes factory-installed shade 10 filter plate. All models also available in black, green, red, and blue plus silver or gold coating.
Part Number FIB190-GD FIB190-GD-WGLS* FIB190-BK FIB190-GN FIB190-RD FIB190-BE FIB111-GD FIB111-BK FIB111-GN Model 190-GD 190-GD 190-BK 190-GR 190-RD 190-BL 111-GD 111-BK 111-GR 111-RD 111-BL Window Dimensions 4-1/2 H x 5-1/4 W 4-1/2" H x 5-1/4" W 4-1/2" H x 5-1/4" W 4-1/2" H x 5-1/4" W 4-1/2" H x 5-1/4" W 4-1/2" H x 5-1/4" W 2" H x 4-1/4" W Fixed Front 2" H x 4-1/4" W Fixed Front 2" H x 4-1/4" W Fixed Front 2" H x 4-1/4" W Fixed Front 2" H x 4-1/4" W Fixed Front Helmet Color
8
FIB190-GD-WGLS
Window Dimensions 2" H x 4-1/4" W Fixed Front 2" H x 4-1/4" W Fixed Front
Safety Equipment 8 11
Welding Helmets
PROSTAR High Perf o rmance black welding helmets include high quality polycarbonate welding shade #10 filter and clear cover plate. Streamlined, contemporary shape fits comfortably over spectacles and respirators.
P a rt Number Window Dimensions PRS62000 PRS62001 PRS62002 2"H x 4-1/4"W Fixed Front 2"H x 4-1/4"W Lift Front
PRS62000
PRS62001
PRS62002
8
Prostar Auto-Darkening Helmets & Lenses PROSTAR auto-darkening black helmets have an easy-to-use front loading glassholder with comfortable, free floating headgear. They are higher impact resistant, greater scratch and crack resistant.
PRS61002 PRS61001
The PROSTAR auto-darkening lenses are solar powered and have a fast reliable switching time. They have a constant UV/IR protection and they meet ANSI standards for welding helmets and filter plates. PROSTAR replacement auto-darkening lenses fit most other major brands.
PRS63001
Prostar Helmet
P a rt Number PRS61001 PRS61002 Window Dimensions 4-1/2"H x 5-1/4"W 2"H x 4-1/4"W Shade Variable #10
Prostar Welders Safety Kit W/Helmet Kit includes: F400 headgear, clear and shade 5 visor, safety glasses, welders cap, earplugs, passive helmet in a black bag.
PRS62003
Safety Equipment 8 12
Welding Helmets
Stylish graphic welding helmets feature a replaceable-battery/solar-assist lens technology, no recharging required. They handle low-amperage TIG applications including inverter arc with ease. Lightweight, comfortable and offer unsurpassed light-state clarity and exceptional battery life.
Four independent arc sensors insure optimum performance 30% larger viewing area Lens speed, 1/20,000 second 9-13 internal adjustment shade control Battery life - 3,000 hours Weight 18 oz (510 grams) Includes helmet bag and headgear comfort cushion
8
Maple Leaf MIL222670
Inferno MIL222669
Ideal for most light-industrial applications Two arc sensors Viewing area - 3.85 x 1.85 in.(97 x 74 mm) Lens speed, 1/18,000 second 9-13 internal adjustment shade control Battery life - 2,000 hours Includes helmet bag and headgear comfort cushion
Safety Equipment
Lens Shade Selector
Electric Process Shade numbers are given as a guide only and may be varied to suit individual needs.
Electrode Size (in) Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW) <3/32" 3/32" - 5/32" 5/32" - 1/4" > 1/4" Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW), Flux Cored Arc Welding (FCAW), and Metal Cored Arc Welding 0.023" 0.023" - 0.035" 0.035" - 0.045" 0.045" - 0.062 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW) 0.020" - 0.040" 1/16" - 3/32" 3/32" - 5/32" Plasma Arc Cutting (PAC) Light2 Medium Heavy Air Carbon Arc Gouging 5/32" - 5/16 5/16" - 3/4" <300 300-400 400-800 <500 500-1000 8 9 10 10 11 9 12 14 12 14 Arc Current (amp) <60 60-160 >160-250 >250-550 <60 60-160 >160-250 >250-500 <50 50-150 >150-500 Minimum Protective Shade 7 8 10 11 7 10 10 10 8 8 10 11 12 14 10 12 14 10 12 14
8 13
Suggested1 Shade Number (Comfort)
Gas Process Shade numbers are given as a guide only and may be varied to suit individual needs.
GasWe l d i n g Light Medium Heavy Oxy-Acet Cutting Light Medium Heavy
4 or 5 5 or 6 6 to 8
3 or 4 4 or 5 5 or 6
Shade numbers are given as a rule of thumb. It is recommended to begin with a shade that is too dark to see the weld zone. Then one should go to a lighter shade which gives sufficient view of the weld zone without going below the minimum. In gas welding or oxygen cutting where the torch produces a high yellow light, it is desirable to use a filter lens that absorbs the yellow or sodium line in the visible light of operation (spectrum). These values apply where the actual arc is clearly seen. Experience has shown that light filters may be used when the arc is hidden by the workpiece.
Safety Equipment 8 14
PROSTAR Lenses for Every Application PROSTAR has a full line of filter lenses and cover lenses for the welding, cutting and metalworking industry. Clear, green and colored filter lenses meet or exceed the optical and impact requirements of ANSI Z87.1 and CSA. Only filter lenses that are marked with the correct numerical infrared filtering shade will provide protection against infrared radiation and ultraviolet light. Protection from these hazards is provided only to the shade number designated on the lens.
Passive Lenses
Glass Filter Lens P a rt Number PRS64010 PRS64011 PRS64012 PRS64013 PRS64014 PRS64015 Size (H x W) 2 x 4-1/4" 2 x 4-1/4" 2 x 4-1/4" 2 x 4-1/4" 2 x 4-1/4" 2 x 4-1/4" 2 x 4-1/4" 2 x 4-1/4" 2 x 4-1/4" 2 x 4-1/4" 2 x 4-1/4" 2 x 4-1/4" 4-1/2" X 5-1/4" 4-1/2" X 5-1/4" 4-1/2" X 5-1/4" 4-1/2" X 5-1/4" 4-1/2" X 5-1/4" 4-1/2" X 5-1/4" 4-1/2" X 5-1/4" 4-1/2" X 5-1/4" 4-1/2" X 5-1/4" Shade #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #9 #10 #11 #12 #13 #14 #5 #7 #8 #9 #10 #11 #12 #13 #14
Magnifier Lens - Clear Glass Part Number PRS64000 PRS64002 PRS64003 PRS64004 PRS64005 PRS64006 PRS64007 PRS64008 PRS64009 Size (H x W) 2 x 4-1/4" 2 x 4-1/4" 2 x 4-1/4" 2 x 4-1/4" 2 x 4-1/4" 2 x 4-1/4" 2 x 4-1/4" 2 x 4-1/4" 2 x 4-1/4" Power 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 3.00
PRS64016 PRS64017 PRS64018 PRS64019 PRS64020 PRS64021 PRS64029 PRS64030 PRS64031 PRS64032 PRS64033 PRS64034 PRS64035 PRS64036 PRS64037
Safety Cover Lens Part Number PRS64001 PRS64027 PRS64028 PRS64038 Material CR-39 Polycarbonate CR-39 Polycarbonate Size (H x W) 2 x 4-1/4" 2 x 4-1/4" 4-1/2" x 5-1/4" 4-1/2" x 5-1/4"
Gold Polycarbonate Lens P a rt Number HWE24308 HWE24309 HWE24310 HWE24311 HWE24312 HWE45308 HWE45309 HWE45310 HWE45311 HWE45312 Size (H x W) 2 x 4-1/4 2 x 4-1/4 2 x 4-1/4 2 x 4-1/4 2 x 4-1/4 4-1/2" X 5-1/4" 4-1/2" X 5-1/4" 4-1/2" X 5-1/4" 4-1/2" X 5-1/4" 4-1/2" X 5-1/4" Shade #8 #9 #10 #11 #12 #8 #9 #10 #11 #12
Safety Equipment
Face Shields
Applications and Safety Read this section completely before selecting face shield. Face shields provide limited face and eye protection. Face shields provide supplementary eye protection against light impact such as small particles of dust, splash from non-hazardous liquids, glare (tinted shades only) and moderate heat. They are effective against sparks and small clippings, and metal machining chips, spot-welding, non-injurious liquids, moderate heat sources and similar applications. Face shields are breakable. Clean only with mild soap and lukewarm water. For further information, see American National Institute Standard ANSI Z89.1 available from American National Standards Institute at 1430 Broadway, New York, NY 10018
8 15
Fibre-Metal High Perf o rmance Face Shields Made from Noryl, the same material used in Fibre-Metals welding helmets. High P e rf o rmance face shields are stronger, more durable and more heat resistant then ordinary face shields. They contain the exclusive channel grip system, which mounts windows and locks them in place in a deep recessed channel to form a perfect seal from dust, dirt and debris. Available with choice of 3-C headgear or three protective cap-mounting mechanisms. Fibre-Metal High Performance Face Shield W n d o w s i High Perf o rmance windows are injection molded from propionate, which is superior to other window materials in every significant perf o rmance characteristic. All windows are .060" thick for an extra m a rgin of protection, yet they cost no more than ordinary .040" thick windows. Note: Face shields must always be w o rn over primary eye protection, such as goggles or spectacles.
Headgear Only Part Number FIBF-500 FIBF-400 FIBF-300 Model Number Crown F-500 F-400 F-300 7 4 3 Combos Part Number PRS65000 PRS65001 PRS65002 Model Number F-300 F-400 F-400 Visor Type Clear Clear Shade #5
8
PRS65001 Faceshield and Headgear
Part Number FIB4178C FIB4178-DGN FIB4178-TV-GY FIB4178IR/UV5 FIB4199C FIB4199-DGN FIB4199IR/UV5 FIB4118C
Model Number 4178 CLR 4178 DRK 4178 TVGY 4178-IR/UV5 4199 CLR 4199 DRK 4199-IR/UV5 4118 CLR 4118 DRK
Size 8"Wx16-1/2"H 8"Wx16-1/2"H 8"Wx16-1/2"H 8"Wx16-1/2"H 9-3/4'Wx19"H 9-3/4'Wx19"H 9-3/4'Wx19"H 8"Wx11-1/2"H 8"Wx11-1/2"H
Color Clear Dark Green True View Gray Shade 5 Clear Dark Green Shade 5 Clear Dark Green
Fits F-400, F-500 F-400, F-500 F-400, F-500 F-400, F-500 F-400, F-500 F-400, F-500 F-400, F-500 F-300 F-300
FIB4178C
FIB4178IR/UV5
FIB4118-DGN
Comfort Enhancing Sweat Bands Your choice of soft terry cloth, shearing wool, soft-grain leather, soft absorbent cotton, or air cushioned with velcro closure. Circulating air evaporates sweatband moisture for cooling effect.
Type Terry Cloth Soft-Grain Leather Shearing Wool Absorbent Cotton Air-cushioned Velcro closure
FIBFM-44T
FIBFM-67
FIBFM-66
FIBFM-68
Safety Equipment 8 16
Applications and Safety Read this section completely before selecting protective caps. Protective caps do not provide unlimited head protection. Protective caps provide top of head protection against small falling objects striking the top of the shell and against light bumps. They are effective against small tools, small pieces of wood, bolts and nuts, rivets, and sparks from overhead work and similar hazards. Protective caps reduce only the amount of force from an impact blow.
Protective Caps
Protective caps and hats do not provide complete head protection from severe impact blows. Protection from side and rear impact is less than top impact. Good safety practices must be used when working in areas that present these hazards. Never alter or modify the shell or suspension system in a pro t e ctive cap. Always use the original manufacture rs shells, suspensions, and accessories. The mixing of these components may reduce the products effectiveness. Protective caps should be inspected frequently, and immediately replace the suspension and/or shell at the first sign of wear or damage. Clean only with mild soap and lukewarm water. For further information, see American National Institute Standard (ANSI-Z89.1) available from American National Standards Institute at 1430 Broadway, New York, NY 10018. SC-3 and SC-6 Meets ANSI Z89.1 Class A, B and C. Also Federal Specifications GGG-H-177B.
Protective Caps
Fibre-Metal Supereight Superlectric Thermoplastic Caps and Hats The Supereight Superlectric t h e rmoplastic protective caps and hats from Fibre-Metal have a smooth crown and contain a technically advanced suspension with eight load bearing points to stabilize and balance during everyday wear. On impact the Supereight Impact E n e rgy Control System dissipates force by reducing it to smaller increments and spreading it over a greater area. All meet ANSI Z89.1. Multi-color imprinting available. Full Brim Hats
Part Number FIBE-1W-X X F I B E - 1 RW X -X FIBE-1SW-YW Model Number E-1W-YW E-1RW-YW Suspension W-2F 3-RW2 Description Full Sweatband Ratchet Headband Unique Swingband
FIBE-1SW-X X E-1SW-YW 3-SW2 *Yellow model depicted here. Also available in white, green, red, blue and gray. See ordering information color guide below.
Caps
Part Number FIBE-2W-X X F I B E - 2 RW X -X FIBE-2SW-X X F I B E - 2 RW OE Model Number E-2W-OE E-2RW-OE E-2SW-OE Suspension W-2F 3-RW2 3-SW2 Description Full Sweatband Ratchet Headband Unique Swingband
*Orange model depicted here. Also available in white, green, red, blue, yellow, tan and gray. See ordering information color guide below.
Substitute the letters XX in the Part Number for the referenced abbreviated colors. Example: If the desired color for a Full Brim Hat with a W-2F Suspension is red the Part Number would be FIBE-1W-RD. Blue = BE Green = GN Gray = GY Orange = OE Red = RD Tan = TN White = WE Yellow = YW
Safety Equipment
Suspension Head Bands and Protective Caps
Protective Caps Fibre-Metal Supereight RoughNeck F i b e rglass Caps lass protective caps set the standard for The RoughNeck f i b e rg exceptional impact resistance, durability and crack resistance, all in the lightest weight fiberglass cap available. Comes with Supereights unique impact energy control system. Meets ANSI Z89.
Part Number FIBP-2W-X X FIBP-2RW-X X FIBP-2SW-X X FIBP-2SW-RD Model Number P-2W-R D P-2RW-R D P-2SW-R D Suspension W-2F 3-RW2 3-SW2 Color * * *
8 17
* Red model depicted here. Also available in white, green, blue, yellow, orange, dark brown, gray and black. See ordering information color guide below.
Substitute the letters XX in the Part Number for the referenced abbreviated colors. Example: If the desired color for a Fiberglass Cap with a W-2F Suspension is red, the Part Number would be FIBP-2W-RD. Blue = BE Black = BK Dark Brown = BN Green = GN Gray = GY Orange = OE Red = RD White = WE Yellow = YW
Fibre-Metal Supereight Suspension Headbands The Supereight suspensions eight load bearing points balance and stabilize the caps weight and spreads it over the widest possible area for maximum comfort. When impacted, the suspension becomes an Impact Energy Control System that reduces force by breaking it down into smaller increments for each load bearing point to handle, while spreading it over as large an area as possible. Choice of three suspension headbands:
Description This suspension includes an offset, padded, perforated 360 degree headband. Perforation absorbs and evaporates perspiration with a cooling effect. Suspension includes the first and still the best strip-proof, crack-proof ratchet adjustable headband. We a rer can adjust the fit as he works, without removing the cap. Patented Swingstrap that allows the wearer to convert from the front wearing position to the rear wearing position (and back) without having to reverse the suspension or headband.
FIB3-RW2
3-RW2
FIB3-SW2
3-SW2
FIBW-2F
FIB3-RW2
FIB3-SW2
Safety Equipment 8 18
Supereight Series Protective Caps Full Graphic design protective hats and caps raise head protection aesthetics to a new level. The full graphic process, developed and perfected by Fibre-Metal, produces complex, colorful designs that wont chip, fade or peel.
Protective Caps
Full Brim Hat P a rt Number FIBE-1RW-SOA FIBE-1RW-CAN FIBE-1RW-MEX Type Spirit of America Canada Flag Pride of Mexico
Cap P a rt Number FIBE-2RW-SOA FIBE-2RW-CAN FIBE-2RW-MEX F I B E - 2 RW CAN F I B E - 2 RW SOA F I B E - 1 RW MEX Type Spirit of America Canada Flag Pride of Mexico
Cool, lightweight, stylish protection from PRS65003 bumps, bruises and lacerations.
Cap Mounts Part Number FIB5000 FIB6000 FIB5000 FIB6000 Speedy-Loop Mounting Blades
Special Visibility Caps Part Number FIBE-2RWSGYWSOT FIBE-2RW-SGOE-Y Type Yellow with Orange Tape Orange with Reflective Tape
Sun Shields/Sun Guard s P a rt Number FIBFM-SS1-WE FIBFMP-SB-1 FIBFMP-SB-2 Type 17 x 12 White Sunshield Sunbrero GRN (E1RW) For Full Brim Sunshield Sunbrero GRN (E2RW) For Cap Style
FIBFM-SS1-WE
FIBFMP-SB-2
Safety Equipment
Winter Liners
Fibre-Metal Winter Liners
8 19
Durable two-ply black outer shell. Soft, red lining traps warmth to provide protection over a wide range of temperatures. Three suspension tabs. Velcro chin closure . Dielectric. Non-durable flame resistant.
FIBFL
Comfortable, blue quilted stretch liner with red flannel lining, flame resistant foam used as an inner liner, conforms to individual head sizes and shapes for a perfect fit. Adjustable velcro chin closure.
8
FIBHJ-11
8
Knit ear band. Pulls down over protective cap brim. Elasticized for snug, warm fit. Available in red only. Non-flame resistant.
FIBKB-1
Rugged, high quality welders caps, with 4 panel design and elastic band, allow the cap to be pulled over the ears when needed for protection from sparks and spatter. Lined with soft pile for warmth and comfort when the temperature drops. Wa rm enough to also be worn to and from work.
FIBSW-WWC-10
Description Two Ply Stars & Stripes Two Ply Black Two Ply Black - long Two Ply Black - Sherpa Lining Quilted Blue- Red Flannel Lining Knit Ear Band Welder's Cap - Lined
Safety Equipment 8 20
Warning Hearing protection products help prevent hearing loss against cert a i n noises. To provide protection, the hearing protection should be (1) suitable for the job, (2) fitted properly in/on the ear, (3) w o rn during all times of exposure to noise, and (4) replaced when damaged or otherwise necessary.
Hearing Protection
Ear Muffs
3MS1435 Durable, lightweight (7.5 ounces), easy to use general purpose ear muffs feature multi-position ear cups mounted on a wide, forked headband for comfort and a secure fit. Roomy, durable ear cups help provide a reliable fit. Soft sealing cushions provide a consistent ear cup seal. Recommended for moderately high noise situations (up to 95 dBA TWA). Noise reduction rating 23 dB.
Part Number 3MS1435 Description Ear Muff 3M 1435
3MS1440 Lightweight (8 ounces), with a soft padded headband for extra comfort ; these padded ear muffs feature multi-position ear cups, contoured ear cushions and a sliding headband tension adjustment system. Recommended for moderately high noise situations (up to 95 dBA TWA). Noise reduction rating 24 dB.
Part Number 3MS1440 Description Ear Muff 3M 1440
E*A*R Classic
Foam Earplugs Slow recovery PVC foam provides comfort with low pressure. Will not absorb moisture and swell. Shape equalizes pressure throughout the ear canal as it expands. Laboratory Tested NRR29.
Description Earplugs uncorded in poly bag 200 pr/box Earplugs corded in poly bag 200 pr/box
UltraFit Earplugs
Description UltraFit Uncorded with c a rrying case, 50 pr./ box UltraFit Corded with c a rrying case, 50 pr./ box UltraFit Uncorded earplugs 100 pr./box
Reusable saves time and money. Patented Swept-Back Triple-Flange design allows a single sized earplug to fit a variety of ear canal sizes. Carrying case keeps plugs clean when not in use. Laboratory Tested NRR21.
AEA340-4004
Safety Equipment
Respirators
3M Particulate Respirators Grinding, sanding and sweeping create a unique set of demands, especially in environmental conditions such as heat, humidity and odor. At 3M, safety and comfort innovations are standard issue. The 42CFR84 approved products provide more opportunities to enhance your respiratory program. Model 8210N95 3M Model 8210N95 has been cert i f i e d by NIOSH as being at least 95% efficient at removing solid and liquid part icles (excluding those containing oil). This respirator is designed to provide reliable worker protection in applications such as grinding, sanding and sweeping.
8 21
Part Number
3M Welding Respirator Heat, sparks, odors and harmful particles are some of the many factors to consider when selecting respirators for welding, brazing, soldering and cutting. 3M respirators are compatible with welding hoods and goggles, and include innovations such as cake-resistant filter media and durable shells for better perf o rmance in welding environments. Model 8212N95 3M Model 8212N95 has been cert i f i e d by NIOSH as being at least 95% efficient at removing solid and liquid particles (excluding those containing oil). The respirator is designed for use when welding, cutting, brazing or soldering. The 3M Model 8212N95 helps provide protection when welding on galvanized or stainless steel. Model 8214N95 3M Model 8214N95 has been cert i f i e d by NIOSH as being at least 95% efficient at removing solid and liquid part icles (excluding those containing oil). The respirator is specifically designed for welding and other metal fume applications involving level odors (concentrations of organic vapors below the OSHA PEL). Layers of carbon trap nuisance level odors and ozone up to 10 times the OSHA PEL. Not for use above 10X PEL or express OSHA limitations, whichever is lower.
Advanced Electret Media Adjustable Straps Cake-Resistant Filter Media Cool Flow Exhalation Valve Faceseal 10 ea/box
3MS8212
Part Number
Advanced Electret Media Adjustable Straps Cake-Resistant Filter Media Cool Flow Exhalation Valve Faceseal 10 ea/box
3MS8214
Part Number
Safety Equipment 8 22
Application MIG Welding above 300 amp MIG Welding up to 300 amp MIG Welding below 200 amp and Work Gloves MIG Welding up to 300 amp TIG Welding and Work Glove TIG Welding and Work Glove TIG Welding and Work Glove
Welding Gloves
Type Elk Cow Full Grain Cow Split Hide Pigskin Pigskin Deer Goat (kid) Characteristics Stays soft under high heat while conforming to your hand Thicker part of the cowhide for heat protection with a loss of sense of touch Economical split shoulder leather is thinner leather when you need a semi-disposable glove More durable than cowhide and pigskin is washable Best toughness and abrasion resistance with a very good sense of feel Tight fitting it is like a second skin, great sense of feel but lacks toughness Ve ry good sense of feel and better toughness than deer
Welding Gloves
Welding Glove Top Grain Elk Model 850 14" gold, foam lined back, unlined palm, reinforced thumb, sewn with Kevlar Part Number TIL850S TIL850M TIL850L TIL850XL Size Small Medium Large X Large
Welding Glove Top Grain Cowhide Model 650 14" Heavy duty, unlined palm, reinforced thumb, foam lined back, sewn with Kevlar Part Number TIL650M TIL650L TIL650XL Size Medium Large X Large
Welding Glove Reverse Grain Pigskin - Model 495 14" cotton/foam lined, pull tab, sewn with Kevlar Part Number TIL495M TIL495L TIL495XL Size Medium Large X Large
Deerskin Split Model 25B 4" cuff, sewn with Kevlar Size Small Medium Large X Large Part Number TIL25BS TIL25BM TIL25BL TIL25BXL Size Small Medium Large X Large
Top Grain Kidskin Model 24C 4" cuff, sewn with Kevlar Part Number TIL24CS TIL24CM TIL24CL TIL24CXL Size Small Medium Large X Large
Safety Equipment 8 23
Model 1000 14 pearl standard shoulder split, cotton lined Part Number PRS1000 TIL1000LL PRS1000X PRS1003 (USA) (USA) (Canada) (Canada) Model 1001 14 brown standard shoulder split, cotton lined Part Number PRS1001 PRS1008 Model 1040 14 pearl cowhide side split, sewn with Kevlar Part Number PRS1040 (USA) Standard Insulated Welder Select shoulder split cowhide, cotton/foam lined, reinforced thumb, Kevlar sewn, size large. Part Number PRS1018 PRS1019 PRS1080 (Canada) (Canada) (USA)
Mitten
(Canada)
Mitten
Model 1150 Insulated 14 brown side split, cotton/foam lined, double reinforced thumb, sewn with Kevlar Model 1200 14 brown cowhide side split, cottonlined. Double reinforced thumb, pull tab, sewn with Kevlar Part Number PRS1200 PRS1200L TIL1200LL (USA) (Canada) Left hand only Model 1250 Insulated 14 blue side split, cotton/foam lined, double-reinforced thumb, sewn with Kevlar Part Number PRS1250 PRS1250M PRS1250XL Large Medium X Large (USA) (USA) (USA) Part Number PRS1150 (USA)
Model 1100 14 blue cowhide side split, cotton lined sewn with Kevlar Part Number PRS1100 (USA)
Premium Insulated Welder Select side split cowhide, cotton/foam lined, double-reinforced thumb, Kevlar sewn, size large. Part Number PRS1280 PRS1283 (Canada) (Canada)
Mitten
Model 1050 14 brown cowhide side split, cottonlined, sewn with Kevlar Part Number PRS1050 TIL1050LL (USA) (USA)
Safety Equipment 8 24
Welding Gloves
Gold top grain deerskin palm with cowhide split back. Additional reinforcement patch on both glove backs for protection. Thumb strap reinforcement. Flared 4 cuff Kevlar sewn.
Lightweight deerskin split for enhanced dexterity. Clute cut, thumb strap reinforcement, flared 4 cuff, Kevlar stitching. Part Number PRS1385S PRS1385M PRS1385L PRS1385XL TIL1375M TIL1375L TIL1375XL Size Small Medium Large X Larg e Medium Large X Larg e
Top grain goatskin enhances feel and durability, clute cut, thumb strap re i n f o rc ement, flared 4cuff, Kevlar stitching. P a rt Number PRS1380S PRS1380M PRS1380L PRS1380XL Size Small Medium Large X Large
Top Grain Cowhide Top grain cowhide palm with canvas back, 2 cuff. Also available in top grain cowhide patch palm. P a rt Number TIL1562PP TIL1562MB TIL1562LB TIL1562XLB Size Large Medium Large X Larg e (Canada) (USA) (USA) (USA)
Industrial Shoulder Split Cowhide Industrial shoulder split cowhide palm with canvas back, 2 rubberized cuff. Part Number TIL1505XX Size Large
Cowhide Split Waterproof Winter Work Glove ColdBlockTM lined with additional waterproof lining layer, heavy duty safety cuff. P a rt Number TIL1568XLB Size X Large (USA)
Economy Shoulder Split Cowhide, Knit Wrist Econony shoulder split cowhide palm with cotton back, clute cut, knit wrist. P a rt Number TIL1512B Size L a rge
Industrial Shoulder Split Cowhide, Double Palm Industrial shoulder split cowhide double palm, canvas back, 2 rubberized cuff. P a rt Number TIL1515X Size Large
Economy Shoulder Split Cowhide Patch Palm Economy shoulder split palm with cotton back, 2 cuff. Part Number TIL1511PP Size Large
Safety Equipment
Work and Special Application Gloves
USA Only
8 25
Work Glove Split Cowhide Model 1500 Select shoulder cowhide, rubberized 2 safety cuff. P a rt Number TIL1500
Work Glove Split Cowhide Model 1505 Slightly selected shoulder, rubberized 2 safety cuff. P a rt Number TIL1505
Winter Work Glove Top Grain Pigskin - Model 1565 Thinsulate lined. P a rt Number TIL1565B Large
USA Only
8
Drivers Glove Top Grain Cowhide Model 1420 Straight thumb Part Number TIL1420S TIL1420M TIL1420L TIL1420XL Size Small Medium Large X Larg e Drivers Glove Top Grain Pigskin Model 1410 Pearl grain, keystone thumb, economy grade P a rt Number TIL1410S TIL1410M TIL1410L TIL1410XL Size Small Medium Large X Large Drivers Glove Top Grain Deerskin Model 864 Keystone thumb for tailored fit Part Number TIL864M TIL864L TIL864XL Size Medium Large X Large
TrueFit Perf o rmance Gloves Top grain leather double palm and thumb, spandex back for fit and breathability, and hook/loop closure. P a rt Number TIL1470 (size) TIL1475 (size) TIL1480 (size) TIL1485 (size) TIL1490 (size) Palm Color/ Leather Pearl/Goatskin Gold/Cowhide Gold/Deerskin Pearl/Pigskin Gold/Goatskin Size S, M, L, XL, 2XL S, M, L, XL, 2XL S, M, L, XL, 2XL M, L, XL, 2XL S, M, L, XL, 2XL
PVC Black Coated Work Glove Model 1715 12" gauntlet, rough finish P a rt Number TIL1715 (USA)
Polar Fleece Gloves Soft, comfortable and warm polar fleece back with ColdBlockTM lining, leather palm protection.
P a rt Number TIL1580L TIL1580XL TIL1581L TIL1581XL TIL1582L TIL1583L TIL1584L TIL1585L Color Blue Blue Blue Blue Red Orange Gray Green Palm Black Top Grain Pigskin Black Top Grain Pigskin Blue Split Leather Blue Split Leather Blue Split Leather Blue Split Leather Blue Split Leather Blue Split Leather Size L XL L XL L L L L
Safety Equipment 8 26
Welding Accessories
(USA only) Leather Rod Bag Model 525/524 Reinforced bottom, spring clip. Sewn with Kevlar Part Number TIL525 TIL524 Heavy-duty TIL3525 (USA) (USA) (Canada) Economy Double Layer Back Hand Pad Model 550X Top - Aluminized carbon Kevlar Bottom - Neoprene coated fiberg l a s s , leather/elastic straps. Part Number TIL550X Standard Triple Layer Back Hand Pad Model 552 Top - Aluminized carbon Kevlar Middle/Bottom - Kevlar and vermiculite coated fiberglass, leather straps with velcro closure Part Number TIL552
Standard Single Layer Glove Cover Model 555 Aluminized carbon Kevlar glove cover. Protects back of hand and fingers Part Number TIL555
Sheepskin Headgear Pad Models 560 and 561 Part Number TIL560 TIL561 (Ratchet hole)
Foam Knee Pad Model 565 With polypropylene cap, Velcroelastic straps Part Number TIL565
Leather Helmet Bib Models 566 and 567 with Velcro fastener Part Number TIL566 (with metal clips) TIL567 (with Ve l c ro fastener)
Safety Equipment
Protective Clothing
8 27
Leather Cape Sleeve Model 3221 with reinforced snaps and one soapstone pocket on each sleeve (USA only)
Leather Split Leg Apron Models 4336, 4342 and 4348 (USA only)
Size 24" x 36" (61 cm x 91 cm) 24" x 42" (61 cm x 106 cm) 24" x 48" (61 cm x 122 cm)
Leather Bibs for Cape Sleeve Models 5114, 5120 and 5124 with black side release buckle (USA only)
Size 14" (35 cm) 20" (50 cm) 24" (61 cm)
Model 3221 with a TIL3114 14" bib Part Number Size (USA only) PRS322114L Large (44-46) PRS322114XL X Large (48-50) PRS3221142X 2X Large (52-54) Model 3221 with a TIL3114 20" bib Part Number PRS322120L PRS322120XL PRS3221202X Size (USA only) Large (44-46) X Large (48-50) 2X Large (52-54)
Models 3837, 3843 (Canada only) Part Number Size PRS3837 24" x 36" (61 cm x 91 cm) PRS3843 24" x 42" (61 cm x 106 cm)
Bibs for Cape Sleeve Models 3114 and 3120 with black side release buckle (USA only) Part Number TIL3114 TIL3120 Size 14" (35 cm) 20" (50 cm)
Crossed back straps for comfort Plastic side release buckle for easy on/off Two chest pockets Split leg aprons also offer a reinforced center and side release buckles down legs
Size 24" x 30" (61 cm x 76 cm) 24" x 36" (61 cm x 91 cm) 24" x 48" (61 cm x 122 cm)
9 oz. Green Firestop Apron
(Canada) Models 3836, 3842 Part Number Size PRS3836 24" x 36" (61 cm x 91 cm) PRS3842 24" x 42" (61 cm x 106 cm)
Size 24" x 36" (61 cm x 91 cm) 24" x 42" (61 cm x 106 cm) 24" x 48" (61 cm x 122 cm)
Safety Equipment 8 28
Welding Jackets
Protective Clothing
9 oz. Blue Firestop Cotton Welding Jacket with Leather Sleeves 30" (76 cm) long with snaps
Leather Welding Jacket Models 3260 and 3280 with one soapstone pocket on each sleeve and reinforced snaps. Model 3260 26" (66 cm) long (USA only)
Part Number PRS3826L PRS3826XL PRS38262X Part Number PRS3830L PRS3830XL PRS38302X
Size Large (44-46) X Large (48-50) 2X Large (52-54) Size Large (44-46) X Large (48-50) 2X Large (52-54)
Part Number PRS3260L PRS3260XL PRS32602X Part Number PRS3280L PRS3280XL PRS32802X
Size Large (44-46) X Large (48-50) 2X Large (52-54) Size Large (44-46) X Large (48-50) 2X Large (52-54)
9 oz. Blue Firestop Cotton Model 6230B 30" (76 cm) long with snaps
9 oz. Green Firestop Cape Sleeve Model 6221 with snap fasteners
9 oz. Green Firestop Model 6230 30" (76 cm) long with snaps
Sleeves
9 oz. Green Firestop Bib for Cape Sleeve Models 6114 and 6120 with snaps
9 oz. Green Firestop Sleeve Models 6218 and 6219 Part Number TIL6218 TIL6219 Option with elastic on both ends with elastic on top and snaps at wrist
12 oz. Green Whipcord Model 6230WC 30" (76 cm) long with snaps (USA)
Safety Equipment
Welding Blankets
592 590 593 595
8 29
Warning Temperatures and applications are intended as guidelines only and not as guarantees of perf o rmance. All blankets are subject to burn through. The product provides only temporary protection within their individual specifications. It is the users responsibility to monitor their activity and use of the product at all times. Direct contact with temperatures of 200 oF (93 oC) or more may result in smoking or burning. Direct exposure to flames can cause product to ignite. For specific product recommendations and applications, please contact Praxair.
590 24 oz. Gold Neoprene Coated Fiberglass General purpose welding, sparks, spatter, abrasion, 1000 oF melt temperature, 0.034" thick. Sizes 40" or 60" wide, 50 yard rolls, 3' x 3', 6' x 6', 6' x 8', 8' x 8', 8' x 10', 10' x 10', custom blankets. Part Number TIL59040 TIL59060 TIL590B33 TIL590B66 TIL590B68 Description 40" wide, 50 yards per roll, 75 lb per ro l l 60" wide, 50 yards per roll, 112 lb per roll 3 x 3 blanket 6 x 6 blanket 6 x 8 blanket
589 596
584
599
585 16 oz., Salmon, Neoprene Coated Fiberglass Light duty, 1000 oF melt temperature, vertical plane protection only, 0.017" thick. Sizes 38" or 60" wide, 50 yard rolls, custom blankets. Part Number TIL58538 TIL58560 Description 38" wide, 50 yards per roll, 55 lb per ro l l 60" wide, 50 yards per roll, 82 lb per ro l l
591 30 oz. Gold Neoprene-Coated Fiberglass General purpose welding, sparks, spatter, abrasion, 1000 oF melt temperature, 0.053" thick. Sizes 40" or 60" wide, 50 yard rolls, 3' x 3', 6' x 6', 6' x 8', 8' x 8', 8' x 10', 10' x 10', custom blankets. Part Number TIL59140 TIL59160 TIL591B33 TIL591B66 TIL591B68 Description 40" wide, 50 yards per roll, 94 lb per ro l l 60" wide, 50 yards per roll, 140 lb per roll 3 x 3 blanket 6 x 6 blanket 6 x 8 blanket
589 35 oz. White, Fiberglass, No Coating General purpose welding, sparks, spatter, 1000 oF melt temperature, 0.08" thick. Great for stress relief. Sizes 40" or 60" wide 50 yard rolls, 6' x 6', 6' x 8', 10' x 10', custom blankets. Part Number TIL58940 TIL58960 TIL589B66 TIL589B68 Description 40" wide, 50 yards per roll, 121 lb per roll 60" wide, 50 yards per roll, 182 lb per roll 6 x 6 blanket 6 x 8 blanket
594 18 oz. Bronze Silica Heavy duty, molten metal, 18000F working temperature, 3000 oF melt temperature, 0.03" thick. Sizes 36" wide, 50 yard rolls, 3' x 3', 6' x 6', 6' x 8', 9' x 10', custom blankets. Part Number TIL59436 TIL594B33 TIL594B66 TIL594B68 Description 36" wide, 50 yards per roll, 56 lb per ro l l 3 x 3 blanket 6 x 6 blanket 6 x 8 blanket
595 36 oz. Bronze Silica Heavy duty, molten metal, 18000F working temperature, 3000 oF melt temperature, 0.054" thick. Sizes 36" wide, 50 yard rolls, 3' x 3', 6' x 6', 6' x 8', 8' x 8', 9' x 10', custom blankets.
Canadian Orders Please Use Part Number: AGO FB (specify material type and size) ie: AGOFB-020-0606 Weldflex 23 oz 6 x 6
Description 36" wide, 50 yards per roll, 112 lb per roll 6 x 6 blanket 6 x 8 blanket
Safety Equipment 8 30
Tillman Welding Curtains
603
604
606 611
Warning Temperatures and applications are intended as guidelines only and not as guarantees of perf o rmance. For specific product recommendations and applications, please contact Praxair.
614
602
612
601
Warning Transparent Vinyl Welding Curt a i n s Unlike vinyl coated polyester or canvas curtains, transparent vinyl curtains are not designed to block 100% of the harm f u l light radiation. Please use caution in selecting the right protection for your particular application.
600 623
Canadian Orders Please Use Part Number: AGO FB (color code) - specify curtain size and thickness.
001 = Yellow 002 = Orange 003 = Blue 004 = Green 005 = Shade 8
Safety Equipment
Welding Screens
Tillman P o rtable Welding Screens How to Order Select material from page 8-30 (Welding Curt a i n s ) . Insert 3 digit number into the parenthesis.
For USA Orders: 12 oz. Olive drab Duck Canvas Insert 583 14 mm Flame Retardant Transparent Vinyl Insert any of the following: 600 = Gray 603 = Orange 601 = Yellow 604 = Blue 602 = Green 606 = Shade 8 13 mm Fire Retardant Vinyl Coated Polyester Insert any of the following: 611 = Yellow 612 = Dark Green 614 = Blue 40 mm Fire Retardant Transparent Orange Vinyl Insert 623
8 31
One panel Canada AGOSC-( AGOSC-( AGOSC-( AGOSC-( AGOSC-( AGOSC-( AGOSC-( Part Number USA )-145 TIL( )-155 TIL( )-164 TIL( )-166 TIL( )-168 TIL( )-188 TIL( )-1610 TIL( Description 4' H x 5' W Screen 5' H x 5' W Screen 6' H x 4' W Screen 6' H x 6' W Screen 6' H x 8' W Screen 8' H x 8' W Screen 6' H x 10' W Screen
Tillman welding screens offer optical safety, spark containment, durability, portability, temperature, and noise control. Features Include: Strong 1", 18 gauge tubular steel frames. Black enamel, rust resistant finish. Easy assembly, frames slip together quickly. No tools required. Unique fastening system secures tubes and prevents slipping and twisting. 24" platform legs ensure stability and balance. 4" bottom clearance for better ventilation. Multi-panel screens feature one piece wrap around curtain designed to prevent sparks and flash from escaping between hinged panels. C u rtains are held by strong adjustable ties through heavyduty grommets on 12" centers and hemmed with strong, flame resistant Kevlar thread.
Two panel Canada AGOSC-( AGOSC-( AGOSC-( AGOSC-( AGOSC-( Part Number USA )-255 TIL( )-264 TIL( )-266 TIL( )-268 TIL( )-288 TIL( Description 5' H x 5' W Screen 6' H x 4' W Screen 6' H x 6' W Screen 6' H x 8' W Screen 8' H x 8' W Screen
Three panel Canada AGOSC-( AGOSC-( AGOSC-( AGOSC-( Part Number USA )-3655 TIL( )-3555 TIL( )-3666 TIL( )-3688 TIL( Description 6' H x 4' W Screen 5' H x 5' W Screen 6' H x 6' W Screen 6' H x 8' W Screen
For Canadian Orders: Insert: 001 = Yellow 002 = Orange 003 = Blue
Four panel Part Number Canada USA AGOSC-( )-466 TIL( )4666 AGOSC-( )-468 TIL( )4868 Description 6' H x 6' W Screen 6' H x 8' W Screen
Safety Equipment 8 32
Notes
Power Tools Chop Saw Wheels and Blades Wire Wheels and Brushes Cutting, Grinding and Specialty Wheels Sanding Accessories
9 1
9.0 Amp AC/DC, 10,000 rpm motor designed for faster material removal and higher overload protection Keyless adjustable guard can be adjusted without the use of tools Side-positioned spindle lock button for easier wheel changing and protection from top hits to tool
DEW DW802 9.0 1,000 10,000 rpm 11,000 rpm Spindle thread: 11.5 5.1 lbs 5/8"-11
Specifications Amps 120V AC/DC: Max Watts Out: No Load Speed: Use Wheels Above: Spindle Lock: Yes Tool Length: Tool Weight:
Includes: grinding wheel, wrench, matched flanges, keyless adjustable guard, 2-position side handle
12.0 Amp AC/DC, 11,000 rpm motor provides higher power and speed for 5 grinding applications Keyless adjustable guard can be adjusted without the use of tools Rubber grip side handle provides increased comfort and reduced user-felt vibration
DEW DW824 12.0 1,300 11,000 rpm 12,100 rpm Spindle thread: 11.75 4.9 lbs 5/8"-11
Specifications Amps 120V AC/DC: Max Watts Out: No Load Speed: Use Wheels Above: Spindle Lock: Yes Tool Length: Tool Weight:
Includes: grinding wheel, wrench, matched flanges, keyless adjustable guard, 2-position rubber grip side handle
Accessories
Work Gloves (see page 8/24) Wire Cup Brushes (see page 9/6)
DeWalt D28493N / D28494N: Heavy-Duty 9" (230 mm) Large Angle Grinder
High power 4 HP (maximum motor HP) with overload protection provides higher operating speeds under load Epoxy-coated field and armature provide long service life against abrasion from airborne debris Keyless adjustable guard allows for guard adjustments to be made without tools Low profile gearcase allows for work in tight areas
DEW D28493N 15.0 3,084 5,000 rpm 5,500 rpm 5/8 - 11 Yes 19.2 13.6 lbs DEW D28494N 15.0 3,084 6,000 rpm 6,600 rpm 5/8 - 11 Yes 19.2 13.6 lbs
Specifications Amps 120V AC/DC: Max Watts Out: No Load Speed: Use Wheels Above: Spindle Thread: Spindle Lock: Tool Length: Tool Weight:
Rubber bumpers protect casting from jobsite abuse Lightweight and well-balanced design allow for more accurate cuts Innovative sight light allows the user to see cut line in any jobsite environment Powerful 6.0 amp motor designed to withstand any jobsite application 4-3/4 deep cut capacity for round or rectangular stock
DEW D28770K 6.0 82 - 280 4-3/4 4-3/4 23.9 15.5 lbs Specifications Amps 120V AC/DC: No Load Speed: Spindle Lock: Quick Lock Vise: Wheel Arbor: Wheel Diameter: Max Capacity (Round): DEW DW872 15.0 1,300 rpm Yes Yes 1 14 5-3/16
Specifications Amps 120V AC/DC: Ft./Min.: Max Capacity (Rectangular): Max Capacity (Round): Includes: Hex wrench, standard 44 7/8 x 1/2 x .020 blade, heavy-duty kit box Tool Length: Tool Weight:
Offers versatility by cutting a wide variety of materials including ferrous and non-ferrous metals Cuts 4 times faster than chop saws and 8 times faster than portable band saws on 2 x 2 x 1/4 angle iron Extra-wide solid steel base provides increased stability when cutting longer material
Max Capacity (Rectangular): 6-1/2 x 4-1/2 Tool Length: Tool Weight: Horsepower: 21 47.0 lbs 4.0 HP
9 3
45o tool-free pivoting fence allows for fast and accurate angle cuts Ergonomically-designed horizontal handle for greater comfort Spindle lock allows user to make wheel changes quickly and easily Steel base for welding jigs, or stops directly onto the base
DEW DW870 15.0 3.2 3,800 rpm 1 14 Yes 4 4 x 7-3/4 23 36.3 lbs
DEW DW870
DEW DW871
Specifications DEW DW871 Amps 120V AC/DC: 15.0 Horsepower: 5.3 No Load Speed: 3,800 rpm Wheel Arbor: 1" Wheel Diameter: 14" Spindle Lock: Yes Max. Capacity Round: 5" Max. Rectangular: 4-1/2 x 6-1/2 Tool Length: 21" Tool Weight: 40.0 lb Includes: 14" Abrasive wheel and wrench
9
Accessories Iron Worker Type 1 Chop Saw Wheels EZ-Chop
TM
Designed for cutting of angle iron and heavy gauge metals Structural metal applications Fast Cutting Aluminum oxide grain for general-purpose cool cutting on thin metals with burr-free finish Metal studding, thin rebar, light gauge and heavy metals Formulated with 3M cubitron grain Extremely fast burr-free cutting Grades Available Part Numbers EZ IW SaitechTM 5,100 UNI24034 UNI24031 UNI24033 4,400 UNI24039 UNI24051 UNI24053 Max RPM
Saitech
TM
12% titanium carbide provides long life in metal cutting Modified ATB tooth geometry provides clean, burr-free cuts Tri-foil braze absorbs stress, making the tip stronger Expansion slots dissipate heat which extends blade life
Specifications Diameter: Teeth: Arbor Size: Kerf: Plate Thickness: Tooth Grind: Max. Speed:
Other blades available for lighter gauge material and stainless steel
Wire Brushes
For use on high speed grinders Clean internal surfaces and hard-to-reach areas Surface preparation Can be mounted in multiples
Part Number Steel Stainless Dia. PRS53004 2 PRS53005 2 PRS53006 3 PRS53007 4 PRS53019 6
Fast cleaning action Weld cleaning Surface preparation Cleaning grooves Easy to handle
Face Width 1/2 1/2 1/2 Wire Size .014 .020 .014 Arbor Hole 5/8-11 5/8-11 5/8-11 Max. rpm 20,000 20,000 9,000
General Cleaning Surface preparation and finishing Cleaning grooves and bead welds Easy to handle
Dia. 4
Adapters
Part Number PRS53001 PRS53002 PRS53003 Fixed Throat Size 5/8 - 11 UNC 5/8 - 11 UNC 5/8 - 11 UNC Thread Size M10 x 1.25 M10 x 1.50 3/8 - 24 UNF
For Brushes Part Number Arbor Dia. Stem Dia. Stem Length Shaft Length with Max Dia. of PRS53000 3/8 1/4 3/4 3/4 4 Note: Drive arbors must be fully chucked before using and should not be run above the maximum rpm listed.
Wire Brushes
Stringer Bead Twist Knot Wire Wheel Brushes
Special construction to prevent unwinding of knots Quick-mount threaded nut Great for fillet weld cleaning
Part Number Steel Stainless PRS53011 PRS53012 PRS53013 PRS53015 PRS53018 PRS53021 PRS53025 PRS53022 PRS53024
Dia. 4 4 4 5 6 6 6-7/8
Arbor Hole M-10X1.25 1/2-13 UNC 5/8-11 UNC 5/8-11 UNC 5/8-11 UNC 5/8-11 UNC 5/8-11 UNC
Specially designed for internal surfaces and hard-to-reach areas Removal of scale, rust, carbon and corrosion Light-duty brushing action
Dia. 2 3
Note: Brush shanks must be fully inserted into the chuck or collet and tightened securely.
Cleaning of metal surfaces, removal of burrs, weld scale and rust General purpose applications
Stem Size 1/4 Trim Length 7/8 Wire Size .0118 Max. rpm 6,000
Dia. 2-3/4
Note: Brush shanks must be fully inserted into the chuck or collet and tightened securely.
Metal Adapters For medium and wide face brushes. Used in pairs.
Adapted Arbor Hole Size 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4 1-1/2
Wire Brushes
Part Number Steel Stainless PRS53030 PRS53031 Stem Size 1/4" 1/4 Trim Length 1-1/8 1 Wire Size .020 .0104 Max. rpm 22,000 22,000
Dia. 1 1
Note: Brush shanks must be fully inserted into the chuck or collet and tightened
Dia. 3 4 6
9
Knot Wire Cup Brushes
Rust removal Surface preparation Greater brushing flexibility Removes light rust, oxides and paint Fast brushing action
Part Number Steel Stainless PRS53036 PRS53039 PRS53038 PRS53037 PRS53040 PRS53041 PRS53042 PRS53043 PRS53044 PRS53046 PRS53047
Arbor Hole 5/8-11 5/8-11 5/8-11 5/8-11 5/8-11 5/8-11 5/8-11 5/8-11
Wire Size .020 .020 .020 .023 .014 .023 .023 .035
Max. rpm 14,000 14,000 9,000 13,000 9,000 9,000 6,600 6,600
Maintenance Products
Curved Handle Scratch Brushes
Part Number Steel Stainless PRS53049 PRS53050 No. of Rows 3 x 19 Block Size 14 x 7/8 Brush Part 5-1/2 Trim Length 1-3/16 Wire Size .012
No. of Rows 4 x 16
Brush Part 5
9 7
Pipeline
Aluminum oxide grain For the pipeline industry Long life Designed and manufactured to perform both cutting and light grinding METAL - Ferrous metals (steel, cast iron, etc.)
Grinding Size (in) Dia. 4-1/2 4-1/2 5 5 6 7 7 Bore 7/8 5/8-11 7/8 5/8-11 7/8 7/8 5/8-11 Max. RPM 13,300 13,300 12,200 12,200 10,200 8,500 8,500 Size (in) Width 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 Part Number Z24R Saitech UNI22600 UNI20064 UNI22610 UNI20164 UNI22602 UNI20074 UNI22612 UNI20174 UNI22603 UNI22604 UNI20084 UNI22614 UNI20089
Cutting & Grinding Size (in) Width 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 Part Number Pipeline A24Turbo UNI22030 UNI23703 UNI22130 UNI23713 UNI22040 UNI23705 UNI22140 UNI23715 UNI22042 UNI23706 UNI22055 UNI23707 UNI22052 UNI23717
Grinding
A24N - Fast Grinding Virgin aluminum oxide grain assures consistent high stock removal for tough applications Soft bond for fast stock removal METAL - Ferrous Metals (iron, steel, welds, etc.) STAINLESS - Low grade stainless steel
A24R - Long Life Aluminum oxide grain For general purpose grinding Longer Life for fewer wheel changes METAL - Ferrous Metals (iron, steel, welds, etc.)
A24T - Edge Grinding Aluminum oxide grain Hard bond designed for edge and bevel grinding and other applications where a harder wheel is preferred. Longer Life for fewer wheel changes METAL - Ferrous Metals (iron, steel welds, etc.)
A46N - Aluminum Aluminum oxide formulation prevents loading on soft metals Soft bond for aggressive removal of material without loading Outlasts competition by as much as 40% METAL - Non-ferrous Metals (aluminum, copper, brass, etc.)
Size (in) Dia. 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2 5 5 6 6 7 7 9 9 Width 3/16 3/16 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 Bore 7/8 5/8-11 7/8 5/8-11 7/8 5/8-11 7/8 5/8-11 7/8 5/8-11 7/8 5/8-11 Max. RPM 13,300 13,300 13,300 13,300 12,200 12,200 10,200 10,200 8,500 8,500 6,600 6,600 A24N UNI20050 UNI20150 UNI20060 UNI20160 UNI20070 UNI20170 UNI20078 UNI20178 UNI20081 UNI20085 UNI20091 UNI20095
A46N
UNI20063 UNI20163 UNI20073 UNI20173 UNI20079 UNI20076 UNI20080 UNI20086 UNI20090 UNI20096
UNI20065 UNI20165 UNI20075 UNI20175 UNI20280 UNI20180 UNI20285 UNI20185 UNI20295 UNI20195
9 9
Z-TechTM - High Performance Thin .045 or .090 width Special zirconium grain Hard bond for extremely long life Fast non-binding cutting METAL - Ferrous and/or non-ferrous metals (iron, steel, welds, etc.) STAINLESS - Stainless steel (Type 1)
Thin .045 width Special bond for cutting sheet metal and other thin gauge metals Fast burr-free cutting
SaitechTM - Stainless Steel Thin .045 or .090 width Fast cutting with extremely long life STAINLESS - Stainless steel, high tensile alloys METAL - Ferrous metals (Type 27) Ferrous and /or non-ferrous metals (Type 1)
METAL - Ferrous metals (carbon steel, etc.) STAINLESS - Stainless steel A46N - Aluminum Aluminum oxide grain Thin .045 width Soft bond for aggressive cutting without loading METAL - Non-ferrous metals (aluminum, copper, brass, etc.)
Type 1
Dia. 4 4-1/2 5 6 6 7
Size (in) Width .045 .045 .045 .045 .045 .045 Size (in) Width .045 .045 .045 .045 .045
Max. RPM 19,000 13,300 12,200 10,200 10,200 8,500 Max. RPM 19,000 13,300 12,200 10,200 8,500
Grades Available - Part Number A46N TMX SaitechTM UNI23304 UNI23172 UNI23314 UNI23604 UNI23174 UNI23315 UNI23605 UNI23177 UNI23310 UNI23181 UNI23316 UNI23606 UNI23182 UNI23317 UNI23184 Grades Available - Part Number A46N TMX SaitechTM UNI22340 UNI22068 UNI22345 UNI23654 UNI22072 UNI22350 UNI23655 UNI22073 UNI22360 UNI23656 UNI22082 UNI22370 UNI22088
Type 27
Dia. 4 4-1/2 5 6 7
Size (in) Width .090 .090 .090 .090 .090 .090 .090 .090 .090
Bore 5/8 7/8 5/8-11 7/8 5/8-11 7/8 5/8-11 7/8 5/8-11
Max. RPM 19,000 13,300 13,300 12,200 12,200 10,200 10,200 8,500 8,500
Type 27 - Part Number A60S Z-TechTM SaitechTM UNI20902 UNI20942 UNI20922 UNI20903 UNI20943 UNI20923 UNI20913 UNI20953 UNI20933 UNI20904 UNI20944 UNI20924 UNI20914 UNI20954 UNI20934 UNI20905 UNI20945 UNI20925 UNI20915 UNI20955 UNI20935 UNI20906 UNI20946 UNI20926 UNI20916 UNI20956 UNI20936
Cutting
A60T - Burr Free Hard bond for smooth cutting For use in nuclear, aerospace, automotive and foundry industries, and plant maintenance METAL - Ferrous metals (iron, steel, welds, etc.) STAINLESS - High tensile metals
9
SaitechTM Ultimate PerformanceTM
High Performance Combines fast cutting with extremely long life STAINLESS - Stainless steel, high tensile alloys METAL - Ferrous and/or non-ferrous metals
Size (in) Dia. Width Bore 3 1/16 1/4 3 1/16 3/8 3 .035 1/4 3 .035 3/8 4 1/16 1/4 4 1/16 3/8 4 .035 1/4 4 .035 3/8 6 1/16 5/8 6 .035 1/2 6 .035 7/8
Max. RPM 25,000 25,000 25,000 25,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 10,186 10,186 10,186
Type 1 Grades Available Part Number A36T A60T SaitechTM UNI23042 UNI23043 UNI23142 UNI23040 UNI23041 UNI23140 UNI23052 UNI23053 UNI23152 UNI23050 UNI23051 UNI23150 UNI23067 UNI23068 UNI23167 UNI23065 UNI23066 UNI23165 UNI23071 UNI23072 UNI23171 UNI23069 UNI23070 UNI23169 UNI23200 UNI23201 UNI23206 UNI23207 UNI23210 UNI23211
Flap Discs
General Purpose
High Perf o rm a n c e
Fiberglass Backing
Allows for lighter, quieter operation Will not splinter or smear on the workpiece
Working angle built in for working with large surfaces of shapes For general purpose stock removal and finishing
Available in 2A, 3A aluminum oxide and Z zirconium Fiberglass backing for lighter, more silent operation, and will not splinter or smear on workpiece Backing wears with the abrasive cloth Go from stock removal to finishing with one disc
Saitlam F Material Part Number 2A 3A Z UNI75440 UNI73341 UNI73940 UNI75450 UNI73950 UNI75460 UNI73361 UNI73960 UNI75480 UNI73381 UNI73980 UNI75420 UNI73321 UNI73920 UNI76440 UNI74341 UNI74940 UNI76450 UNI74950 UNI76460 UNI74361 UNI74960 UNI76480 UNI74381 UNI74980 UNI76420 UNI74321 UNI74920 UNI75540 UNI73804 UNI73941 UNI75550 UNI73951 UNI75560 UNI73806 UNI73961 UNI75580 UNI73808 UNI73981 UNI75520 UNI73802 UNI73921 UNI76540 UNI74804 UNI74941 UNI76550 UNI74951 UNI76560 UNI74806 UNI74961 UNI76580 UNI74808 UNI74981 UNI76520 UNI74802 UNI74921 UNI75740 UNI73704 UNI73942 UNI75750 UNI73705 UNI73952 UNI75760 UNI73706 UNI73962 UNI75780 UNI73708 UNI73982 UNI75720 UNI73702 UNI73922 UNI76740 UNI74704 UNI74942 UNI76750 UNI74705 UNI74952 UNI76760 UNI74706 UNI74962 UNI76780 UNI74708 UNI74982 UNI76720 UNI74702 UNI74922
Flat shape ideal for use on miter joints, corners and edges Provides an even finish ready surface
Plastic Backing
A non-scratching, high strength backing resistant to temperature extremes, common chemicals and solvents
Provides an even finish ready surface For general purpose stock removal and finishing
Saitlam Material Part Number UK UP PN UNI73685 UNI73890 UNI73502 UNI73686 UNI73891 UNI73503 UNI73687 UNI73892 UNI73504 UNI73688 UNI73893 UNI73505 UNI73689 UNI73894 UNI73506 UNI73694 UNI73895 UNI73695 UNI73896 UNI73696 UNI73897 UNI73697 UNI73898 UNI73698 UNI73899 UNI73714 UNI73715 UNI73716 UNI73717 UNI73718
Size (in) Dia. Width 4-1/2 7/8 4-1/2 7/8 4-1/2 7/8 4-1/2 7/8 4-1/2 7/8 5 7/8 5 7/8 5 7/8 5 7/8 5 7/8 7 7/8 7 7/8 7 7/8 7 7/8 7 7/8
Size (in) Dia. Width 4-1/2 7/8 4-1/2 7/8 4-1/2 7/8 4-1/2 7/8 4-1/2 7/8 4-1/2 5/8-11 4-1/2 5/8-11 4-1/2 5/8-11 4-1/2 5/8-11 4-1/2 5/8-11 5 7/8 5 7/8 5 7/8 5 7/8 5 7/8 5 5/8-11 5 5/8-11 5 5/8-11 5 5/8-11 5 5/8-11 7 7/8 7 7/8 7 7/8 7 7/8 7 7/8 7 5/8-11 7 5/8-11 7 5/8-11 7 5/8-11 7 5/8-11
3A P remium aluminum oxide grain Special aluminum oxide grain to reduce heat build up and reduce loading Closed coat stru c t u re for more material removal and better finishing 36-120 grit range STAINLESS - Stainless steel, high tensile steel, titanium, aluminum METAL - Ferrous metals
9
Size (in) 4 x 5/8 4 x 5/8 4 x 5/8 4 x 5/8 4 x 5/8 4 x 5/8 4 x 5/8 4-1/2 x 7/8 4-1/2 x 7/8 4-1/2 x 7/8 4-1/2 x 7/8 4-1/2 x 7/8 4-1/2 x 7/8 4-1/2 x 7/8 5 x 7/8 5 x 7/8 5 x 7/8 5 x 7/8 5 x 7/8 5 x 7/8 5 x 7/8 7 x 7/8 7 x 7/8 7 x 7/8 7 x 7/8 7 x 7/8 7 x 7/8 7 x 7/8 7 x 7/8 9-1/8 x 7/8 9-1/8 x 7/8 9-1/8 x 7/8 9-1/8 x 7/8 9-1/8 x 7/8 9-1/8 x 7/8 9-1/8 x 7/8 9-1/8 x 7/8 Grit 24 36 50 60 80 100 120 24 36 50 60 80 100 120 24 36 50 60 80 100 120 16 24 36 50 60 80 100 120 16 24 36 50 60 80 110 120 Bulk Pack (100/pk) Material Part Number 2A 3A UNI56024 UNI56036 UNI56050 UNI56060 UNI56080 UNI56100 UNI56120 UNI51024 UNI51036 UNI52890 UNI51050 UNI52891 UNI51060 UNI52892 UNI51080 UNI52893 UNI51100 UNI52894 UNI51120 UNI52895 UNI53024 UNI53036 UNI52810 UNI53050 UNI52811 UNI53060 UNI52812 UNI53080 UNI52813 UNI53100 UNI52814 UNI53120 UNI52815 UNI57016 UNI57024 UNI57036 UNI52836 UNI57050 UNI52850 UNI57060 UNI52860 UNI57080 UNI52880 UNI57090 UNI52100 UNI57120 UNI52125 UNI58016 UNI58024 UNI58036 UNI58050 UNI58060 UNI58080 UNI58090 UNI58120 Blue LineTM Material Part Number 2A 3A UNI50000 UNI50001 UNI50002 UNI50003 UNI50004 UNI50005 UNI50006 UNI50010 UNI50011 UNI50060 UNI50012 UNI50061 UNI50013 UNI50062 UNI50014 UNI50063 UNI50015 UNI50064 UNI50016 UNI50065 UNI50020 UNI50021 UNI50040 UNI50022 UNI50041 UNI50023 UNI50042 UNI50024 UNI50043 UNI50025 UNI50044 UNI50026 UNI50045 UNI50030 UNI50031 UNI50032 UNI50070 UNI50033 UNI50071 UNI50034 UNI50072 UNI50035 UNI50073 UNI50036 UNI50074 UNI50037 UNI50075 UNI50080 UNI50081 UNI50082 UNI50083 UNI50084 UNI50085 UNI50086 UNI50087 Sait-LokTM* Material Part Number 2A 3A *SAIT-LOK with Quick-Change 5/8-11 Hub which extends disc life and requires fewer changes. SpiralcoolTM backing pads and disc holder available for standard discs.
UNI50120 UNI50121 UNI50122 UNI50123 UNI50124 UNI50125 UNI50126 UNI50127 UNI50128 UNI50129 UNI50130 UNI50131 UNI50132 UNI50133 UNI50134 UNI50135 UNI50136 UNI50137 UNI50138 UNI50139 UNI50140 UNI50141 UNI50142 UNI50143 UNI50144 UNI50145 UNI50146 UNI50147
UNI50148 UNI50149 UNI50150 UNI50151 UNI50152 UNI50153 UNI50154 UNI50155 UNI50156 UNI50157 UNI50158 UNI50159
Fiber Discs
Z Zirconium grain Closed coat stru c t u re for aggressive stock removal and long life STAINLESS - Stainless steel, high tensile alloys METAL - Ferrous and/or non-ferrous metals (iron, steel, welds, etc.)
3Z Premium zirconium grain Special zirconium grain to reduce heat build up and reduce loading Closed coat stru c t u re for very aggressive material removal STAINLESS - Stainless steel, high tensile steel, titanium, aluminum METAL - Ferrous metals
9
Resin-over-resin construction for a strong bond that is resistant to heat and moisture.
Size (in) 4-1/2 x 7/8 4-1/2 x 7/8 4-1/2 x 7/8 4-1/2 x 7/8 4-1/2 x 7/8 5 x 7/8 5 x 7/8 5 x 7/8 5 x 7/8 5 x 7/8 7 x 7/8 7 x 7/8 7 x 7/8 7 x 7/8 7 x 7/8 9-1/8 x 7/8 9-1/8 x 7/8 9-1/8 x 7/8 9-1/8 x 7/8 9-1/8 x 7/8
Grit 24 36 50 60 80 24 36 50 60 80 24 36 50 60 80 24 36 50 60 80
Bulk Pack (100/pk) Material Part Number Z 3Z UNI59224 UNI59236 UNI58236 UNI59250 UNI58250 UNI59260 UNI58260 UNI59280 UNI58280 UNI59324 UNI59336 UNI58336 UNI59350 UNI58350 UNI59360 UNI58360 UNI59380 UNI58380 UNI59624 UNI59636 UNI58636 UNI59650 UNI58650 UNI59660 UNI58660 UNI59680 UNI58680 UNI59824 UNI59836 UNI59850 UNI59860 UNI59880
Blue LineTM Material Part Number Z 3Z UNI59424 UNI59436 UNI58436 UNI59450 UNI58450 UNI59460 UNI58460 UNI59480 UNI58480 UNI59524 UNI59536 UNI58536 UNI59550 UNI58550 UNI59560 UNI58560 UNI59580 UNI58580 UNI59724 UNI59736 UNI58736 UNI59750 UNI58750 UNI59760 UNI58760 UNI59780 UNI58780 UNI59924 UNI59936 UNI59950 UNI59960 UNI59980
SAIT-LOK* Material Part Number Z 3Z UNI50166 UNI50167 UNI50187 UNI50168 UNI50188 UNI50169 UNI50189 UNI50170 UNI50190 UNI50171 UNI50172 UNI50192 UNI50173 UNI50193 UNI50174 UNI50194 UNI50175 UNI50195 UNI50176 UNI50177 UNI50197 UNI50178 UNI50198 UNI50179 UNI50199 UNI50180 UNI50200 UNI50181 UNI50182 UNI50183 UNI50184 UNI50185
*Sait-Lok with Quick Change 5/8-11 hub which extends disc life and requires fewer changes.
Dia. Bore Max (in) (in) RPM 4-1/2 7/8 13,280 5 7/8 12,200 7 7/8 8,600
24
UNI27510
Vibration-free operation precision ground with diamond wheels to produce a very sharp u n i f o rmcutting edge Each enclosed in individual plastic capsules for storage and protection
Double Cut (Alternate Cut) is the most popular burr in ferrous applications. Manufactured with cuts made on the left and right spirals, this design produces a finer finish on material, making smaller chips and slivers. The double cut offers much smoother operation and greater tool contro l .
Non-ferrous (Aluminum Cut) b u rr s have a more open, aggressive cut to avoid loading on softer materials. This design provides outstanding stock removal.
9 15
Spanner Wrench Adjustable wrench for tightening and loosening center nuts. Fits all nuts.
Part Number UNI95008
PSA Backing Pads For use with PSA adhesive baked sanding discs.
Part Number UNI95068 UNI95067 Size (in) 7 x 5/8-11 8 x 5/8-11
9
Center Nuts Use small nut for 4", 4-1/2", or 5" diameter pads.
Part Number UNI95040 UNI95041 Small Large Size (in) 5/8-11 5/8-11
Type 27 Reusable Adapter Kit For use with Type 27 wheels on 7" and 9" 5/8-11 spindle grinders.
Part Number UNI95000
Type 1 and Type 27 Reusable 5/8-11 Adapter Reusable 5/8"-11 adapter for use on Type 1 and Type 27 reinforced wheels with a 7/8" arbor, a maximum diameter of 5" and a wheel thickness of .045" to 1/8".
Part Number UNI95055
SAIT-LOKTM Backing Pads for Resin Fiber Discs No additional mounting hardware required.
Part Number Size (in) UNI95023 *4-1/2 x 5/8-11 UNI95025 4-1/2 x 5/8-11 UNI95024 *5 x 5/8-11 UNI95026 5" x 5/8-11 UNI95027 7 x 5/8-11 UNI95028 9 x 5/8-11 *Low profiles for short spindles
SAIT-LOKTM Cut-Off Adapters For use with Type 1 thin, high-speed cut-off wheels only
Part Number UNI95002 UNI95003 UNI95004 Size (in) 1/4 x 1/4 1/4 x 3/8 1/4 x 1/2
Challenger II Backing Pad For use with Challenger II flexible grinding/blending wheels.
Part Number UNI95245 UNI95247 Size (in) 4-1/2 & 5 7
Accessories Accessories
10
Accessories Accessories
Section 10 Accessories
Locking Pliers and Locking Clamps Bar Clamps Angle Clamps and Magnetic Squares Ground Clamps and Electrode Holders Rod Ovens Anti-Spatter and Nozzle Dip Cable - Primary and Secondary Band Saw Blade and Saw Fluid Hacksaw Frames and Blades Utility Knives and Reciprocating Blades Hole Saws Step Drill Bits and Tubing Cutters Markers Soapstone and Holders Welding Gauges Temperature Indicators Hand Cleaners Welders Pliers Chipping Hammers Water Soluble Paper and Tape N o n - D e s t ructive Testing (NDT) Supplies
Accessories Accessories
Locking Pliers and Clamps
Vise-Grip Locking Pliers Curved Jaws with Wire Cutter
Part Number AMT09 AMT05 Description VISE-GRIP 5WR Locking Pliers; C u rved Jaw with Wi re Cutter VISE-GRIP 10WR Locking Pliers; C u rved Jaw with Wi re Cutter
10 1
Length 5 in (125 mm) 10 in (250 mm) Jaw Thickness 1/4 in (8.4 mm) 7/16 in (11.1 mm) Jaw Adjustment 0 - 1-1/4 in (0-28.6 mm) 0 - 1-7/8 in (0-47.6 mm)
10
Jaw Adjustment Throat Depth 0 - 2-1/8 in (0-54 mm) 0 - 4 in (0-101.6 mm) 0 - 8 in (0-203.2 mm) 1-1/2 in (38 mm) 2-5/8 in (66.7 mm) 9-1/2 in (241 mm)
Jaw W d t h i 3-1/8 in (78 mm) 2-3/4 in (70 mm) 18 in (455 mm) chain
Accessories Accessories 10 2
Bessey 2400 Series Regular Duty Clamps with Morpad
Bar Clamps
Part Number Description Nominal Opening Nominal Thro a t Depth Nominal Clamping Pre s s u re Nominal Rail Size BES2400S-8 2400 Series Regular Duty 8 inches 8 in (20 cm) 5-1/2 in (14 cm) 2660 lb (1207 kg) 1-3/16 x 9/16 in (30 x 14 mm) 5.5 lb (2.5 kg) BES2400S-12 2400 Series Regular Duty 12 inches 12 in (30 cm) 5-1/2 in (14 cm) 2660 lb (1207 kg) 1-3/16 x 9/16 in (30 x 14 mm) 6.8 lb (3.1 kg) BES2400S-20 2400 Series Regular Duty 20 inches 20 in (51 cm) 5-1/2 in (14 cm) 2660 lb (1207 kg) 1-3/16 x 9/16 in (30 x 14 mm) 7.5 lb (3.4 kg)
Approximate Weight
Part Number Description Nominal Opening Nominal Throat Depth Nominal Clamping Pre s s u re Nominal Rail Size
BES4800S-12 4800 Series Heavy Duty 12 inches 12 in (30 cm) 7 in (18 cm) 4880 lb (2,180 kg) 1-9/16 x 3/4 in (45.2 x 19 mm)
BES4800S-20 4800 Series Heavy Duty 20 inches 20 in (51 cm) 7 in (18 cm) 4880 lb (2,180 kg) 1-9/16 x 3/4 in (45.2 x 19 mm) 14.5 lb (6.5 kg)
10
Part Number Description Nominal Opening Nominal Thro a t Depth Nominal Clamping Pre s s u re Approximate Weight
BESLC-10 10 Rapid Action Lever 10 in (25 cm) 4-3/4 in (13 cm) 880 lb (399 kg) 3.3 lb (1.5 kg)
BESLC-12 12 Rapid Action Lever 12 in (30 cm) 5-1/2 in (14 cm) 1110 lb (504 kg) 5.1 lb (2.3 kg)
BESMMS-4 4 Mighty Mini Steel Sliding Arm Clamp 4 in (10 cm) 2-1/4 in (5 cm) 660 lb (299 kg) 0.6 lb ( 0.25 kg)
BESMMS-8 8 Mighty Mini Steel Sliding Arm Clamp 8 in (20 cm) 2-1/2 in (6 cm) 660 lb (299 kg) 0.9 lb ( 0.40 kg)
Sliding arm moves to position itself right next to your work piece Clamp does not walk
Accessories Accessories
Bar Clamps
Bessey All-Steel Step-Over Clamp
10 3
Part Number Description Nominal Opening Nominal Thro a t Depth Nominal Clamping Pressure
BESJ24-12 12 Step-Over Sliding Arm Clamp 12 in (30 cm) 5-1/2 in (14 cm) 2660 lb (1207 kg) 7 lb (3.2 kg)
Approximate We i g h t
Deep throat has greater reach Manufactured with an economical standard pad
BESSQ-8 SQ Series 8 inches 8 in (20 cm) 4-3/4 in (12 cm) 2660 lb (1207 kg) 1-3/16 x 9/16 in (30 x 14 mm) 5.5 lb (2.5 kg) BESSQ-12 SQ Series 12 inches 12 in (30 cm) 4-3/4 in (12 cm) 2660 lb (1207 kg) 1-3/16 x 9/16 in (30 x 14 mm) 7.3 lb (3.3 kg) BESSQ-20 SQ Series - 20 inches 20 in ( 51 cm) 4-3/4 in (12 cm) 2660 lb (1207 kg) 1-3/16 x 9/16 in (30 x 14 mm) 8.5 lb (3.86 kg)
P a rt Number Description Nominal Opening Nominal Thro a t Depth Nominal Clamping Pressure Nominal Rail Size A p p ro ximate Weight
BESSQ-4 SQ Series 6 inches 6 in (15 cm) 4-3/4 in (12 cm) 1330 lb (600 kg) 1-3/16 in x 9/16 in (30 x 14 mm) 2.5 lb (1.1 kg)
10
Bessey SuperGrips
Jaws remain parallel or at the proper angle to each other in any position P reset clamping pressure remains the same
Part Number Description Nominal Opening Nominal Thro a t Depth Nominal Clamping Pre s s u re Approximate Weight
BESSG-8 Standard - 8 inches 8 in (20 cm) 2-1/2 in (6 cm) 440 lb (200 kg) 3 lb (1.4 kg)
BESSG24-PC Pipe Clamp 3 in (8 cm) 4-1/2 in (11 cm) 310 lb (141 kg) 2.8 lb (1.3 kg)
BESSG24-VWF We l d e rs Fork 2-1/8 in (5 cm) 4 in (10 cm) 310 lb (141 kg) 2.8 lb (1.3 kg)
BESSG24-WF We l d e rs Fork 3 in (8 cm) 4 in (10 cm) 310 lb (141 kg) 3 lb (1.4 kg)
BESSG5-DR Deep Reach 3 in (8 cm) 4-1/2 in (11 cm) 310 lb (141 kg) 2.5 lb (1.1 kg)
Accessories Accessories 10 4
Bessey WSM Series Angle Clamps
Part Number Jaw Height Jaw Length Passage for T Joints Total Capacity for Sides Approximate Weight
Angle Clamps
BESWSM-9 1-1/2 in (4 cm) 4 in (10 cm) 2-1/2 in (6 cm) 7 in (18 cm) 10 lb (4.6 kg)
BESWSM-12 2-1/2 in (6 cm) 4-1/2 in (11 cm) 4 in (10 cm) 9-1/2 in (24 cm) 18 lb (8.2 kg)
10
Part Number Description Nominal W d t h i Nominal Height Nominal Thickness Average Pull
BESWMS-1 Open 3-3/4 in (9.5 cm) 4-3/8 in (11 cm) 3/4 in (19 mm) 57 lb (26 kg) 1 lb (0.5 kg)
BESWMS-5 Enclosed 3-3/4 in (9.5 cm) 4-3/8 in (11 cm) 3/4 in (19 mm) 112 lb (25.8 kg) 1.5 lb (0.7 kg)
Approximate Weight
One-handed operation enhances users speed and convenience 40% lighter than standard 14 cast iron pipe wrenches Ratchets quickly to work surf a c e Smooth release upon job completion Broached teeth are ideal for most surfaces including black, galvanized PVC and copper pipe as well as nuts, bolts and couplings Ergonomic handle for heavy torque and maximum comfort Slim jaw profile gets into tight spaces Ideal for pipe up to 1-1/2
Accessories Accessories
Ground Clamps and Electrode Holders
Ground Clamps
Copper Steel Magnetic
10 5
R o t a ry
Capacity (amp) 200 300 500 300 500 400 600 800 250 800
Part Number Copper TWE9205-1120 PRS32126 PRS32124 Steel PRS32132 PRS32135 R o t a ry TWE9250-1114 TWE9250-1123 TWE9250-1124 Magnetic PRS3J008 PRS3J009
Jaw Opening in (mm) 1 (25) 1-1/2 (38) 2 (51) 2 (51) 2 (51) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Depth in (mm) 3 (76) 4 (101) 5-1/4 (133) 1-3/4 (45) 1-3/4 (45) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Length in (cm) 6" (15) 8-1/2 (22) 10 (25) 9 (23) 9 (23) 8 (20) 10-1/4 (260) 10-5/8 (27) N/A N/A
Cable Size 1/0 3/0 4/0 2/0 2/0 1-4 / 0 2-3 / 0 2-4 / 0 2/0 2/0
10
PROSTAR Electrode Holders Capacity (amp) 200 250 300 350 400 500 Part Number PRS32127 PRS32128 PRS32129 PRS32130 PRS32131 TWE9110-1106 Electrode Capacity up to 5/32" up to 3/16" up to 7/32" up to 1/4" up to 1/4" up to 3/8" Length in (cm) 8-1/2 (22) 9-1/4 (24) 10 (25) 11 (28) 12 (30) 13-1/4 (34) Cable Size 2/0 2/0 2/0 4/0 4/0 4/0
Rod Guard Industrial Storage Container For everything you want to protect and keep dry
Part Number
RODRG-100-24
Unlimited uses Welding rods and electro d e s Flares Manuals Drill bits Fasteners First aid supplies
Threaded cap with long lasting neoprene seal High impact polyethylene Holds up to 10 lbs of 12 or 14 electrodes
Accessories Accessories 10 6
Rod Ovens
Phoenix 10 Series (Portable) and 50 Series (Semi-Portable)
Type 2/115V Part Number Electrode Capacity Sealed Htg. Element (1) Voltage-all single phase Te m p e r a t u re Range * Thermostat Chamber Size PHO1205500 10 lb (4.5 kg) 75W Wi re Wrap 120V AC/DC Preset to 300 F (1490 C)
0
Type 5/115V PHO1205520 50 lb (25 kg) 300W Wi re Wrap 120/240V AC/DC 100 - 3000F (38-1490C) Adjustable 8 in. dia. x 19-3/4 in. deep (20.3 cm dia. x 50.2 cm deep) 16 x 15 27-1/8 in. (40.6 x 38.1 x 68.9 cm) 46 lb (20.9 kg)
Preset 2-7/8 in. dia. x 19-3/4 in. deep (7.3 cm dia. x 50.2 cm deep)
Exterior Dimensions
Net We i g h t
15.3 lb (7 kg)
* Temperature may vary slightly dependent upon load and ambient temperature
10
Oven shelves can be removed for the drying of wire coils and the pre-heat and post-heat of welded parts. Circular shape heats interior evenly, natural air currents direct moisture toward vents at the top of the door. Tubular, metalsheathed twin heating elements clamp to upright struts on bottom of oven, providing fast, easy heat. Two-inch glass fiber batt insulation and reflective, heatresistant silicone/aluminum interior paint for minimum heat loss. Adjustable thermostatic control, pilot light indicates heat on, recessed guard case protects controls. Single-action door latch opens easily, closes positively, can be padlocked.
Size Electrode Handled Heating Element (2) Voltage Grounded Heavy Duty Cord
Te m p e r a t u re Range & Contro l Insulation Inside Diameter Shelved Compart m e n t s / S i z e Outside Dimensions Net We i g h t
Accessories Accessories
Anti-Spatter
PROSTAR Premium Anti-Spatter Spray and Nozzle Dip Used as a release agent to prevent spatter build up on weldments, torch parts, fixtures and robots. New Polymer-based formula is safer and out performs solvent-based products
10 7
Ideal for all welding jobs including stainless steel, mild steel, aluminum and multi-pass welds. Ideal for robotic nozzle cleaning stations. Suitable for laser spatter
Environmentally friendly
Paintable
10
New polymer-based formula sprays on with a very light dry film No waste. Propellant maintains full pressure until can is completely empty Welder can weld through spray immediately Eliminates the porosity and paintability problems associated with competitive water-based form u l a s Maximum safety and convenience in a high perf o rmance aerosol
Description 400 ml aerosol can (13.53 fl oz)
P a rt Number PRS50101
Made from a high perf o rmance non-flammable mineral grease Outlasts petroleum jelly-based dips by up to 8:1 Package - Metal can eliminates torch burn- t h rough which can happen with plastic packaging
Description 450 g can (0.99 lb)
Accessories Accessories 10 8
Anti-Spatter & Nozzle Dip
PROSTAR Premium Concentrate
Economical can be applied with available sprayers or with pressure spray equipment. Ideal for robotic nozzle cleaning stations (will not damage seals or gum up storage tanks and lines). Ideal for protecting large weldments. Can be used straight or diluted up to 2:1 with water.
Part Number PRS50102 PRS50105 PRS50103 PRS50104 Accessories Part Number LUS604090 LUS604100
Description 1 liter bottle (.264 gallons) 5 liter jug (1.32 gallons) 20 liter jug (5.28 gallons) 200 liter drum (52.83 gallons)
Description Hand sprayer with brass nozzle Heavy duty pre s s u re sprayer
10
Anti-Spatter and Nozzle Shield Economy
For MIG gun nozzles and welding surfaces. Reduces spatter build up and clean up time Heat resistant, non-flammable and paint compatible.
Does Not contain silicones or fluorocarbons. Does Not contain any ozone depleting chemicals.
Protects MIG gun nozzles, tips, fixtures and positioners. Nonflammable and nontoxic.
Does Not contain silicones or fluorocarbons. Does Not contain any ozone depleting chemicals.
Accessories Accessories
Cable - Primary and Secondary
10 9
Lug
10
Cable Connector
Lug
Accessories Accessories 10 10
CLASSICTM The Ultimate Multi-Purpose Blade
Shallow gullets for increased beam strength Patented TUFF TOOTHTM design for strip resistance M-42 high speed steel edge for durability
Wavy TPI 14 18
Hook TPI 3
Applications
Carbon steels, light alloy steels, mold steels, tool steels, stainless steels
Made to order to suit your requirements = Extra heavy set available to prevent blade pinching
Applications
Large cross-section profiles, bundled structural steel and tubing
10
Reinforced tooth design for long life and extreme durability Unique, patented tooth profile powers through interrupted cuts Eliminates tooth strippage Unique, patented tooth pitch/set sequence Minimizes vibration and equalizes tooth loading. This eliminates harmonics and significantly reduces noise levels M-42 high speed steel tooth edge for durability
2/3
3/4
DIEMASTER 2
Engineered for Contour Cutting
Applications
Carbon steels, light alloy steels, mold steels, tool steels, stainless steels, sheet metal
M-42 high speed steel tooth edge for durability Designed to run at high speed Runs at twice the speed of carbon Increased blade life, lasts 10 times longer than carbon blades General purpose hand-fed applications Tool and die shops, machine shops, maintenance facilities
6/10
S t a n d a rd TPI 10 14 18 24
Hook TPI 2 4 6
= Matrix Edge
SAW MASTERTM
Reduces machine wear and improves band saw blade tool life Surfaces can be welded or painted over Gentle to operators hands; does not remove oil from the skin Does not contain chlorine, sulfur, silicone, petroleum oils or sulfonates Biodegradable Part Number AME68004 AME68005 AME68003 AME68001 Item 1 gallon /3.8 liter container 2-1/2 gallon/9.5 liter container 5 gallon/18.5 liter container 55 gallon/208.2 liter drum
Lubricates and cools for extended tool life Rejects most tramp oils - hydraulic and oils from materials Safe to use; non-irritating to the operator Low to non-foaming Longest sump life; excellent anti-microbial package prevents rancidity Can be used in most hard water applications Part Number AME68064 AME68061 AME68062
Item 1 gallon /3.8 liter container 5 gallon/18.5 liter container 55 gallon/208.2 liter drum
Accessories Accessories 10 11
Blade Specifications
Length (inches) 44-7/8 44-7/8 44-7/8 44-7/8 44-7/8 44-7/8 44-7/8 44-7/8 44-7/8 44-7/8
Width (Inches) 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
Thickness (Inches) .023 .023 .023 .023 .023 .025 .025 .025 .025 .025
3-Pack Part Number AME80114 AME80115 AME80112 AME80116 AME80117 AME80143 AME80144 AME80145 AME80142 AME82310
Cuts Material 1/4 & larger 3/16 - 3/8 1/8 - 5/16 3/32 - 1/4 up to 1/8 3/8 - 1/2 1/4 & larger 3/16 - 3/8 1/8 - 5/16 3/32 - 1/4
Blade Specifications
Cuts Material 1/4 & larger 3/16 - 3/8 1/8 - 5/16 3/32 - 1/4 up to 1/8
10
Specifications
Specifications
Blade Specifications
Part Number 10 Per Pack AME20140 AME20141 AME20142 AME20143 AME20144 AME20145 AME20146
TPI 18 24 32 14 18 24 32
Length x Width (Inches) 10 X 1/2 10 X 1/2 10 X 1/2 12 X 1/2 12 X 1/2 12 X 1/2 12 X 1/2
Lasts Longer, high speed steel edge with Titanium coating keeps blades cutting after others have quit Shatter resistant, patented bi-metal construction allows blades to bend and flex without breaking Makes deeper cuts, four-notch system allows blade to extend further Cuts the toughest materials, great for cutting drywall, insulation, flooring, roofing and more Fits all standard utility knives
Description LENOX GoldTM Utility Knife Blade 5 pack LENOX GoldTM Blade 50 pack dispenser LENOX GoldTM Blade 100 pack dispenser
Description LENOX GoldTM Quick Change Retractable Knife LENOX GoldTM Quick Change Fixed Blade Knife
10
TPI 8 8 10 10 10 14 14 14 18 18 18
Length (Inches) 6 9 6 9 12 6 9 12 6 9 12
Part Number 5/pack AME21092 AME21096 AME21093 AME21097 AME21100 AME21094 AME21098 AME21101 AME21095 AME21099 AME21102
Width (Inches) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Thickness (Inches) .042 .042 .042 .042 .042 .042 .042 .042 .042 .042 .042
Application Angle iron, Thick steel sections pipe > 3/16 dia. Angle iron, Thick steel sections pipe > 3/16 dia. Rebar, Steel rod, Black pipe 3/16 - 1/2 Rebar, Steel rod, Black pipe 3/16 - 1/2 Rebar, Steel rod, Black pipe 3/16 - 1/2 Steel rod, Black pipe 3/32 - 3/8 Steel rod, Black pipe 3/32 - 3/8 Steel rod, Black pipe 3/32 - 3/8 Copper pipe & black pipe 1/16 - 1/4 Copper pipe & black pipe 1/16 - 1/4 Copper pipe & black pipe 1/16 - 1/4
TPI 10
14
AME21067
3/4
18 18 24
6 8 6
Thickness (Inches) Application .035 Nail-embedded wood, Composition materials & plastics. Pipe, Carbon steel, Stainless steel:1/8-1/4. Non-ferrous metal: 18-1/2 thick. .035 Pipe, Structural steel, Stainless steel: 3/32-1/4, Non-ferrous metal: 3/32-3/8 .035 Structural steel, Pipe, Conduit, Stainless steel: 1/16-3/16 thick, .035 Non-ferrous metal: 1/16-5/16 .035 All metals less than 1/8 thick, Tubing, Conduit, Trim
Accessories Accessories
Reciprocating Saw Blades
LAZERTM - Best for Heavy Metal Cutting
Longer lasting, lasts 45% longer than the leading competitors blade Greater strength and durability, unique blade geometry reinforces traditional weak areas, creating stronger and more durable blades Shatter resistant, bi-metal blades bend and resist breaking and extend the blade life Optimized performance, thicker (.042) and wider (1) blades minimize whipping for straighter and smoother cuts
10 13
TPI 8 8 8 10 10 10 14 14 14 18 18 18
Length (Inches) 6 9 12 6 9 12 6 9 12 6 9 12
Part Number 5/pack AME20192 AME20193 AME20194 AME20170 AME20176 AME20182 AME20172 AME20178 AME20184 AME20174 AME20180 AME20190
Width (Inches) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Thickness (Inches) .042 .042 .042 .042 .042 .042 .042 .042 .042 .042 .042 .042
Application Angle iron, Thick steel sections pipe > 3/16 dia. Angle iron, Thick steel sections pipe > 3/16 dia. Angle iron, Thick steel sections pipe > 3/16 dia. Rebar, Steel rod, Black pipe 3/16 - 1/2 Rebar, Steel rod, Black pipe 3/16 - 1/2 Rebar, Steel rod, Black pipe 3/16 - 1/2 Steel rod, Black pipe 3/32 - 3/8 Steel rod, Black pipe 3/32 - 3/8 Steel rod, Black pipe 3/32 - 3/8 Copper pipe & Black pipe 1/16 - 1/4 Copper pipe & Black pipe 1/16 - 1/4 Copper pipe & Black pipe 1/16 - 1/4
TPI 10
14 18 18 24
6 6 8 6
Width Thickness (Inches) (Inches) Application 3/4 .035 Nail-embedded wood, Composition materials & plastics. Pipe, Carbon steel, Stainless steel: 1/8-1/4. Non-ferrous metal: 1/8-1/2 thick. 3/4 .035 Pipe, Structural steel, Stainless steel: 3/32-1/4, Non-ferrous metal: 3/32-3/8 3/4 .035 Structural steel, Pipe, Conduit, Stainless steel: 3/4 .035 1/16-3/16 thick, Non-ferrous metal:1/16-5/16 3/4 .035 All metals less than 1/8 thick, Tubing, Conduit, Trim
10
HOLE SAWS
Engineered for Optimum Perf o rm ance in Wood & Metal
Added durability, thick backing plate resists damage and increases life Unique tooth configuration, patented VARI-TOOTH design optimizes cutting for fast cuts and long tool life Resists tooth strippage, bi-metal construction creates a hardened edge to minimize tooth stripping
Arbors Part Number AME30002 AME30005 AME30006 Pilot Drills Part Number AME30850 AME30851 Description Pilot Drill Pilot Drill Chuch Size (inches) 1/4 1/4 Fits Arbor Number 1L, 2L or 4L 3L, 5L, 6L or 7L Fits Hole Saws 20L-96L 9L-19L 20L-96L Shark Type Hex Hex Hex Shark Size (Inches) 1/2 & larger 3/8 & larger 3/8 & larger
Part Number (1 per box) AME30012 AME30014 AME30016 AME30018 AME30020 AME30022 AME30024 AME30028 AME30032 AME30034 AME30036 AME30040 AME30048 AME30050 AME30052 AME30056
Diameter (Inches) 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/8 2-1/4 2/1/2 3 3-1/8 3-1/4 3-1/2
1-1/4 1-1/2
1-1/4 1-1/2
2 2 2-1/2 3
Use Arbor Number 1L, 4L or 5L 1L, 4L or 5L 1L, 4L or 5L 1L, 4L or 5L 2L, 3L or 6L 2L, 3L or 6L 2L, 3L, 6L or 7L 2L, 3L, 6L or 7L 2L, 3L, 6L or 7L 2L, 3L, 6L or 7L 2L, 3L, 6L or 7L 2L, 3L, 6L or 7L 2L, 3L, 6L or 7L 2L, 3L, 6L or 7L 2L, 3L, 6L or 7L 2L, 3L, 6L or 7L
Accessories Accessories 10 14
Vari-Bit Step Drill Bits Drills Fast, Clean, Round Holes
Accurate, burr-free holes, patented two flute design cuts Starts on contact, split point design for faster penetration and less walking Long tool life, steam oxide coating adds durability, enhanced flute design removes chips rapidly, ensuring longer tool life
Specifications
Part Number AME30881 AME30882 AME30883 AME30884 AME30886 AME30887 AME30908 AME30909 AME30888 AME30912 AME30925
Hole Sizes (Inches) 1/8, 5/32, 3/16, 7/32, 1/4, 9/32, 5/16, 11/32, 3/8, 13/32, 7/16, 15/32, 1/2 1/2, 9/16, 5/8, 11/16, 3/4, 13/16, 7/8, 15/16, 1 1/4, 5/16, 3/8, 7/16, 1/2, 9/16, 5/8, 11/16, 3/4 3/16, 1/4, 5/16, 3/8, 7/16, 1/2 3/8, 1/2 7/8 (for 1/2 conduit) 3/16, 1/4, 5/16, 3/8, 7/16, 1/2, 9/16, 5/8, 11/16, 3/4, 13/16, 7/8 7/8, 1-1/8, 1-7/32 7/8, 1-1/8 (for 1/2 and 3/4 conduit) 7/8, 1-1/8, 1-7/32, 1-1/4, 1-3/8 Extension 8. Fits 3/8 drill chuck & larger
Chuck Size (Inches) 1/4 3/8 3/8 1/4 1/4 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8
10
Wont walk while cutting, four-roller tracking system keeps tube from threading Professional deburring, cleanly and easily deburr pipes with the replaceable machinists reamer Will not damage cutting wheels, fullstop feed system prevents wheels and rollers from coming into contact Easy to use, change out wheels with only a screwdriver Convenient Storage, store an extra cutting wheel in the handle
Specifications
TUBING CUTTERS Part Number AME21010 AME21011 AME21012 AME21013 Tube Diameter Range 1/8 - 1-1/8 1/8 - 1-3/8 1/8 - 1-3/4 1/4 - 2-5/8 Pack Qty. 2 2 2
Pack Qty. 1 1 1 1 Description 2 pack stainless steel cutting wheels 2 pack plastic cutting wheels 2 pack copper cutting wheels
Accessories Accessories
Markers
B Paintstik Marks on any material, surface or texture. Real paint in stick form. Weather resistant, UV resistant. Marks through oil and water. Marks on smooth, rough, rusty or dirt y s u rfaces. Lead-free, non-toxic. Other colours available. Size: 11/16" x 4-3/4" Marking Range: -50 oF to 150 oF (-46 oC to 66 oC)
Color White Yellow Red Part Number MAR80220 MAR80221 MAR80222 Sample Color Orange Blue Green Part Number MAR80224 MAR80225 MAR80226 Sample
10 15
B-E Paintstik Marker Real paint in stick form. For marking rough surfaces, forgings, castings. Marks will withstand prolonged immersion in water. Lead-free, non-toxic. Long lasting, weather resistant, fade resistant. Size: 11/16" x 4-3/4" Marking Range: -50 oF to 150 oF (-46 oC to 66 oC)
Color White Yellow Red Part Number MAR80620 MAR80621 MAR80622 Sample Color Orange Blue Green Part Number MAR80624 MAR80625 MAR80626 Sample
10
BL Paintstik Marker Real paint in stick form. Bleeds through solvent or oil-based paints. For fabricating steel, when marks are required to bleed through a primer coat. To prevent bleeding through the finish coat, seal the marked areas with water-based epoxy paint. Size: 11/16" x 4-3/4" Marking Range: -50 oF to 150 oF (-46 oC to 66 oC)
Color Blue Part Number MAR80725 Sample
Hot Surface Paintstik Markers H Paintstik Marker. Real paint in stick form. Bright colors for higher visibility. Mark hot coils, billets, slabs, bars, ingots, etc. Marks will not run, char, discolor, peel or crack. Marks are weather and fade resistant. Size: 3/8" x 4-5/8" Marking Range: 150 oF to 1200 oF (66 oC to 649 oC)
Color White Yellow Red Black Part Number MAR81020 MAR81021 MAR81022 MAR81023 Sample Color Blue Green Brown Part Number MAR81025 MAR81026 MAR81029 Sample
Accessories Accessories 10 16
Markers, Soapstones and Scriber
Verithin 700 Series This quality, thin-lead colored pencil features a high-strength lead that wont snap under normal writing pressure. Dense structure of pigments provides vivid colors that wont smear or fade.
Part Number BPE745 BPE753 Description Carmine Red Pencil 12/Min Silver Pencil 12/Min
Dura Ink Marker Smear resistant, water resistant, fast drying. Marks on metal, wood, cardboard, paper, plastic, glass, etc. Size: 3/8" x 4-5/8"
Color Red Black Part Number MAR96022 MAR96023 Sample Color Blue Green Part Number MAR96025 MAR96026 Sample
10
#1 Select, natural grade All white texture for excellent marking quality Marks will not contaminate welds Low water content for increased hardness and resistance to breakage
Description Soapstone Round 5" - 144 per box Soapstone Flat 5" - 144 per box Round soapstone holder with soapstone, carded 10 Round soapstone Flat soapstone holder with soapstone, carded 6 Flat soapstone
Part Number OKINS-16A OKINS-16 PRS58019 PRS58018 PRS58017 Flat Soapstone Holder PRS58016
Accessories Accessories
Welding Gauges and Temperature Indicators
10 17
G.A.L. HI-LO Welding Gauge Measures the internal alignment of pipe after fit-up and alignment. Measures in standard on one side and metric on the other. Measures weld crown height.
Part Number GAL2 Description GAL HI-LO Weld Gauge
Fillet Weld Gauge For inspection of concave and convex fillet welds. Permits quick and accurate measuring of the most popular weld fillet sizes in inches and metric: 1/8"-1" (3.2-25.4 mm). All sizes and numerals are laser etched into the surface for clarity and easier reading. Set of seven blades comes in a handy, vinyl pocket case with snap lock.
Part Number PRS59024 Description Fillet Weld Gauge
10
Te m p e r a t u re Indicators
Markal Temperature Indicators - Therm o m e l t Stik Accurate, fast and low-cost method for measuring surface temperature when pre-heating, monitoring interpass temperatures or postheating. Accurate to within +/- 1% of the stated temperature. Thermomelt Stik is 4-1/2" long and features a stainless steel holder with a pocket clip for convenient use. Complies with ANSI/ASME Code B31 and B31.3.
Part Number MAR86400 MAR86463 MAR86517 MAR86544 MAR86562 MAR86589 MAR86625 MAR86661
Part Number MAR86697 MAR86733 MAR86751 MAR86769 MAR86805 MAR86823 MAR86832 MAR86841
Part Number MAR86868 MAR86877 MAR86886 MAR86922 MAR86931 MAR86958 MAR86967 MAR86976
Accessories Accessories 10 18
Hand Cleaners, Pliers and Chipping Hammers
Scrubs Hand Cleaners A bucket of Scru b s has 72 premoistened hand cleaner towels that go where you go. The cleaning agents in Scru b s contain emollients that condition and soften your hands.
Part Number MAN042272 Description 72 Pre - m o i s t u red hand cleaner towels
Pliers
MIG Pliers Welper Designed for hammering, wire cutting, insulation bushing removal and installation and drawing out wire. Ideally suited for the removal of spatter from inside, outside and the nozzle end. Perfect for the removal and installation of contact tips and nozzles. Spring loaded for easy opening and closing.
Part Number PRS71003 Description MIG Pliers
10
PRS57000
PRS57002
Accessories Accessories
Water Soluble Paper and Tape
Introduction Aquasol has significantly improved purge chamber technology in Tungsten Inert Gas (TIG) welding applications. Traditional cardboard purging systems are time-consuming and often leave dangerous residues upon removal. Bladders require excess argon gas, due to the distance of the bladder from the weld area. The bulkiness of bladders and cones results in inherent storage and transport concerns. Description Aquasol is made of Sodium Carboxy Methyl cellulose and wood pulp that dissolves rapidly and completely in most liquids including water. Aquasol can be used to dam Argon or Helium gases during Tungsten Inert Gas (TIG) welding of steel or aluminum pipes. After welding is complete, Aquasol purge dams eff o rtlessly dissolve by flushing the system with water or steam; leaving no residue in the pipeline.
10 19
Advantages
10
Aquasol comes in a wide range of grades and sizes, permitting the construction of purge dams for literally any pipe diameter. The product is available in a variety of formats including sheets, rolls and pressure-sensitive tapes. It is extremely easy to store, environmentally friendly and non-toxic.
EZ ZONETM Tape EZ ZONETM Tape is designed with an adhesive-free center ZONE preventing the adhesive from coming in contact with the weld area. Aluminum welding tape is used to seal the root gap between pipes, ensuring minimal gas loss during purging - but, unlike conventional tape, EZ ZONETM Tape creates a contaminant-free weld that is efficient, economical and heatresistant.
Accessories Accessories 10 20
Non Destructive Testing (NDT) Supplies
Visible Penetrants Methods SpotCheck 5 Steps 1. Pre-Clean 2. Apply Penetrant 3. Clean 4. Apply Developer 5. Inspect
Inspect. Defects will show as bright red lines in white developer background.
Step 2 Penetrant
Step 3 Cleaner
Step 5 Inspection
MAN01-5182-79 Water
10
* Step 3: Water based cleaner (SKC-S) may also be used. Note: Use water to thoroughly clean if part is to be painted.
Magnetic Particles Method Magnaflux/Magnalo 5 Steps 1. Pre-Clean 2. Place Yoke 3. Energize Yoke 4. Apply Powder 5. Inspect
MAN01-5750-79 MAN043509
MAN043509
*Select iron powder color that offers the greatest color contrast.
Accessories Accessories
Non Destructive Testing (NDT) Supplies
Penetrants Method - Zyglo 5 Steps 1. Pre-Clean 2. Apply Penetrant 3. Clean 4. Apply Developer 5. Inspect
10 21
Preclean inspection area. Spray on cleaner removal. Wipe off with cloth.
Spray on a thin, uniform film developer. Allow s h o rt developing period. For rough surfaces daub on developer.
Inspect. Defects will show as bright fluore scent green lines in white developer background.
MAN01-3354-78 MAN600000
Step 2 Penetrant
10
Sensitivity Level 3** Step 1 Water-Based Cleaner Step 2 Penetrant Step 3 Clean Step 4 Developer Step 5 Use Black Light*
MAN01-3263-40 Water
Sensitivity Level 2** Step 1 Water-Based Cleaner Step 2 Penetrant Step 3 Step 4 Clean Developer Step 5 Use Black Light*
Sensitivity Level 4 Step 1 Water-Based Cleaner Step 2 Penetrant Step 3 Clean Step 4 Developer Step 5 Use Black Light*
MAN01-3354-78 MAN600000
* Recommended black light bulb (100 watt) P a rt Number MAN507320 **Available in aerosol
MAN01-5750-79 MAN01-3274-35 Water Sensitivity Level 4 Step 1 Water-Based Cleaner Step 2 Penetrant
MAN01-3354-78 MAN600000
MAN01-3354-78 MAN600000
Accessories Accessories 10 22
Notes
10
Technical Data
11
Technical Data
Conversion Factors Dew Point Physical Pro p e rties of Gases G l o s s a ry Associations Praxair Locations - USA and Canada
Technical Data
Conversion Factors
Density To Obtain g/ml Multiply By g/ml kg/m lb/ft3 lb/in
3 3
11 1
kg/m3
lb/ft3
lb/in3
lb/U.S. gal
0.0361273 3.61273 x 10
-5
lb/U.S. gal
Flow
To Obtain cm3/min Multiply By cm3/sec ft3/h ft3/min m3/h m3/min L/h L/min
11
Length
cm ft in m mm micron yd
1 x 10
8
1x10-8
9
Technical Data 11 2
Pressure To Obtain
micron (m Hg) mm of Hg at 0 C(torr)
o
Conversion Factors
atm
psi
bar
kg/cm2
kPa
ft of H2O at 60 F
o
in of H2O at 60 F
o
in of Hg at 0 C
o
Multiply By
m i c ron (m Hg) mm of Hg at 0 C (torr ) atm psi bar kg/cm kPa ft of H20 (60 F) in of H20 (60 F) in of Hg (0 C)
o o o 2 o
1.31579 x 10-6 0.00132 0.06805 0.98692 0.96787 0.00987 0.02947 0.00246 0.03342
1.9337 x 10-5 0.019337 14.696 14.50368 14.22334 0.14504 0.433107 0.03609 0.49115
1.33 x 10-6 0.001333 1.01325 0.068948 0.980665 0.010 0.029891 0.002499 0.033664
1.30 x 10-6 0.001360 1.0332 0.70307 1.019716 0.001020 0.03048 0.00254 0.034532
1.33 x 10-4 0.133322 101.3171 6.89465 100 98.03922 2.9890 0.249089 3.376895
4.4603 x 106 0.044603 33.932 2.3089 33.4883 32.8084 0.33456 0.083333 1.1340
3.937 x 10-5 0.03937 29.921 2.0360 29.530 28.95903 0.2613 0.882646 0.073556
Temperature
11
Celsius, oC Fahrenheit, oF Kelvin, K Rankine, oR
o
Multiply By
o o
F=(oC x 1.8) + 32
o
Volume
Technical Data
Conversion Factors
Mass and Weight To Obtain mg g kg oz* lb* ton (short, U.S.) ton (long, metric)
11 3
Multiply By mg g kg oz* lb* ton (short, US) ton (long, metric) *avoirdupois 1000 1,000,000 28,349.5 453,592 9.07185 x 10 1 x 10
9 8
Concentration Equivalents Concentration 1,000,000 ppm 100,000 ppm 10,000 ppm 1,000 ppm 100 ppm 10 ppm 1 ppm 1,000 ppb 100 ppb 10 ppb 1 ppb = = = = = = = = = = = Equivalent 100.00% 10.0% 1.0% 0.1% 0.01% 0.001% 0.0001% 1 ppm 0.1 ppm 0.01 ppm 0.001 ppm
Equivalent 10,000,000,000 1,000,000,000 100,000,000 10,000,000 1,000,000 100,000 10,000 1,000 100 10 1
Equivalent Notation 0 0.1 0.01 0.001 0.0001 0.00001 0.000001 0.0000001 0.00000001 0.000000001 0.0000000001
11
1 x 105 1 x 104 1 x 10
3
1 x 10-5 1 x 10-6 1 x 10
-7
Technical Data 11 4
Dew Point vs. Parts per Million* Dewpoint
o
Dew Point
Dewpoint
o
Dewpoint
o
ppm 0.10 0.25 0.63 1.00 1.08 1.18 1.29 1.40 1.53 1.66 1.81 1.96 2.15 2.35 2.54 2.76 3.00 3.28 3.53 3.84 4.15 4.50 4.78 5.3 5.7 6.2 6.6 7.2 7.8 8.4 9.1 9.8 10.5 11.4 12.3
ppm 13.3 14.3 15.4 16.6 17.9 19.2 20.6 22.1 23.6 25.6 27.5 29.4 31.7 34.0 36.5 39.0 41.8 44.6 48 51 55 59 62 67 72 76 82 87 92 98 105 113 119 128 136
ppm 144 153 164 174 185 196 210 222 235 250 265 283 300 317 338 358 378 400 422 448 475 500 530 560 590 630 660 700 740 780 820 870 920 970 1,020
-130 -120 -110 -105 -104 -103 -102 -101 -100 -99 -98 -97 -96 -95 -94 -93 -92 -91
-90.0 -84.0 -79.0 -76.0 -76.0 -75.0 -74.0 -74.0 -73.0 -73.0 -72.0 -72.0 -71.0 -71.0 -70.0 -69.0 -69.0 -68.0 -68.0 -67.0 -67.0 -66.0 -66.0 -65.0 -64.0 -64.0 -63.0 -63.0 -62.0 -62.0 -61.0 -61.0 -60.0 -59.0 -59.0
-73 -72 -71 -70 -69 -68 -67 -66 -65 -64 -63 -62 -61 -60 -59 -58 -57 -56 -55 -54 -53 -52 -51 -50 -49 -48 -47 -46 -45 -44 -43 -42 -41 -40 -39
-58.0 -58.0 -57.0 -57.0 -56.0 -56.0 -55.0 -54.0 -54.0 -53.0 -53.0 -52.0 -52.0 -51.0 -51.0 -50.0 -49.0 -49.0 -48.0 -48.0 -47.0 -47.0 -46.0 -46.0 -45.0 -44.0 -44.0 -43.0 -42.8 -42.2 -41.7 -41.1 -40.6 -40.0 -39.4
-38 -37 -36 -35 -34 -33 -32 -31 -30 -29 -28 -27 -26 -25 -24 -23 -22 -21 -20 -19 -18 -17 -16 -15 -14 -13 -12 -11 -10 -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4
-38.9 -38.3 -37.8 -37.2 -36.7 -36.1 -35.6 -35.0 -34.4 -33.9 -33.3 -32.8 -32.2 -31.7 -31.1 -30.6 -30.0 -29.5 -28.9 -28.4 -27.8 -27.2 -26.7 -26.1 -25.6 -25.0 -24.4 -23.9 -23.3 -22.8 -22.2 -21.7 -21.1 -20.6 -20.0
11
-90 -89 -88 -87 -86 -85 -84 -83 -82 -81 -80 -79 -78 -77 -76 -75 -74 * @ 760 Torr
Technical Data
Physical Properties of Gases
Physical Properties of Gases
Gas Atomic or Molecular Weight Normal Boiling Point (nbp) Freezing Point Triple Point (tp) Critical Point Density Gas,NTP Gas, STP Vapor, nbp Liquid, nbp Specific Heat, Cp, Gas, NTP Btu/lb oF Specific Heat Ratio, Cp/Cv, Gas, NTP Heat or Vaporization, nbp Heat of Fusion, tp * Denotes sublimation temperature at 1 atmosphere ** Liquid density at 2 oF and 302 psig Btu/lb Btu/lb
o o o
11 5
Hydrogen 2.016 -423.0 -434.6 1.04 -399.9 190.8 0.005209 0.005611 0.0831 4.428 3.42 1.42 191.7 25.0 Nitrogen 28.01 -320.4 -346.0 -346.0 1.8 -232.5 493.0 0.07245 0.05618 0.287 50.46 .249 1.41 85.6 11.1 Oxygen 31.999 -297.3 -361.8 -361.8 0.022 -181.1 731.4 0.08281 0.08921 0.279 71.27 0.220 1.40 91.7 6.0
Argon 39.948 F F -302.6 -308.9 -308.9 10.0 -188.1 710.0 0.1034 0.1114 0.363 86.98 0.125 1.67 70.2 12.7
CO2 44.010 -109.3* -109.3* -69.8 75.2 87.9 1071.0 0.1144 0.1234 63.35** 0.20 1.31 246.6* 85.6
Helium 4.0026 -452.1 -450.3 33.2 0.01034 0.001114 1.04 7.798 1.25 1.66 8.72
11
Carbon Dioxide
Helium
Hydrogen
Nitrogen
Oxygen
Technical Data 11 6
Chemical Formula Acetylene Air Argon Carbon Dioxide FG-2
Physical Properties
1998 TLV ppm mg/m
3
Flammable Range LEL air 2.5 N/A UEL air 100 N/A
Odor
IDLH ppm
Ethereal None None None Slightly Sweet None None None None Natural Gas-like Slightly Sweet 2100 40000
Simple Asphyxiant Simple Asphyxiant Simple Asphyxiant Simple Asphyxiant N/A 2500 N/A 4510
Nonflammable 4.0 75
Simple Asphyxiant
Physical Property Equivalents of Gases Gas Density #/ft3 Acetylene Air Point kg/m3
o
Boiling Press F
o
Critical C psia 897.8 547.4 705.4 1070.6 667.1 33.2 188.1 492.2 731.4 618.7 667.1
Critical Temperature kg/cm2 63.1 38.5 49.6 75.3 46.9 2.3 13.2 34.6 51.4 43.5 46.9
o
Weight
o
Mole Volume
Specific Gravity ft3/# m3/kg 0.901 0.830 0.604 0.5471 0.566 6.031 11.968 0.862 0.755 0.531 0.566
Specific (air=1) 0.9080 1.0000 1.3780 1.5220 1.4800 0.1380 0.0696 0.9670 1.1050 1.5500 1.4800
C 26.04 28.85 39.95 44.01 42.08 4.00 2.02 28.01 32.00 44.11 42.08
-119.2 -317.8 -302.6 -109.1 -53.9 -452.1 -423.0 -320.4 -297.4 -43.8 -53.9
-84.0 -194.4 -189.4 -78.4 -47.7 -268.9 -252.8 195.8 -183.0 -42.1 -47.7
95.36 -221.08 -188.32 87.80 197.24 -450.40 -399.82 -237.82 -181.48 206.24 197.24
35.20 -140.60 -122.40 31.00 91.80 -268.00 -239.90 -149.90 -118.60 96.80 91.80
14.43 13.30 9.67 8.76 9.06 96.60 191.70 13.80 12.10 8.50 9.06
11
Argon Carbon Dioxide FG-2 Helium Hydrogen Nitrogen Oxygen Propane Propylene
0.1140 a 1.83 a 0.1114 0.0103 0.0050 0.0725 0.0828 0.1166 0.1114 1.79 0.16 0.08 1.16 1.33 1.87 1.79
Technical Data
Glossary
Abrasive Slag used for cleaning or surface roughening. Active Flux Submerged-arc welding flux from which the amount of elements deposited in the weld metal is dependent upon welding conditions, primarily arc voltage Adhesive Bonding Surfaces, solidifies to produce an adhesive bond. Air Carbon Arc Cutting An arc cutting process in which metals to be cut are melted by the heat of carbon arc and the molten metal is removed by a blast of air. All-Weld-Metal Test Specimen A test specimen with the reduction section composed wholly of weld metal. Alloying Adding a metal or alloy to another metal or alloy. Alternating Current (AC) Electric current that reverses direction periodically, usually many times per second. Annealed Condition A metal or alloy that has been heated and then cooled to remove internal stresses and to make the material less brittle. Arc Blow The deflection of an electric arc from its normal path because of magnetic forces. Arc Cutting A group of thermal cutting processes that severs or removes metal by melting with the heat of an arc between an electrode and the work-piece. Arc Force The axial force developed by an arc plasma. Arc Gouging An arc cutting procedure used to form a bevel or groove. Arc Length The distance from the tip of the electrode or wire to the work-piece. Arc Time The time during which an arc is maintained. Arc Voltage The voltage across the welding arc. Arc welding A group of welding processes which produces coalescence of metals by heating them with an arc, with or without the application of pressure and with or without the use of filler metal. Arc Welding Deposition Efficiency (%) The ratio of the weight of filler metal deposited to the weight of filler metal melted. Arc Welding Electrode A part of the welding system through which current is conducted that ends at the arc. As-Welded The condition of the weld metal, after completion of welding, and prior to any subsequent thermal or mechanical treatment. Atomic Hydrogen Welding An arc welding process which produces coalescence of metals by heating them with an electric arc maintained between two metal electrodes in an atmosphere of hydrogen. Austenitic Composed mainly of gamma iron with carbon in solution. Autogenous Weld A fusion weld made without the addition of filler metal. Automatic The control of a process with equipment that requires little or no observation of the welding and no manual adjustment of the equipment controls. Back Gouging The removal of weld metal and base metal from the other side of a partially welded joint to assure complete penetration upon subsequent welding from that side. Backfire The momentary recession of the flame into the welding or cutting tip followed by reappearance or complete extinction of the flame. Backhand Welding A welding technique where the welding torch or gun is directed opposite to the direction of welding. Backing A material (base metal, weld metal, or granular material) placed at the root of a weld joint for the purpose of supporting molten weld metal. Backing Gas A shielding gas used on the underside of a weld bead to protect it from atmospheric contamination. Backing Ring Backing in the form of a ring, generally used in the welding of pipe. Back-Step Sequence A longitudinal sequence in which the weld bead increments are deposited in the direction opposite to the progress of welding the joint. Base Metal (material) The metal (material) to be welded, brazed, soldered, or cut. See also substrate. Bend Radius Radius of curvature on a bend specimen or bent area of a formed part. Measured on the inside of a bend. Bevel An angled edge preparation. Blanking Process of cutting material to size for more manageable processing. Braze Welding A method of welding by using a filler metal, having a liquidus above 840 oF (450 oC) and below the solidus of the base metals. Brazing A group of welding processes which produces coalescence of materials by heating them to a suitable temperature and by using a filler metal, having a liquidus above 840 oF (450 oC) and below the solidus of the base materials. The filler metal is distributed between the closely fitted surfaces of the joint by capillary attraction. Burr A rough ridge, edge, protuberance, or area left on metal after cutting, drilling, punching, or stamping. Buttering A form of surfacing in which one or more layers of weld metal are deposited (for example, a high alloy weld deposit on steel base metal which is to be welded to a dissimilar base metal). The buttering provides a suitable transition weld deposit for subsequent completion of the butt weld on the groove face of one member.
11 7
Butt Joint A joint between two members lying in the same plane. Camber Deviation from edge straightness, usually the greatest deviation of side edge from a straight line. Cap Pass The final pass of a weld joint. Carrier Gas In thermal spraying, the gas used to carry powdered materials from the powder feeder or hopper to the gun. Capillary Action The action by which the liquid surface is elevated or depressed where it contacts a solid because the liquid molecules are attracted to one another and to the solid molecules. Cladding A thin (> 0.04") layer of material applied to the base material to improve corrosion or wear resistance of the part. Clad Metal A composite metal containing two or three layers that have been welded together. The welding may have been accomplished by roll welding, arc welding, casting, heavy chemical deposition, or heavy electroplating. Coalescence The uniting of many materials into one body. Coherent Moving in unison. Cold Lap Incomplete fusion or overlap. Collimate To render parallels to a certain line or direction. Complete Fusion Fusion that has occurred over the entire base material surfaces intended for welding, and between all layer and passes. Complete Joint Penetration Joint penetration in which the weld metal completely fills the groove and is fused to the base metal throughout its total thickness. Constant Current Power Source An arc welding power source with a volt-ampere output characteristic that produces a small welding current change from a large arc voltage change. Constant Voltage Power Source An arc welding power source with a volt-ampere output characteristic that produces a large welding current change from a small arc voltage change. Contact Tube A system component that transfers current from the torch gun to a continuous electrode. Contact Resistance The resistance in ohms between the contacts of a relay, switch, or other device when the contacts are touching each other. Contact Tube A device which transfers current to a continuous electrode Covered Electrode A filler metal electrode used in shielded metal-arc welding, consisting of a metal-wire core with a flux covering. Crater In arc welding, a depression on the surface of a weld bead. Crater Crack A crack in the crater of a weld bead.
11
Technical Data 11 8
Cryogenic Refers to low temperatures, usually -200 oF (-130 oC) or below. Cutting Attachment A device for converting an oxy-fuel gas-welding torch into an oxy-fuel cutting torch. Cylinder A portable container used for tranportation and storage of a compressed gas. Defect A discontinuity or discontinuities that by nature or accumulated effect (for example, total crack length) renders a part or product unable to meet minimum applicable acceptance standards or specifications. Density The ratio of the weight of a substance per unit volume; e.g. mass of a solid, liquid, or gas per unit volume at a specific temperature. Deposited Metal Filler metal that has been added during welding, brazing or soldering. Deposition Efficiency In arc welding, the ratio of the weight of deposited metal to the net weight of filler metal consumed, exclusive of stubs. Deposition Rate The weight of material deposited in a unit of time. It is usually expressed as pounds/hour (lb/h) or kilograms per hour (kg/h). Depth of Fusion The distance that fusion extends into the base metal or previous pass from the surface melted during welding. Dew Point The temperature and pressure at which the liquefaction of a vapor begins. Usually applied to condensation of moisture from the water vapor in the atmosphere.
Glossary (continued)
duces coalescence of metals with the heat obtained from a concentrated beam composed primarily of high velocity electrons Electron Beam Welding A welding process producing coalescence of metals with molten slag which melts the filler metal and the surfaces of the work to be welded. The molten weld pool is shielded by the slag, which moves along the full cross section of the joint as welding progresses. Electroslag Welding A welding process producing coalescence of metals with molten slag which melts the filler metal and the surfaces of the work to be welded. The molten weld pool is shielded by the slag, which moves along the full cross section of the joint as welding progresses. Eutectoid Composition A mixture of phases whose composition are determined by the eutectoid point in the solid region of an equilibrium diagram and whose constituents are formed by eutectoid reaction. Facing Surface The surfaces of materials in contact with each other and joined or about to be joined together. Filler Material The material to be added in making a welded, brazed, or soldered joint. Fillet Weld A weld of approximately triangular cross section that joins two surfaces approximately at right angles to each other in a lap joint, T-joint, or corner joint. Filter Plate A transparent plate tinted in varying darkness for use in goggles, helmets and hand shields to protect workers from harmful ultraviolet, infrared and visible radiation. Flame Spraying A thermal spraying process using an oxy-fuel gas flame as the source of heat for melting the coating material. Flammable Range The range over which a gas at normal temperature (NTP) forms a flammable mixture with air. Flat Welding Position A welding position where the weld axis is approximately horizontal and the weld face lies in an approximately horizontal plane. Flashback A recession of the flame into or back of the mixing chamber of the torch. Flashback Arrestor A device to limit damage from a flashback by preventing the propagation of the flame front beyond the point at which the arrestor is installed. Flashing The violent expulsion of small metal particles due to arcing during flash butt welding. Flux Material used to prevent, dissolve, or facilitate removal of oxides and other undesirable surface substances. Flux Cored Arc Welding (FCAW) An arc welding process that produces coalescence of metals by means of tubular electrode. Shielding gas may or may not be used. Friction Welding A solid welding process which produces coalescence of material by the heat obtained from a mechanically induced sliding motion between rubbing surfaces. The work parts are held together under pressure. Friction Stir Welding A solid-state welding process, which produces coalescence of material by the heat obtained from a mechanically induced rotating motion between tightly butted surfaces. The work parts are held together under pressure. Forehand Welding A welding technique where the welding torches or gun is pointed toward the direction of welding. Fusion The melting together of filler metal and base metal (substrate), or of base metal only, which results in coalescence. Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW) An arc welding process where the arc is between a continuous filler metal electrode and the weld pool. Shielding from an externally supplied gas source is required. Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW) An arc welding process where the arc is between a tungsten electrode (non-consumable) and the weld pool. The process is used with an externally supplied shielding gas. Gas Welding Welding with the heat from an oxy-fuel flame, with or without the addition of filler metal or pressure. Globular-Spray Transition Current In GMAW/Spray Transfer, the value at which the electrode metal transfer changes from globular to spray mode as welding current increases for any given electrode diameter. Globular Transfer In arc welding, a type of metal transfer in which molten filler metal is transferred across the arc in large droplets. Groove Weld A weld made in a groove between two members. Examples: single V, single U, single J, double bevel etc. Hard-Facing Surfacing applied to a workplace to reduce wear. Heat-Affected Zone That section of the base metal, generally adjacent to the weld zone, whose mechanical properties or microstructure, have been altered by the heat of welding. Hermetically Sealed Airtight. Heterogenous A mixture of phases such as: liquid-vapor or solid-liquid-vapor. Hot Crack A crack formed at temperatures near the completion of weld solidification. Hot Pass In pipe welding, the second pass which goes over the root pass. Inclined Position In pipe welding, the pipe axis angles 45 degrees to the horizontal position and remains stationary. Incomplete Fusion A weld discontinuity where fusion did not occur between weld metal and the joint or adjoining weld beads.
11
Dilution The change in chemical composition of a welding filler material caused by the admixture of the base material or previously deposited weld material in the deposited weld bead. It is normally measured by the percentage of base material or previously deposited weld material in the weld bead. Direct Current Electric current that flows in one direction. Direct Current Electrode Negative (DCEN) The arrangement of direct current arc welding leads in where the electrode is the negative pole and work-piece is the positive pole of the welding arc. Direct Current Electrode Positive (DCEP) The arrangement of direct current arc welding leads in where the electrode is the positive pole and work-piece is the negative pole of the welding arc. Duty Cycle The percentage of time during a time period that a power source can be operated at rated output without overheating. Dynamic Load A force exerted by a moving body on a resistance member, usually in a relatively short time interval. Electrode Extension The length of electrode extending beyond the end of the contact tube. Electrode Holder A welding process that pro-
Technical Data
Glossary (continued)
Incomplete Joint Penetration A condition in a groove weld where weld metal does not extend through the joint thickness. Inert Gas A gas that normally does not combine chemically with the base metal or filler metal. Intergranular Penetration The penetration of filler metal along the grain boundaries of a base metal. Interpass Temperature In a multi-pass weld, the temperature of the weld area between passes. Ionization Potential The voltage required to ionize (add or remove an electron) a material. Joint The junction of members or the edges of members that are to be joined or have been joined. Kerf The width of the cut produced during a cutting process. Keyhole A technique of welding in which a concentrated heat source penetrates completely through a work-piece forming a hole at the leading edge of the molten weld metal. As the heat source progresses, the molten metal fills in behind the hole to form the weld bead. Lap Joint A joint between two overlapping members in parallel planes. Laser A device that provides a concentrated coherent light beam. Laser is an acronym for Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of Radiation. Laser Beam Cutting A process that severs material with the heat from a concentrated coherent beam impinging upon the work-piece. Laser Beam Welding A process that fuses material with the heat from a concentrated coherent beam impinging upon the members to be joined. Leg of Fillet Weld The distance from the root of the joint to the toe of the fillet weld. Liquidus The lowest temperature at which a metal or an alloy is completely liquid. Mandrel A metal bar serving as a core around which other metals are cast, forged, or extruded, forming a true, center hole. Manifold A multiple header for interconnection of gas or fluid sources with distribution points. Martensitic An interstitial, super-saturated solid solution of carbon in iron, having a body-centered tetragonal lattice. Manual Welding A welding process where the torch or electrode holder is manipulated by hand. MIG See Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW). Mechanical Bond The adherence of a thermal-spray deposit to a roughened surface by particle interlocking. Mechanized Welding Welding with equipment where manual adjustment of controls is required in response to variations in the welding process. The torch or electrode holder is held by a mechanical device. Melting Range The temperature range between solidus and liquidus. Melt-Through Visible reinforcement produced on the opposite side of a welded joint from one side. Metal Cored Arc Welding A tubular electrode process where the hollow configuration contains alloying materials. Metal Cored Electrode A composite tubular electrode consisting of a metal sheath and a core of various powdered materials, producing no more than slag islands on the face of the weld bead. External shielding is required. Molecular Weight The sum of the atomic weights of all the constituent atoms in the molecule of an element or compound. Monochromatic The color of a surface that radiates light, containing an extremely small range of wavelengths. Neutral Flame An oxy-fuel gas flame that is neither oxidizing nor reducing. Open-Circuit Voltage The voltage between the output terminals of the welding machine when no current is flowing in the welding circuit. Orifice Gas In plasma arc welding and cutting, the gas that is directed into the torch to surround the electrode. It becomes ionized in the arc to form the plasma and issues from the orifice in the torch nozzle as the plasma jet. Oxidizing Flame An oxy-fuel gas flame having an oxidizing effect (excess oxygen). Peening The mechanical working of metals using impact blows. Pilot Arc A low current continuous arc between the electrode and the constricting nozzle of a plasma torch that ionizes the gas and facilitates the start of the welding arc. Plasma A gas that has been heated to at least partially ionized condition, enabling it to conduct an electric current. Plasma Arc Cutting (PAC) An arc cutting process using a constricted arc to remove the molten metal with a high-velocity jet of ionized gas from the constricting orifice. Plasma Arc Welding (PAW) An arc welding process that uses a constricted arc between a non-consumable electrode and the weld pool (transferred arc) or between the electrode and the constricting nozzle (non-transferred arc). Shielding is obtained from the ionized gas issuing from the torch. Plasma Spraying (PSP) A thermal spraying process in which a non-transferred arc is used to create an arc plasma for melting and propelling the surfacing material to the substrate. Plug Weld A circular weld made through a hole in one member of a lap or T joint. Porosity A hole-like discontinuity formed by gas entrapment during solidification.
11 9
Post-Heating The application of heat to an assembly after welding, brazing, soldering, thermal spraying, or cutting operation. Postweld Heat Treatment Any heat treatment subsequent to welding. Preform The initial press of a powder metal that forms a compact. Preheating The application of heat to the base metal immediately before welding, brazing, soldering, thermal spraying, or cutting. Preheat Temperature The temperature of the base metal immediately before welding is started. Procedure Qualification Demonstration that a fabricating process, such as welding, made by a specific procedure can meet given standards. Pull Gun Technique Same as backhand welding. Pulsed Power Welding Any arc welding method in which the power is cyclically programmed to pulse so that the effective but short duration values of a parameter can be utilized. Such short duration values are significantly different from the average value of the parameter. Equivalent terms are pulsed voltage or pulsed current welding. Pulsed Spray Welding An arc welding process variation in which the current is pulsed to achieve spray metal transfer at average currents equal to or less than the globular to spray transition current. Push Angle The travel angle where the electrode is pointing in the direction of travel. Rake Angle Slope of a shear knife from end to end. Reducing Flame A gas flame that has a reducing effect, due to the presence of excess fuel. Reinforcement Weld metal, at the face or root, in excess of the metal necessary to fill the joint. Residual Stress Stress remaining in a structure or member, as a result of thermal and/or mechanical treatment. Stress arises in fusion welding primarily because the melted material contracts on cooling from the solidus to room temperature. Reverse Polarity The arrangement of direct current arc welding leads with the work as the negative pole and the electrode as the positive pole of the welding arc. Root Opening A separation at the joint root between the workpieces. Root Crack A crack at the root of a weld. Self-Shielded Flux Cored Arc Welding (FCAW-S) A flux-cored arc welding process variation in which shielding gas is obtained exclusively from the flux within the electrode. Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW) A process that welds by heat from an electric arc, between a flux-covered metal electrode and the work. Shielding comes from the decomposition of the electrode covering.
11
Technical Data 11 10
Shielding Gas Protective gas used to prevent atmospheric contamination. Soldering A joining process using a filler metal with a liquidus less than 840 oF and below the solidus of the base metal. Solid State Welding A group of welding processes which produces coalescence at temperatures essentially below the melting point of the base materials being joined, without the addition of a brazing filler metal. Pressure may of may not be used. Solidus The highest temperature at which a metal or alloy is completely solid. Spatter Metal particles expelled during welding that do not form a part of the weld. Spray Transfer In arc welding, a type of metal transfer in which molten filler metal is propelled axially across the arc in small droplets. Standard Temperature and Pressure (STP) An internationally accepted reference base where standard temperature is 0 oC (32 oF) and standard pressure is one atmosphere, or 14.6960 psia. Stick-Out The length of unmelted electrode extending beyond the end of the contact tube in continuous welding processes. Straight Polarity Direct current arc welding where the work is the positive pole. Stress Relief Heat Treatment Uniform heating of a welded component to a temperature sufficient to relieve a major portion of the residual stresses. Stress Relief Cracking Cracking in the weld metal or heat affected zone during post-weld heat treatment or high temperature service. Stringer Bead A weld bead made without transverse movement of the welding arc. Submerged Arc Welding A process that welds with the heat produced by an electric arc between a bare metal electrode and the work. A blanket of granular fusible flux shields the arc.
Glossary (continued)
Substrate Any material upon which a thermal-spray deposit is applied. Synergistic An action where the total effect of two active components in a mixture is greater than the sum of their individual effects. Tack weld A weld made to hold parts of a weldment in proper alignment until the final welds are made. Tenacious Cohesive, tough. Tensile Strength The maximum stress a material subjected to a stretching load can withstand without tearing. Thermal conductivity The quantity of heat passing through a material. Thermal Spraying A group of processes in which finely divided metallic or non-metallic materials are deposited in a molten or semimolten condition to form a coating. Thermal Stresses Stresses in metal resulting from non-uniform temperature distributions. Thermionic The emission of electrons as a result of heat. Throat In welding, the area between the arms of a resistance welder. In a press, the distance from the slide centerline to the frame, of a gap-frame press. TIG Welding See Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW). Torch Standoff Distance The dimension from the outer face of the torch nozzle to the workpiece. Transferred Arc In plasma arc welding, a plasma arc established between the electrode and the work-piece. Underbead Crack A crack in the heat-affected zone generally not extending to the surface of the base metal. Undercut A groove melted into the base plate adjacent to the weld toe or weld root and left unfilled by weld metal. Vapor Pressure The pressure exerted by a vapor when a state of equilibrium has been reached between a liquid, solid or solution and its vapor. When the vapor pressure of a liquid exceeds that of the confining atmosphere, the liquid is commonly said to be boiling. Viscosity The resistance offered by a fluid (liquid or gas) to flow. Weldability The capacity of a material to be welded under the fabrication conditions imposed into a specific, suitably designed structure and to perform satisfactorily in the intended service. Weld Bead The metal deposited in the joint by the process and filler wire used. Welding Leads The workpiece lead and electrode lead of an arc welding circuit. Welding Wire A form of welding filler metal, normally packaged as coils or spools, that may or may not conduct electrical current depending upon the welding process used. Weld Metal The portion of a fusion weld that has been completely melted during welding. Weld Pass A single progression of welding along a joint. The result of a pass is a weld bead or layer. Weld Pool The localized volume of molten metal in a weld prior to its solidification as weld metal. Weld Puddle A non-standard term for weld pool. Weld Reinforcement Weld metal in excess of the quantity required to fill a joint. Welding Sequence The order in which weld beads are deposited in a weldment. Wetting The phenomenon whereby a liquid filler metal or flux spreads and adheres in a thin continuous layer on a solid base metal. Wire Feed Speed The rate at which wire is consumed in welding. Work Lead The electric conductor between the source of arc welding current and the work.
11
Associations 11 11
Aluminum Association (AA) 900 19th Street N.W. Washington, DC 20006 202.862.5100 www.aluminum.org American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) ABS Plaza 16855 Northchase Drive Houston, TX 77060 www.eagle.org American Foundry Society (AFS) 1695 Penny Lane Schaumburg, IL 60173-4555 847.824.0181 www.afsinc.org American Gas Association (AGA) 400 N. Capital Street N.W. Washington, DC 20036 202.824.7000 www.aga.org American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) 1 E. Wacker Drive, Ste. 3100 Chicago, IL 60601-2001 312.670.2400 www.aisc.org American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) 1140 Connecticut Avenue N.W., Ste. 705 Washington, DC 20036 202.452.7100 www.steel.org American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 25W. 43rd. Street, 4th Floor New York, NY 10036 212.642.4900 www.ansi.org American Petroleum Institute (API) 1220 L Street N.W. Washington, DC 20005-4070 202.682.8000 www.api.org American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Three Park Avenue New York, NY 10016-5990 212.591.7722 www.asme.org American Society for Nondestructive Testing (ASNT) 1711 Arlingate Lane Columbus, OH 43228-0518 614.274.6003 www.asnt.org American Society of Safety Engineers (ASSE) 1800 E. Oakton Street Des Plaines, IL 60018 847.699.2929 www.asse.org American Welding Society (AWS) 550 N.W. LeJeune Road Miami, FL 33126 305.443.9353 www.aws.org American Society of Metals (ASM) International 9639 Kinsman Road Materials Park, OH 44073-0002 440.338.5151 www.asm-intl.org American Society of Testing Material (ASTM) 100 Barr Harbor Drive West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959 610.832.9585 www.astm.org Canadian Institute of Steel Construction (CISC) 201 Consumers, Ste. 300 Willowdale, ON M2J 4G8 416.491.4552 www.cisc-icca.ca Canadian Society for Nondestructive Testing (CSNT) 135 Fennell Avenue West Hamilton, ON L8N 3T2 905.387.1655 www.csndt.org Canadian Welding Association (CWA) 2085 Hurontario Street, Ste. 525 Mississauga, ON L5A 4G1 905.848.9838 www.cwa-acs.org Canadian Welding Bureau (CWB) 7250 West Credit Avenue Mississauga, ON L5N 5N1 905.542.1312 www.cwbgroup.com Compressed Gas Association (CGA) 4221 Walney Road, 5th Floor Chantilly, VA 20151-2923 703.788.2700 www.cganet.com Ductile Iron Society 28938 Lorain Road, Ste. 202 North Olmsted, OH 44070 440.734.8040 www.ductile.org Edison Welding Institute (EWI) 1250 Arthur E. Adams Drive Columbus, OH 43221-3585 614.688.5000 www.ewi.org Fabricators and Manufacturers Association (FMA) 833 Featherstone Road Rockford, IL 61107 815.399.8775 www.fmanet.org Gases and Welding Distributors Association (GAWDA) 100 N. 20th Street, 4th Floor Philadelphia, PA 19103-1443 215.564.3484 www.gawda.com International Magnesium Association (IMA) 1000 N. Rand Road, Ste. 214 Wauconda, IL 60084 847.526.2010 www.intlmag.org
11
Associations 11 12
International Titanium Association 2655 West Midway Blvd., Ste. 300 Broomfield, CO 80020-7186 303-404-2221 www.titanium.org Laser Institute of America (LIA) 13501 Ingenuity Drive, Ste. 128 Orlando, FL 32826 800.34LASER www.laserinstitute.org Library of Congress (LoC) National Referral Center for Science 101 Independence Avenue S.E. Washington, DC 20540 202.707.5000 www.loc.gov Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) 17 Battery Place New York, NY 10004 212.425.8050 www.lr.org National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) 100 Bureau Drive Gaithersburg, MD 20899 301.975.2000 www.nist.gov National Safety Council (NSC) 1121 Spring Lake Drive Itasca, IL 60143-3201 630.285.1121 www.nsc.org Nickel Development Institute (NIDI) 55 University Avenue, Ste. 1801 Toronto, ON M5J 2H7 416.591.7999 www.nidi.org Resistance Welder Manufacturers Association (RWMA) 100 N. 20th Street, 4th Floor Philadelphia, PA 19103 215.564.3484 www.rwma.org Robotic Industries Association (RIA) 900 Victors Way Ann Abor, MI 48106 734.994.6088 www.roboticsonline.com Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) 400 Commonwealth Drive Warrendale, PA 15096-0001 724.776.4841 www.sae.org Society of Manufacturing Engineers (SME) One SME Drive Dearborn, MI 48121 313.271.1500 www.sme.org Steel Tank Institute (STI) 570 Oakwood Road Lake Zurich, IL 60047 847.438.8265 www.steeltank.com The Welding Institute (TWI) Abington Hall Cambridge, United Kingdom CB1 6AL 223.891.1162 www.twi.co.uk U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) 400 7th Street S.W. Washington, DC 20590 202.366.4000 www.dot.gov Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 333 Pfingsten Road Northbrook, IL 60062-2096 847-272-8800 www.ul.com Welding Research Council (WRC) P.O. Box 1942 New York, NY 10156 216.658.3847 www.forengineers.org/wrc
11
National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE) 1440 S. Creek Drive Houston, TX 77084-4906 281.228.6200 www.nace.org National Electrical Manufacturing Association (NEMA) 1300 N. 17th. Street, Ste. 1847 Rosslyn, VA 22209 www.nema.org National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1 Batterymarch Park Quincy, MA 02169-7471 617.770.3000 www.nfpa.org
11
11
2312 W. Beaver Street Jacksonville, FL 32209 904-388-0561 7664 Progress Circle Melbourne, FL 32904 321-724-1555 8601 N.W. 64th Street Miami, FL 33166 305-715-9853 4484 Mercantile Avenue Naples, FL 34104 239-643-1188 2534 N.W. 16th Boulevard Okeechobee, FL 34972 863-763-0007 403 Zell Drive Orlando, FL 32824 407-851-4711 601 N. Palm Avenue Palatka, FL 32177 386-325-5375 4100 N. Powerline Road, Unit G3 Pompano Beach, FL 33073 954-971-0116
11
11
1115 E. Highway 287 Midlothian, TX 76065 972-775-3441 117 S. Texas Avenue Odessa, TX 79761 432-580-7433 740 W. Brown Street Pampa, TX 79065 806-665-2351 10750 Iota Drive San Antonio, TX 78217 210-946-9948
11
11
670 Crown Drive Peterborough, ON K9J 6W1 705-743-8731 789 Chester Street Sarnia, ON N7S 5N2 519-336-4900 497 2nd Line East Sault Ste Marie, ON P6B 4K2 705-949-5444 5736 Finch Avenue E., Unit 1 Scarborough, ON M1B 5R1 416-208-8200